Vinaya-Pitaka, Suttavibhanga 1: Parajika, Samghadisesa, Aniyata, Nissaggiyapacittiya
Based on the edition by Hermann Oldenberg: The Vinaya Piṭakam, Vol. III:
The Suttavibhaṅga, First Part (Pârâjika, Saṃghâdisesa, Aniyata, Nissaggiya),
London : Pali Text Society 1881
(Reprinted 1964, 1984, 1993)


Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
[GRETIL-Version vom 27.1.2015]


NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.



ANNOTATED VERSION IN PTS LAYOUT
NOTE: Oldenberg's "Various Readings and Extracts from the Commentary of Buddhaghosa" (pp. 267-343)
are not included in this electronic text.



THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r ṛ
vocalic R Ṛ
long vocalic r ṝ
vocalic l ḷ
vocalic L Ḷ
long vocalic l ḹ
velar n ṅ
velar N Ṅ
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t ṭ
retroflex T Ṭ
retroflex d ḍ
retroflex D Ḍ
retroflex n ṇ
retroflex N Ṇ
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s ṣ
retroflex S Ṣ
anusvara ṃ
visarga ḥ
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar ḻ
r underbar ṟ
n underbar ṉ
k underbar ḵ
t underbar ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm








Vinayapiṭaka Vol. III Suttavibhaṅga Part I

[page 001]
1
VINAYAPIṬAKAṂ
SUTTAVIBHAṄGA (PĀRĀJIKAṂ).
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
I.
PĀRĀJIKA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Verañjāyaṃ viharati
Naḷerupucimandamūle1 mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena
saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. assosi kho Ve-
rañjo2 brāhmaṇo: samaṇo khalu bho Gotamo Sakya-
putto Sakyakulā pabbajito Verañjāyaṃ viharati Naḷeru-
pucimandamūle mahatā bhikkhusaṃghena saddhiṃ pañca-
mattehi bhikkhusatehi. taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ3 Gota-
maṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: iti pi so bhagavā
arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato loka-
vidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ
buddho bhagavā, so imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ
sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ
sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti, so dhammaṃ deseti
ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhe kalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ
savyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
pakāseti. sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ
hotīti. ||1|| atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi,
sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Naḷerupūjimandamūle A, -puci- and -pūci- B, -puji- C. Buddhaghosa :
Nalerupucimandamūle 'ti ettha Naleru nāma yakkho pucimando 'ti
nimbarukkho.
2 Buddh. : Verañjo mātāpitūhi katanāmavasena
panāyaṃ Udayo 'ti vuccati.
3 bhagavantaṃ corrected to bhavantaṃ A,
bhavantaṃ corrected to bhagavantaṃ C, bhagavantaṃ B.


[page 002]
2 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 2-3.
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: sutaṃ metaṃ1 bho Gotama, na samaṇo
Gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayo
anuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimante-
tīti. tayidaṃ bho Gotama tath'; eva, na hi bhavaṃ Gotamo
brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayo anuppatte
abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. tayidaṃ
bho Gotama na sampannam evā 'ti. nāhan taṃ brāhmaṇa
passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇa-
brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yam ahaṃ abhivā-
deyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ.
yaṃ hi brāhmaṇa tathāgato abhivādeyya vā paccuṭṭheyya vā
āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā 'ti. ||2||
arasarūpo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa
pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya
arasarūpo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ye te brāhmaṇa rūparasā
saddarasā gandharasā rasarasā phoṭṭhabbarasā, te tathāga-
tassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā vatthukatā2 anabhāvaṃ gatā3
āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo,
yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya arasarūpo
samaṇo Gotamo 'ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi.
nibbhogo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pari-
yāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya
nibbhogo samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ye te brāhmaṇa rūpabhogā
saddabhogā gandhabhogā rasabhogā phoṭṭhabbabhogā, te
tathāgatassa pahīnā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho
brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya
vadesi. akiriyavādo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa
brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . akiriyavādo samaṇo
Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaducca-
ritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa anekavihitānaṃ pā-
pakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ
kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya va-
desi. ucchedavādo bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhma-
ṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . ucchedavādo samaṇo Gotamo
'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa
mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammā-
naṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sutam etaṃ C.
2 Buddh.: tālavatthuviya nesaṃ vatthu katan ti tālā vatthukathā (sic).
yathā hi tālarukkhaṃ samūlaṃ uddharetvā tassa vatthumatte tasmiṃ
padese kate na puna tassa tālassa uppatti paññāyati, evaṃ etc.
3 Buddh. : anubhāvaṃ katā 'ti pi pāṭho, tassa anuabhāvaṃ gatā 'ti attho.



[page 003]
I. 1. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 3
no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. jegucchī bhavaṃ
Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ
. . . jegucchī samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa
jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena
anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samā-
pattiyā.1 ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ
tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. venayiko bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi
khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . venayiko
samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. ahaṃ hi brāhmaṇa vinayāya dhammaṃ
desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. ayaṃ
kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya
vadesi. tapassī bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti. atthi khv'; esa brāhma-
ṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . tapassī samaṇo Gotamo 'ti.
tapanīy'; ahaṃ brāhmaṇa pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi
kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. yassa kho
brāhmaṇa tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinna-
mūlā tālā vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppāda-
dhammā, taṃ ahaṃ tapassīti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho
brāhmaṇa tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā . . . anuppāda-
dhammā. ayaṃ kho brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho
yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi. apagabbho bhavaṃ Gotamo 'ti.
atthi khv'; esa brāhmaṇa pariyāyo, yena maṃ . . . apagabbho
samaṇo Gotamo 'ti. yassa kho brāhmaṇa āyatiṃ gabbha-
seyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālā
vatthukatā anabhāvaṃ gatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, taṃ
ahaṃ apagabbho 'ti vadāmi. tathāgatassa kho brāhmaṇa
āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā . . . anuppādadhammā. ayaṃ kho
brāhmaṇa pariyāyo . . . no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya
vadesi. ||3||
seyyathāpi brāhmaṇa kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā
dvādasa vā tān'; assu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā
pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni, yo nu kho tesaṃ kukku-
ṭacchāpakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukha-
tuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbijjheyya2
kinti sv āssa vacanīyo jeṭṭho vā kaṇiṭṭho vā 'ti. jeṭṭho 'ti
'ssa bho Gotama vacanīyo, so hi nesaṃ jeṭṭho hotīti. evam
eva kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇa avijjāgatāya pajāya aṇḍabhūtāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 After samāpattiyā B adds jigucchāmi.
2 abhinibbijjeyya A, abhinibbhijjeyya B, abhinibbhijjheyya C.


[page 004]
4 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 4-7.
pariyonaddhāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā eko 'va loke
anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho. sv āhaṃ
brāhmaṇa jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassa. ||4|| āraddhaṃ kho pana
me brāhmaṇa viriyaṃ ahosi asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati
asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ
ekaggaṃ. so kho ahaṃ brāhmaṇa vivicc'; eva kāmehi
vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. vi-
takkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. pītiyā ca virāgā
upekkhako ca vihāsiṃ, sato ca sampajāno sukhañ ca kāyena
paṭisaṃvedesiṃ, yan taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā
sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. sukhassa
ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassā-
naṃ atthaṃgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. ||5|| so evaṃ sam-
āhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese
mudubhūte kammaṇiye ṭhite ānañjappatte1 pubbenivāsānussa-
tiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ, so anekavihitaṃ pubbeni-
vāsaṃ anussarāmi seyyath'; īdaṃ: ekam pi jātiṃ dve pi jātiyo
tisso pi jātiyo catasso pi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasa pi jātiyo
vīsatiṃ pi jātiyo tiṃsaṃ pi jātiyo cattārīsaṃ pi jātiyo paññā-
saṃ pi jātiyo jātisataṃ pi jātisahassaṃ pi jātisatasahassaṃ
pi aneke pi saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe aneke
pi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto
evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evam-
āyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ, tatrāp'; āsiṃ
evaṃnāmo . . . evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupari-
yanto, so tato cuto idh'; uppanno 'ti, iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ
anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi. ayaṃ kho me
brāhmaṇa rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā avijjā
vihatā vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ
appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me
brāhmaṇa paṭhamā abhinibbidhā2 ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva
aṇḍakosamhā. ||6|| so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pari-
yodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaṇiye
ṭhite ānañjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 et seq., ānañcappatte AC, ānañjapp- and anañjapp- B.
Buddh. : ānejjappatte acale niccale 'ti vuttaṃ hoti.
2 abhinibbidā A, 'bhinibbidhā and abh- C, 'bhinibbhidā B.

[page 005]
I. 1. 7-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 5
ninnāmesiṃ. so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-
mānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte
suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte
pajānāmi, ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannā-
gatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannā-
gatā ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikamma-
samādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ
vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā, ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāya-
sucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosu-
caritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā
sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā 'ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā
visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne
uppajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate
yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa
rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā avijjā vihatā
vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appa-
mattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me
brāhmaṇa dutiyā abhinibbidhā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva
aṇḍakosamhā. ||7|| so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pari-
yodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaṇiye
ṭhite ānañjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnā-
mesiṃ, so idaṃ dukkhan ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ,
ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ
dukkhanirodho 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkha-
nirodhagāminī paṭipadā 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ime
āsavā 'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavasamudayo 'ti
yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodho 'ti yathā-
bhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā 'ti
yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ
passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ
vimuccittha, diṭṭhāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi
cittaṃ vimuccittha, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti1 ñāṇaṃ ahosi,
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāpa-
raṃ itthattāyā 'ti abbhaññāsiṃ. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa
rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā vijjā adhigatā avijjā vihatā
vijjā uppannā tamo vihato āloko uppanno yathā taṃ appa-
mattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. ayaṃ kho me brāhmaṇa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vimuttamhiti A, vimuttaṃ ti C, vimuttam iti BD.

[page 006]
6 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 8-2. 1.
tatiyā abhinibbidhā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā
'ti. ||8||
evaṃ vutte Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad avoca:
jeṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo, seṭṭho bhavaṃ Gotamo. abhi-
kkantaṃ bho Gotama, abhikkantaṃ bho Gotama, seyyathāpi
bho Gotama nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya paṭicchannaṃ vā
vivareyya mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya andhakāre vā
telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhintīti,
evam eva bho Gotama1 bhotā Gotamena anekapariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito. es'; āhaṃ bhagavantaṃ Gotamaṃ sara-
ṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ ca bhikkhusaṃghañ ca, upāsakaṃ
maṃ bhavaṃ Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ
gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me bhavaṃ Gotamo Verañjāyaṃ
vassāvāsaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bha-
gavā tuṇhibhāvena. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo bhaga-
vato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. ||9||1||
tena kho pana samayena Verañjā dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhi-
tikā2 setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena
yāpetuṃ. tena kho pana samayena Uttarāpathakā assa-
vāṇijā pañcamattehi assasatehi Verañjaṃ vassāvāsaṃ upagatā
honti, tehi assamaṇḍalikāsu bhikkhūnaṃ patthapatthamūla-
kaṃ paññattaṃ hoti.3 bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Verañjaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitvā piṇḍaṃ
alabhamānā assamaṇḍalikāsu piṇḍāya caritvā patthapattha-
mūlakaṃ ārāmaṃ haritvā udukkhale koṭṭetvā koṭṭetvā pari-
bhuñjanti. āyasmā panānando patthamūlakaṃ silāyaṃ
pisitvā4 bhagavato upanāmeti, taṃ bhagavā paribhuñjati.
assosi kho bhagavā udukkhalasaddaṃ. jānantāpi tathāgatā
pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti,
kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pu-
cchanti no anatthasaṃhitaṃ, anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathā-
gatānaṃ. dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭi-
pucchanti, dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpa-
daṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kin nu kho so Ānanda udukkhalasaddo
'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits bho Gotama, before bhotā Gotamena.
2 Buddh.: dvīhītikā 'ti dvidhāpavattā īhītikā, īhitaṃ nāma iriyā,
dvidhāpavattā cittaīhā ettha lacchāma nu kho kiñci pi bhikkhamānā
na lacchāmā 'ti jīvituṃ vā sakkhissāma nu kho no 'ti, ayam
ettha adhippāyo. athavā dvīhītikā 'ti dujjīvikā īhīti, īhā iriyā-
nipavattanaṃ (sic) jīvitan ti . . ., tasmā dukkheṇa īhitaṃ
ettha pavattīti dvīhītikā 'ti, ayam ettha padattho.
3 Buddhagh.: ekamekassa bhikkhuno patthapatthapamāṇaṃ
mūlakaṃ, pattho nāma nālimattaṃ hoti.
4 pisitvā ACD, piṃsitvā B.

[page 007]
I. 2. 1-3. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 7
ārocesi. sādhu sādhu Ānanda, tumhehi Ānanda sappurisehi
vijitaṃ, pacchimā janatā sālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissatīti. ||1||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-
moggallāno bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: etarahi bhante Verañjā
dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñche-
na paggahena yāpetuṃ. imissā bhante mahāpaṭhaviyā heṭṭhi-
matalaṃ sampannaṃ,1 seyyathāpi khuddamadhuṃ anīlakaṃ2
evamassādaṃ. sādh'; āhaṃ bhante paṭhaviṃ parivatteyyaṃ,
bhikkhū pappaṭakojaṃ paribhuñjissantīti. ye pana te
Moggallāna paṭhavīnissitā pāṇā te kathaṃ karissasīti. ekā-
haṃ bhante pāṇiṃ abhinimminissāmi seyyathāpi mahāpa-
ṭhavī, ye paṭhavīnissitā pāṇā te tattha saṃkāmessāmi, ekena
hatthena paṭhaviṃ parivattessāmīti. alaṃ Moggallāna, mā
te rucci paṭhaviṃ parivattetuṃ, vipallāsaṃ pi sattā paṭila-
bheyyun ti. sādhu bhante sabbo bhikkhusaṃgho Uttara-
kuruṃ piṇḍāya gaccheyyā 'ti.3 alaṃ Moggallāna mā te
rucci sabbassa bhikkhusaṃghassa Uttarakuruṃ piṇḍāya ga-
manan ti. ||2||2||
atha kho āyasmato Sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallī-
nassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: katamesānaṃ kho
buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ
ahosi, katamesānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto
sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa
paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko . . . ahosīti. kata-
mesānaṃ kho bhante4 buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosi, katamesānaṃ buddhānaṃ
bhagavantānaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bha-
gavato ca Sāriputta Vipassissa bhagavato ca Sikhissa
bhagavato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ
ahosi, bhagavato ca Sāriputta Kakusandhassa bhagavato
ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato ca Kassapassa brahma-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sampannaṃ AD (Buddh.: madhuraṃ sādhurasan ti attho), rasasampannaṃ BC.
2 khuddamadhuṃ AB, khuddakamadhuṃ C; aniḷakaṃ A, anil- C, anīl- B.
Buddh.: khuddamadhun ti khuddakamakkhikāhi katamadhuṃ,
anīlakan ti nimmakkhikaṃ nimmakkhikaṇḍakaṃ parisuddhaṃ.
3 After piṇḍāya gaccheyyā 'ti, B and C insert
the following passage, which in C a later hand has enclosed
in brackets: " ye pana te Moggallāna bhikkhū aniddhimanto
te kathaṃ karissantīti (karissasīti C). tathāhaṃ bhante
karissāmi yathā sabbeva (sabbo C). bhikkhū gacchissantīti."
-It is evident from the Aṭṭhakathā that this passage was unknown
to Buddhaghosa.
4 BC omit the question of Sāriputta: katamesānaṃ kho bhante . . .
brahmacariyaṃ cir- ahosīti.

[page 008]
8 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 1-3.
cariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. ||1|| ko nu kho bhante hetu
ko paccayo yena bhagavato ca Vipassissa bhagavato ca
Sikhissa bhagavato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ci-
raṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bhagavā ca Sāriputta Vipassī bhagavā
ca Sikhī bhagavā ca Vessabhū kilāsuno1 ahesuṃ sāvakānaṃ
vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ appakañ ca nesaṃ ahosi
suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ
jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ, appaññattaṃ sāvakā-
naṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, anuddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhaṃ. tesaṃ
buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānu-
buddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sā-
vakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te
taṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippañ ñeva antaradhāpesuṃ. seyya-
thāpi Sāriputta nānāpupphāni phalake nikkhittāni suttena
asaṃgahitāni tāni vāto vikirati vidhamati viddhaṃseti, taṃ
kissa hetu, yathā taṃ suttena asaṃgahitattā, evam eva kho
Sāriputta tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena
buddhānubuddhānaṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchi-
mā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabba-
jitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ khippañ ñeva antaradhāpesuṃ.
akilāsuno2 ca te bhagavanto ahesuṃ sāvake cetasā ceto paricca
ovadituṃ. bhūtapubbaṃ Sāriputta Vessabhū bhagavā ara-
haṃ sammāsambuddho aññatarasmiṃ bhiṃsanake vanasaṇḍe
sahassaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ cetasā ceto paricca ovadati anu-
sāsati evaṃ vitakketha mā evaṃ vitakkayittha evaṃ manasi-
karotha3 mā evaṃ manas'; ākattha idaṃ pajahatha idaṃ
upasampajja viharathā 'ti. atha kho Sāriputta tassa bhi-
kkhusahassassa Vessabhunā bhagavatā arahatā sammā-
sambuddhena evaṃ ovadiyamānānaṃ evaṃ anusāsiyamā-
nānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. tatra sudaṃ
Sāriputta bhiṃsanakassa vanasaṇḍassa bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ
hoti yo koci avītarāgo taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ pavisati yebhuyyena
lomāni haṃsanti. ayaṃ kho Sāriputta hetu ayaṃ paccayo
yena bhagavato ca Vipassissa bhagavato ca Sikhissa bhaga-
vato ca Vessabhussa brahmacariyaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ aho-
sīti. ||2|| ko pana bhante hetu ko paccayo yena bhagavato
ca Kakusandhassa bhagavato ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato
ca Kassapassa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. bha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 akilāsuno A, kilāsuno BC.
2 akilāsuno (akīl- A) AC, kilāsuno B.
3 manasi karittha A, manasākattha BD, manasākattha corrected to
-karittha C.

[page 009]
I. 3. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 9
gavā ca Sāriputta Kakusandho bhagavā ca Konāgamano
bhagavā ca Kassapo akilāsuno1 ahesuṃ sāvakānaṃ vitthārena
dhammaṃ desetuṃ bahuñ ca nesaṃ ahosi suttaṃ geyyaṃ
veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhuta-
dhammaṃ vedallaṃ, paññattaṃ sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ,
uddiṭṭhaṃ pātimokkhaṃ. tesaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ
antaradhānena buddhānubuddhānaṃ sā vakānaṃ antaradhā-
nena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānānāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā
nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ dīgham
addhānaṃ ṭhapesuṃ. seyyathāpi Sāriputta nānāpupphāni
phalake nikkhittāni suttena susaṃgahitāni tāni vāto na
vikirati na vidhamati na viddhaṃseti, taṃ kissa hetu, yathā
taṃ suttena susaṃgahitattā, evam eva kho Sāriputta tesaṃ
buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ antaradhānena buddhānubuddhā-
naṃ sāvakānaṃ antaradhānena ye te pacchimā sāvakā nānā-
nāmā nānāgottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā, te taṃ
brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ dīgham addhānaṃ ṭhapesuṃ. ayaṃ
kho Sāriputta hetu ayaṃ paccayo yena bhagavato ca Kaku-
sandhassa bhagavato ca Konāgamanassa bhagavato ca Kassa-
passa brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ ahosīti. ||3||
atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā ten'; añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bha-
gavantaṃ etad avoca: etassa bhagavā kālo, etassa sugata
kālo, yaṃ bhagavā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeyya
uddiseyya pātimokkhaṃ yatha yidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addha-
niyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikan ti. āgamehi tvaṃ Sāriputta, āga-
mehi tvaṃ Sāriputta. tathāgato 'va tattha kālaṃ jānissati.
na tāva Sāriputta satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti
uddisati pātimokkhaṃ yāva na idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā
dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti. yato ca kho Sāriputta idh'
ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha
satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pāti-
mokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭi-
ghātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā
dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho rattaññuma-
hattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho rattaññu-
mahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā
saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 akilāsuno BC, kilāsuno A,

[page 010]
10 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 4-4.
paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyā-
naṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'; ekacce
āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na saṃgho
vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho
vepullamahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā
dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhā-
niyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva Sāriputta idh'
ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti yāva na
saṃgho lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti. yato ca kho Sāriputta
saṃgho lābhaggamahattaṃ patto hoti, atha idh'; ekacce āsa-
vaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubhavanti, atha satthā sāva-
kānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati pātimokkhaṃ tesañ
ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭighātāya. na tāva
Sāriputta idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātu-
bhavanti yāva na saṃgho bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti.
yato ca kho Sāriputta saṃgho bāhusaccamahattaṃ patto hoti,
atha idh'; ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā saṃghe pātubha-
vanti, atha satthā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpeti uddisati
pātimokkhaṃ tesañ ñeva āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānaṃ
paṭighātāya. nirabbudo hi Sāriputta bhikkhusaṃgho nirā-
dīnavo apagatakāḷako suddho sāre patiṭṭhito, imesaṃ hi
Sāriputta pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhi-
kkhu so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparā-
yano 'ti. ||4||3||
atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi:
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ Ānanda tathāgatānaṃ yehi ni-
mantitā vassaṃ vasanti na te anapaloketvā janapadacārikaṃ
pakkamanti. āyāma Ānanda Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ apa-
lokessāmā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando bhaga-
vato paccassosi. atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya āyasmatā Ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena Verañjassa
brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivād-
etvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Verañjaṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: nimantit'; amhā tayā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 011]
I. 4-5. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 11
brāhmaṇa vassaṃ vutthā, apalokāma taṃ, icchāma mayaṃ
janapadacārikaṃ pakkamitun ti. saccaṃ bho Gotama ni-
mantit'; attha mayā vassaṃ vutthā, api ca yo deyyadhammo
so na dinno. tañ ca kho no asantaṃ no pi adātukamyatā,
taṃ kut'; ettha labbhā, bahukiccā gharāvāsā bahukaraṇīyā.
adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ Gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṃghenā 'ti. adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena.
atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhammiyā kathāya
sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāy-
āsanā pakkāmi. atha kho Verañjo brāhmaṇo tassā rattiyā
accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādaniyaṃ bhojaniyaṃ
paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi: kālo bho Gotama,
niṭṭhitaṃ bhattan ti. atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Verañjassa brāhmaṇassa
nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṃghena. atha kho Verañjo
brāhmaṇo buddhapamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ paṇītena
khādaniyena bhojaniyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavār-
etvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ticīvarena
acchādesi ekamekañ ca bhikkhuṃ ekamekena dussayugena
acchādesi. atha kho bhagavā Verañjaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ dhammi-
yā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampa-
haṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā Ve-
rañjāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā anupagamma So-
reyyaṃ Saṃkassaṃ Kaṇṇakujjaṃ yena Payāgapa-
tiṭṭhānaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Payāgapa-
tiṭṭhāne Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena Bārāṇasī tad
avasari. atha kho bhagavā Bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ
viharitvā yena Vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena
cārikañ caramāno yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālā-
yaṃ. ||4||
Verañjabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyā avidūre Kalandaka-
gāmo1 nāma hoti, tattha Sudinno nāma Kalandakaputto1
seṭṭhiputto hoti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto samba-
hulehi sahāyakehi saddhiṃ Vesāliṃ agamāsi kenacid eva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 et seq., Kalandagāmo, Kalandaputto AC; Kalandakagāmo, Kalandakaputto BD
constantly.

[page 012]
12 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 1-2.
karaṇīyena. tena kho pana samayena bhagavā mahatiyā
parisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti. addasa
kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavantaṃ mahatiyā parisāya
parivutaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvān'; assa etad
ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ pi dhammaṃ suṇeyyan ti. atha kho
Sudinno Kalandakaputto yena sā parisā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho
Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa etad ahosi: yathā yathā kho
ahaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ su-
karaṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantapari-
suddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyyan ti. atha kho sā parisā
bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttej-
itā sampahaṃsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā pa-
dakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho Sudinno Kalandaka-
putto aciravuṭṭhitāya parisāya yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃ-
kami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ
nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto
bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: yathā yathāhaṃ bhante bhagavatā
dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhā-
vasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante kesamassuṃ
ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajituṃ, pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā 'ti. anuññāto 'si pana
tvaṃ Sudinna mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā
'ti. na kho ahaṃ bhante anuññāto mātāpitūhi agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. na kho Sudinna tathāgatā
ananuññātaṃ1 mātāpitūhi puttaṃ pabbājentīti. so 'haṃ
bhante tathā karissāmi yathā maṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Sudinno
Kalandakaputto Vesāliyaṃ taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā yena Ka-
landakagāmo yena mātāpitaro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkam-
itvā mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta yathā yathāhaṃ
bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, na yidaṃ sukaraṃ
agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ
saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, icchām'; ahaṃ kesa-
massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ananuññātaṃ AC, na anuññātaṃ B. Comp. Mahāvagga, I. 54. 6.

[page 013]
I. 5. 2 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 13
anagāriyaṃ pabbajituṃ. anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anagā-
riyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinnassa Kalandaka-
puttassa mātāpitaro Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avo-
cuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ ekaputtako piyo
manāpo sukhedhito1 sukhaparihato, na tvaṃ tāta Sudinna
kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena pi mayan te akāmakā
vinābhavissāma, kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ anujānissā-
ma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho
Sudinno Kalandakaputto mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta
. . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. dutiyam pi kho Sudinnassa Kalanda-
daputtassa mātāpitaro . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho
Sudinno Kalandakaputto mātāpitaro etad avoca: amma tāta
. . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandaka-
puttassa mātāpitaro . . . pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinno
Kalandakaputto na maṃ mātāpitaro anujānanti agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti tatth'; eva anantarahitāya bhūmiyā
nipajji idh'; eva me maraṇaṃ bhavissati pabbajjā vā 'ti. atha
kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto ekaṃ pi bhattaṃ na bhuñji
dve pi bhattāni na bhuñji tīṇi pi bhattāni na bhuñji cattāri
pi bhattāni na bhuñji pañca pi bhattāni na bhuñji cha pi
bhattāni na bhuñji satta pi bhattāni na bhuñji. atha kho
Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro Sudinnaṃ Kalanda-
kaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si tāta Sudinna amhākaṃ
ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparihato, na tvaṃ
tāta Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena pi mayan te
akāmakā vinābhavissāma, kiṃ pana mayaṃ taṃ jīvantaṃ
anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjāya. uṭṭhehi tāta
Sudinna, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca, bhuñjanto pivanto
paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu,
na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā
'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinno Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi.
dutiyaṃ pi kho --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinnassa Kalanda-
kaputtassa mātāpitaro . . . na taṃ mayaṃ anujānāma agā-
rasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho Sudinno
Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi. ||2|| atha kho Sudinnassa
Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā yena Sudinno Kalandakaputto
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnaṃ Kalandaka-
puttaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si samma Sudinna mātāpi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sukhedhito AC, sukhedhito and sukhe ṭhito B, sukhe ṭhito 'ti sukhena eva ṭhito D.

[page 014]
14 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 3-4.
tunnaṃ ekaputtako piyo manāpo sukhedhito sukhaparihato,
na tvaṃ samma Sudinna kiñci dukkhassa jānāsi, maraṇena
pi te mātāpitaro akāmakā vinābhavissanti, kiṃ pana taṃ
jīvantaṃ anujānissanti agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya.
uṭṭhehi samma Sudinna, bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca,
bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni
karonto abhiramassu, na taṃ mātāpitaro anujānissanti agā-
rasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Sudinno
Kalandakaputto tuṇhī ahosi. dutiyaṃ pi kho --pa--
tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa sahāyakā
Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si
samma Sudinna --pa-- tatiyaṃ pi kho Sudinno Kalandaka-
putto tuṇhī ahosi. ||3|| atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandaka-
puttassa sahāyakā yena Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa mātā-
pitaro ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnassa
Kalandakaputtassa mātāpitaro etad avocuṃ: amma tāta eso
Sudinno anantarahitāya bhūmiyā nipanno idh'; eva me mara-
ṇaṃ bhavissati pabbajjā vā 'ti. sace tumhe Sudinnaṃ nānu-
jānissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, tatth'; eva
maraṇaṃ āgamissati. sace pana tumhe Sudinnaṃ anujā-
nissatha agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, pabbajitaṃ pi naṃ
dakkhissatha. sace Sudinno nābhiramissati agārasmā anagā-
riyaṃ pabbajjāya, kā tassa aññā gati bhavissati, idh'; eva
paccāgamissati. anujānātha Sudinnaṃ agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajjāyā 'ti. anujānāma tāta Sudinnaṃ agārasmā anagā-
riyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinnassa Kalandakaputtassa
sahāyakā yena Sudinno Kalandakaputto ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,
upasaṃkamitvā Sudinnaṃ Kalandakaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ:
uṭṭhehi samma Sudinna, anuññāto 'si mātāpitūhi agārasmā
anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā 'ti. atha kho Sudinno Kalandaka-
putto anuññāto 'mhi kira mātāpitūhi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ
pabbajjāyā 'ti haṭṭho pahaṭṭho1 udaggo pāṇinā gattāni pari-
puñchanto vuṭṭhāsi. atha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto
katipāhaṃ balaṃ gahetvā2 yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhaga-
vantaṃ etad avoca: anuññāto 'haṃ bhante mātāpitūhi
agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāya, pabbājetu maṃ bhagavā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C omits pahaṭṭho
2 balaṃ gāhetvā AC, balaṃ gahetvā B, balaṅgā gahetvā D.

[page 015]
I. 5. 4-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 15
'ti. alattha kho Sudinno Kalandakaputto bhagavato santike
pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampadam. acirūpasampanno ca panā-
yasmā Sudinno evarūpe dhūtaguṇe samādāya vattati: ārañ-
ñiko hoti piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko sapadānacāriko, aññataraṃ
Vajjigāmaṃ upanissāya viharati. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena Vajjī dubbhikhā hoti dvīhitikā
setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa etad ahosi: etarahi kho Vajjī
dubbhikkhā dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā
uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ, bahū kho pana me Vesāliyaṃ
ñātī aḍḍhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahūtajātarūparajatā
pahūtavittupakaraṇā pahūtadhanadhaññā. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
ñātī upanissāya vihareyyaṃ, ñātī maṃ nissāya dānāni dassanti
puññāni karissanti, bhikkhū ca lābhaṃ lacchanti ahañ ca
piṇḍakena na kilamissāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno
senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Vesālī tena
pakkāmi, anupubbena yena Vesālī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ
āyasmā Sudinno Vesāliyaṃ viharati Mahāvane kūṭāgārasā-
lāyaṃ. assosuṃ kho āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātakā: Sudinno
kira Kalandakaputto Vesāliṃ anuppatto 'ti, te āyasmato
Sudinnassa saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsu.
atha kho āyasmā Sudinno te saṭṭhimatte thālipāke bhikkhūnaṃ
vissajjetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya
Kalandakagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Kalandakagāme sapadānaṃ
piṇḍāya caramāno yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃ-
kami. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Sudinnassa ñāti-
dāsī ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ chaḍḍetukāmā hoti. atha kho
āyasmā Sudinno taṃ ñātidāsiṃ etad avoca: sace taṃ bhagini
chaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ idha me patte ākirā 'ti. atha kho
āyasmato Sudinnassa ñātidāsī taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ
āyasmato Sudinnassa patte ākirantī hatthānañ ca pādānañ ca
sarassa ca nimittaṃ aggahesi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa
ñātidāsī yenāyasmato Sudinnassa mātā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etad avoca:
yagghe 'yye1 jāneyyāsi ayyaputto Sudinno anuppatto 'ti.
sace je saccaṃ bhaṇasi adāsiṃ taṃ karomīti. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Sudinno taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ
aññataraṃ kuḍḍamūlaṃ nissāya paribhuñjati. pitāpi kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yagghe yye A, yagghe yya B, yagghayye C.

[page 016]
16 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 6-7.
āyasmato Sudinnassa kammantā āgacchanto addasa āyasman-
taṃ Sudinnaṃ taṃ ābhidosikaṃ kummāsaṃ aññataraṃ
kuḍḍamūlaṃ nissāya paribhuñjantaṃ, disvāna yenā yasmā
Sudinno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: atthi nāma tāta Sudinna ābhidosi-
kaṃ kummāsaṃ paribhuñjissasi, nanu nāma tāta Sudinna
sakaṃ gehaṃ gantabban ti. agamamhā kho te gahapati
gehaṃ, tatrāyaṃ1 ābhidosiko kummāso 'ti. atha kho āyasma-
to Sudinnassa pitā āyasmato Sudinnassa bāhāyaṃ gahetvā
āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: ehi tāta Sudinna gharaṃ
gamissāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno yena sakapitu
nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmantaṃ
Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: bhuñja tāta Sudinnā 'ti. alaṃ gaha-
pati, kataṃ me ajja bhattakiccan ti. adhivāsehi tāta Sudinna
svātanāya bhattan ti. adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Sudinno tuṇhi-
bhāvena. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā tassā rattiyā accayena
haritena gomayena paṭhaviṃ opuñjāpetvā2 dve puñje kārāpesi
ekaṃ hiraññassa ekaṃ suvaṇṇassa. tāva mahantā puñjā
ahesuṃ: orato ṭhito puriso pārato ṭhitaṃ purisaṃ na passati,
pārato ṭhito puriso orato ṭhitaṃ purisaṃ na passati. te
puñje kilañjehi paṭicchādāpetvā majjhe āsanaṃ paññāpetvā
tirokaraṇiyaṃ parikkhipitvā3 āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇa-
dutiyikaṃ āmantesi: tena hi tvaṃ vadhu yena alaṃkārena
alaṃkatā puttassa Sudinnassa piyā ahosi manāpā, tena
alaṃkārena alaṃkarā 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato
Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātuyā
paccassosi. ||6|| atha kho āyasmā Sudinno pubbaṇhasama-
yaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena sakapitu nivesanaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi.
atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā yenāyasmā Sudinno
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te puñje vivarāpetvā
āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idan te tāta Sudinna
mātumattikaṃ itthikāya itthidhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ
aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ.4 labbhā tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā
bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta
Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu puññāni ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 tato yaṃ A, tatāyaṃ corrected to tato yaṃ C, tatrāyaṃ B. Buddhaghosa :
tatrāyaṃ ābhidosiko 'ti tato tava gehato ayaṃ ābhidosiko . . ., tato 'yan
ti pi pāṭho.
2 opuñjāpetvā BD, opuñchāpetvā AC.
3 parikkhipitvā ACD, parikkhipāpetvā B.
4 Buddh.: pitāmahan ti . . . petāmahan ti vā pāṭho.

[page 017]
I. 5. 7-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 17
karohīti. tāta na ussahāmi na visahāmi, abhirato ahaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. dutiyam pi kho --pa-- tatiyam
pi kho āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ
etad avoca: idan te tāta Sudinna mātumattikaṃ itthikāya
itthidhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ. labbhā
tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca
bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti. vadeyyāma kho taṃ gaha-
pati sace tvaṃ nātikaḍḍheyyāsīti. vadehi tāta Sudinnā 'ti.
tena hi tvaṃ gahapati mahante mahante sāṇipasibbake kārā-
petvā hiraññasuvaṇṇassa pūrāpetvā sakaṭehi nibbāhāpetvā1
majjhe Gaṅgāya sote otārehi.2 taṃ kissa hetu. yaṃ hi te
gahapati bhavissati tatonidānaṃ bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ
vā lomahaṃso vā ārakkho vā, so te na bhavissatīti. evaṃ
vutte āyasmato Sudinnassa pitā anattamano ahosi, kathaṃ hi
nāma putto Sudinno evaṃ vakkhatīti. atha kho āyasmato
Sudinnassa pitā āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ
āmantesi: tena hi vadhu tvaṃ piyā ca manāpā ca, app eva
nāma putto Sudinno tuyhaṃ pi vacanaṃ kareyyā 'ti. atha
kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa
pādesu gahetvā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: kīdisā
nāma tā ayyaputta accharāyo yāsaṃ tvaṃ hetu brahma-
cariyaṃ carasīti. na kho ahaṃ bhagini accharānaṃ hetu
brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa
purāṇadutiyikā ajjatagge maṃ ayyaputto Sudinno bhaginivā-
dena samudācaratīti tatth'; eva mucchitā papatā.3 ||7|| atha
kho āyasmā Sudinno pitaraṃ etad avoca: sace gahapati
bhojanaṃ dātabbaṃ detha, mā no viheṭhayitthā 'ti. bhuñja
tāta Sudinnā 'ti. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā ca
pitā ca āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ paṇītena khādaniyena bhojani-
yena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. atha kho āyas-
mato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ bhuttāviṃ
onītapattapāṇiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ
aḍḍhaṃ mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ
pahūtavittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ. labbhā tāta
Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhogā ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca
kātuṃ. ehi tvaṃ tāta Sudinna hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca
bhuñjassu puññāni ca karohīti. amma na ussahāmi na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 nibbahāpetvā C.
2 opātehi A, osārehi corrected to opātehi C, okārehi corrected to otārehi B.
3 papatā ABC. Buddh.: mucchitā papatā patitā 'ti attho.

[page 018]
18 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 8-9.
visahāmi, abhirato ahaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carāmīti. dutiyam
pi kho --pa-- tatiyam pi kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā
āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ
aḍḍhaṃ mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ
pahūtavittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ, tena hi tāta
Sudinna bījakaṃ pi dehi, mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ
Licchaviyo atiharāpesun ti. etaṃ kho me amma sakkā
kātun ti. kahaṃ pana tāta Sudinna etarahi viharasīti.
Mahāvane ammā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Sudinno uṭṭhāyāsanā
pakkāmi. ||8|| atha kho1 āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmato
Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ āmantesi: tena hi vadhu yadā
utunī ahosi pupphan te uppannaṃ hoti, atha me āroceyyāsīti.
evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyas-
mato Sudinnassa mātuyā paccassosi. atha kho āyasmato
Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā na cirass'; eva utunī ahosi,
pupphaṃ sā uppajji. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇa-
dutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātaraṃ etad avoca: utuni
'mhi ayye, pupphaṃ me uppannanti. tena hi vadhu yena
alaṃkārena alaṃkatā puttassa Sudinnassa piyā ahosi manāpā,
tena alaṃkārena alaṃkarā 'ti. evaṃ ayye 'ti kho āyasmato
Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā āyasmato Sudinnassa mātuyā
paccassosi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa mātā āyasmato
Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikaṃ ādāya yena Mahāvanaṃ yenā-
yasmā Sudinno ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Sudinnaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ tāta Sudinna kulaṃ aḍḍhaṃ
mahaddhanaṃ mahābhogaṃ pahūtajātarūparajataṃ pahūta-
vittupakaraṇaṃ pahūtadhanadhaññaṃ, tena hi tāta Sudinna
bījakaṃ pi dehi, mā no aputtakaṃ sāpateyyaṃ Licchaviyo
atiharāpesun ti. etaṃ kho me amma sakkā kātun ti purāṇa-
dutiyikāya bāhāyaṃ gahetvā Mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā
appaññatte sikkhāpade anādīnavadasso purāṇadutiyikāya
tikkhattuṃ methunaṃ dhammaṃ abhiviññāpesi. sā tena
gabbhaṃ gaṇhi. bhummā devā saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ:
nirabbudo vato bho {bhikkhusaṃgho} nirādīnavo, Sudinnena
Kalandakaputtena abbudaṃ uppāditaṃ ādīnavo uppādito 'ti.
bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā Cātumahārājikā devā
saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ --la-- Tāvatiṃsā devā --la-- Yāmā
devā --la-- Tusitā devā --la-- Nimmānaratī devā -- la --

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 atha kho me B.

[page 019]
I. 5. 9-10.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 19
Paranimmitavasavattī devā --la-- Brahmakāyikā devā
saddaṃ anussāvesuṃ: nirabbudo vata bho bhikkhusaṃgho
nirādīnavo, Sudinnena Kalandakaputtena abbudaṃ uppād-
itaṃ ādīnavo uppādito 'ti. iti ha tena khaṇena tena
muhuttena yāva Brahmalokā saddo abbhuggañchi. atha kho
āyasmato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikā tassa gabbhassa pari-
pākam anvāya puttaṃ vijāyi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa
sahāyakā tassa dārakassa Bījako 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, āyas-
mato Sudinnassa purāṇadutiyikāya Bījakamātā 'ti nāmaṃ
akaṃsu, āyasmato Sudinnassa Bījakapitā 'ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu.
te aparena samayena ubho agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā
arahattaṃ sacchākaṃsu. ||9|| atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa
ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahū vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata me na
vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me suladdhaṃ,
yv'; āhaṃ1 evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā nā-
sakkhiṃ yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
caritun ti. so ten'; eva kukkuccena tena vippaṭisārena kiso
ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamani-
santhatagatto antomano līnamano dukkhī dummano vippaṭi-
sārī pajjhāyi. atha kho āyasmato Sudinnassa sahāyakā
bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho
tvaṃ āvuso Sudinna vaṇṇavā ahosi pīnindriyo pasannamukha-
vaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo, so dāni tvaṃ etarahi kiso
lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto
antomano līnamano dukkhī dummano vippaṭisārī pajjhāyasi.
kacci no tvaṃ2 āvuso Sudinna anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ
carasīti. na kho ahaṃ āvuso anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ
carāmi. atthi me pāpaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, purāṇadutiyikāya
methuno dhammo paṭisevito, tassa mayhaṃ āvuso ahud eva
kukkuccaṃ . . . parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritun ti.
alaṃ hi te āvuso Sudinna kukkuccāya, alaṃ vippaṭisārāya,
yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na
sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena
virāgāya dhammo desito no sarāgāya, visaṃyogāya dhammo
desito no saṃyogāya, anupādānāya dhammo desito no saupā-
dānāya. tattha nāma tvaṃ āvuso bhagavatā virāgāya
dhamme desite sarāgāya cetessasi, visaṃyogāya dhamme

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yo haṃ AV, yv āhaṃ B.
2 kacci no si tvaṃ B.

[page 020]
20 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 10-11.
desite saṃyogāya cetessasi, anupādānāya dhamme desite
saupādānāya cetessasi. nanu āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyā-
yena rāgavirāgāya dhammo desito, madanimmadanāya1 pipā-
savinayāya ālayasamugghātāya vaṭṭupacchedāya taṇhakkha-
yāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya dhammo desito. nanu
āvuso bhagavatā anekapariyāyena kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhā-
taṃ, kāmasaññānaṃ pariññā akkhātā, kāmapipāsānaṃ paṭi-
vinayo akkhāto, kāmavitakkānaṃ samugghāto akkhāto, kā-
mapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'; etaṃ āvuso appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha
khv'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ
ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. ||10|| atha kho te bhikkhū
āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā
āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Sudinna
purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ mo-
ghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappi-
yaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa evaṃ
svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ
paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu
mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya . . . tattha
nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mayā virāgāya . . . cetessasi.
nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena rāgavirāgāya . . .
nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ
. . . vūpasamo akkhāto. varan te moghapurisa āsīvisassa
ghoravisassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv eva mātu-
gāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. varan te mogha-
purisa kaṇhasappassa mukhe aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv
eva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. varan te
moghapurisa aṅgārakāsuyā ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhū-
tāya aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ na tv eva mātugāmassa aṅgajāte
aṅgajātaṃ pakkhittaṃ. taṃ kissa hetu. tatonidānaṃ hi
moghapurisa maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ, na tv eva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, itonidānañ
ca kho moghapurisa kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 madanimmadanāya BC, madanimmaddanāya corrected to madanimmadanāya A.

[page 021]
I. 5. 11-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 21
duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. tattha nāma
tvaṃ moghapurisa yaṃ tvaṃ asaddhammaṃ gāmadhammaṃ
vasaladhammaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ odakantikaṃ rahassaṃ dvayaṃ-
dvayasamāpattiṃ1 samāpajjissasi, bahunnaṃ kho tvaṃ mogha-
purisa akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ādikattā pubbaṃgamo. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ
vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānañ
c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā
'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Sudinnaṃ anekapariyā-
yena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya
asantuṭṭhitāya saṃgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā ane-
kapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa
sallekhassa dhūtassa pāsādikassa apacayassa viriyārambhassa
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulo-
mikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena
hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmi
dasa atthavase paṭicca: saṃghasuṭṭhutāya saṃghaphāsutāya
dummaṅkūnaṃ puggalānaṃ niggahāya pesalānaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ phāsuvihārāya diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ āsavānaṃ saṃva-
rāya samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya appasannānaṃ
pasādāya pasannānaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya saddhammaṭṭhitiyā vi-
nayānuggahāya. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya,
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||11||5||
Sudinnabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ
Mahāvane makkaṭiṃ āmisena upalāpetvā tassā methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevati. atha kho so bhikkhu pubbaṇhasam-
ayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū senāsanacārikaṃ
āhiṇḍantā yena tassa bhikkhuno vihāro ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu.
addasa kho sā makkaṭī te bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante,
disvāna yena te bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato kaṭiṃ pi cālesi cheppaṃ pi cālesi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddh.: dvayadvayasamāpattivan (sic) ti dvīhi dvīhi samāpajjitabbaṃ.
dvayaṃ dvayasamāpattin ti pi pāṭho, dayaṃ dayaṃ samāpattin ti pi paṭhanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ.

[page 022]
22 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 6.
kaṭiṃ pi oḍḍi1 nimittam pi akāsi. atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhū-
naṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhikkhu imissā makka-
ṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevatīti ekamantaṃ nilīyiṃsu.
atha kho so bhikkhu Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ
ādāya-paṭikkami. atha kho sā makkaṭī yena so bhikkhu
ten'; upasaṃkami. atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ
ekadesaṃ bhuñjitvā ekadesaṃ tassā makkaṭiyā adāsi. atha
kho sā makkaṭī taṃ piṇḍaṃ2 bhuñjitvā tassa bhikkhuno
kaṭiṃ oḍḍi.3 atha kho so bhikkhu tassā makkaṭiyā methu-
naṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: nanu āvuso bhagavatā sikkhāpa-
daṃ paññattaṃ. kissa tvaṃ āvuso makkaṭiyā methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevasīti. saccaṃ āvuso bhagavatā sikkhā-
padaṃ paññattaṃ tañ ca kho manussitthiyā no tiracchāna-
gatāyā 'ti. nanu āvuso tath'; eva taṃ hoti. ananucchaviyaṃ
āvuso ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ
akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ āvuso evaṃ svākkhāte
dhammavinaye pabbajitvā na sakkhissasi yāvajīvaṃ pari-
puṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. nanu āvuso
bhagavatā anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no
sarāgāya --la-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'
etaṃ āvuso appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya . . . aññathattāyā
'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ anekapariyāyena
vigarahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
sannipātāpetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ
bhikkhu makkaṭiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi . . . (ch.5.11. Instead of mātugā-
massa read makkaṭiyā.) . . . dvayasamāpattiṃ samā-
pajjissasi, n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya
antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ pa-
ññattaṃ hoti. ||6||
makkaṭivatthu.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 oṭṭi AC, oḍḍi B. Buddh.: oḍḍhīti abhimukhaṃ ṭhapesi.
2 sā makkaṭī A, sā makkaṭī taṃ piṇḍaṃ B, sā m- taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ C.
3 oṭṭi AC, oḍḍi B.

[page 023]
I. 7-8. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 23
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā Vesālikā Vajjipu-
ttakā bhikkhū yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjiṃsu yāvadatthaṃ supiṃsu
yāvadatthaṃ nhāyiṃsu, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ
supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā ayoniso manasikaritvā sikkhaṃ
apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭiseviṃsu. te aparena samayena ñātivyasanena pi phuṭṭhā
bhogavyasanena pi phuṭṭhā rogavyasanena pi phuṭṭhā āyas-
mantaṃ Ānandaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: na ma-
yaṃ bhante Ānanda buddhagarahino na dhammagarahino
na saṃghagarahino, attagarahino mayaṃ bhante Ānanda
anaññagarahino. mayaṃ ev'; amhā alakkhikā mayaṃ appa-
puññā, ye mayaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā
māsakkhimhā yāvajīvaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ carituṃ. idāni ce pi mayaṃ bhante Ānanda la-
bheyyāma bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyāma upa-
sampadaṃ, idāni pimayaṃ vipassakā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
pubbarattāpararattaṃ bodhipakkhikānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhā-
vanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā vihareyyāma. sādhu bhante Ānanda
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocehīti. evam āvuso 'ti kho
āyasmā Ānando Vesālikānaṃ Vajjiputtakānaṃ paṭisuṇitvā
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. aṭṭhānaṃ etaṃ Ānanda anavakāso
yaṃ tathāgato Vajjīnaṃ vā Vajjiputtakānaṃ vā kāra-
ṇā sāvakānaṃ pārājikaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ samūhan-
eyyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ
pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: yo
pana bhikkhave bhikkhu sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ
anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, so āgato na
upasampādetabbo. yo ca kho bhikkhave sikkhaṃ paccakkhā-
ya dubbalyaṃ āvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, so
āgato upasampādetabbo. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ
sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno
sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāya pi,
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||7||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso yathāyutto yathājacco yathānāmo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 024]
24 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 1-2.
yathāgotto yathāsīlo yathāvihārī yathāgocaro thero vā navo
vā majjhimo vā, eso vuccati yo panā 'ti.
bhikkhū 'ti: bhikkhako 'ti bhikkhu, bhikkhācariyaṃ
ajjhūpagato 'ti bhikkhu, bhinnapaṭadharo 'ti bhikkhu, sām-
aññāya1 bhikkhu, paṭiññāya bhikkhu, ehi bhikkhū 'ti bhi-
kkhu, tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampanno 'ti bhikkhu, bhadro
bhikkhu, sāro bhikkhu, sekho bhikkhu, asekho bhikkhu,
samaggena saṃghena ñatticatutthena kammena akuppena
ṭhānārahena upasampanno 'ti bhikkhu. tatra yv'; āyaṃ
bhikkhu samaggena saṃghena ñatticatutthena kammena
akuppena ṭhānārahena upasampanno ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe
adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sikkhā 'ti: tisso sikkhā adhisīlasikkhā adhicittasikkhā adhi-
paññāsikkhā. tatra yāyaṃ adhisīlasikkhā2 ayaṃ imasmiṃ
atthe adhippetā sikkhā 'ti.
sājīvaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
etaṃ sājīvaṃ nāma, tasmiṃ sikkhati, tena vuccati sājīvasamā-
panno 'ti. ||1||
sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā
'ti: atthi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā
ca apaccakkhātā, atthi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva
hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā.
kathañ ca bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti
sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu
ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato sāmaññā cavitukāmo bhikkhubhā-
vaṃ aṭṭiyamāno harāyamāno jigucchamāno gihibhāvaṃ
patthayamāno upāsakabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ārāmikabhāvaṃ
patthayamāno sāmaṇerabhāvaṃ patthayamāno titthiyabhā-
vaṃ patthayamāno titthiyasāvakabhāvaṃ patthayamāno asa-
maṇabhāvaṃ patthayamāno asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthaya-
māno yaṃ nūnāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati
viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva
hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito ana-
bhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno yaṃ nūnā-
haṃ dhammaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti --pa--
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sikkhaṃ
--pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ vinayaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
pātimokkhaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ uddesaṃ --pa-- yaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sāmaññāya AB, samaññāya C.
2 yāyaṃ adhisīlas- A, yv āyaṃ adh- BCD.

[page 025]
I. 8. 2.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 25
nūnāhaṃ upajjhāyaṃ --la-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ ācariyaṃ
--pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūn-
āhaṃ antevāsikaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samānupajjhāya-
kaṃ --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ samānācariyakaṃ --pa-- yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ gihī assan ti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ upāsako assan ti --la-- yaṃ nūnā-
haṃ ārāmiko assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṇero assan
ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ titthiyo assan ti --pa-- yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ titthiyasāvako assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ
asamaṇo assan ti --pa-- yaṃ nūnāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo
assan ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvi-
kammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana
ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthaya-
māno yadi panāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti vadati viññā-
peti --pa-- yadi panāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti vadati
viññāpeti --pa-- ap'; āhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan ti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ap'; āhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan ti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- handāhaṃ buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan
ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- handāhaṃ asakyaputtiyo assan
ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- hoti me buddhaṃ paccakkheyyan
ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- hoti me asakyaputtiyo assan ti
vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'
eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito
anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno mātaraṃ
sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitaraṃ sarāmīti vadati
viññāpeti --pa-- bhātaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa--
bhaginiṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- puttaṃ sarāmīti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- dhītaraṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- pajāpatiṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ñātake
sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- mitte sarāmīti vadati viññā-
peti --pa-- gāmaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa--
nigamaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- khettaṃ sarāmīti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- vatthuṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- hiraññaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- su-
vaṇṇaṃ sarāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- sippaṃ sarāmīti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pubbe hasitaṃ lapitaṃ kīḷitaṃ
samanussarāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 026]
26 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 2-3.
dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā.
athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhā-
vaṃ patthayamāno mātā me atthi sā mayā posetabbā 'ti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitā me atthi so mayā posetabbo 'ti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhātā me atthi so mayā posetabbo
'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- bhaginī me atthi sā mayā pose-
tabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- putto . . .'ti vadati
viññāpeti --pa-- dhītā . . .'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa--
pajāpatī . . .'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- ñātakā me
atthi te mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- mittā
me atthi te mayā posetabbā 'ti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi
bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca apacca-
kkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakya-
puttiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno mātā me atthi sā maṃ po-
sessatīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- pitā me atthi so maṃ
posessatīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- . . . --pa-- mittā me
atthi te maṃ posessantīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- gāmo me
atthi tena p'; āhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- niga-
mo me atthi tena p'; āhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- khettaṃ . . . vatthu . . . hiraññaṃ . . . su-
vaṇṇaṃ . . . sippaṃ me atthi tenāhaṃ jīvissāmīti vadati
viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammaṃ c'; eva
hoti sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. athavā pana ukkaṇṭhito ana-
bhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno dukkaran
ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na sukaran ti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- duccaran ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na sucaran ti
vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na ussahāmīti vadati viññāpeti
--pa-- na visahāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na ramā-
mīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- nābhiramāmīti vadati viññā-
peti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammaṃ c'; eva hoti
sikkhā ca apaccakkhātā. ||2||
kathañ ca bhikkhave dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā
ca paccakkhātā. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu ukkaṇṭhito ana-
bhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthayamāno buddhaṃ
paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyā-
vikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. athavā pana
ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthaya-
māno dhammaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa--

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 027]
I. 8. 3-4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 27
saṃghaṃ paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- sikkhaṃ
. . . vinayaṃ . . . pātimokkhaṃ . . . uddesaṃ . . . upajjhāyaṃ
. . . ācariyaṃ . . . saddhivihārikaṃ . . . antevāsikaṃ . . .
samānupajjhāyakaṃ . . . samānācariyakaṃ . . . sabrahmacāriṃ
paccakkhāmīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- gihīti maṃ dhāre-
hīti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- upāsako 'ti maṃ dhārehīti va-
dati viññāpeti --pa-- ārāmiko . . . sāmaṇero . . . titthiyo
. . . titthiyasāvako . . . asamaṇo . . . asakyaputtiyo 'ti
maṃ dhārehīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi bhikkhave dubbalyā-
vikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. athavā pana
ukkaṇṭhito anabhirato . . . asakyaputtiyabhāvaṃ patthaya-
māno alaṃ me buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- alaṃ
me sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi --pa--.
athavā pana --pa-- kiṃ nu me buddhenā 'ti vadati viññā-
peti --pa-- kiṃ nu me sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti:
evam pi --pa--. athavā pana --pa-- na mam'; attho buddhe-
nā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- na mam'; attho sabrahmacārīhīti
vadati viññāpeti: evam pi --pa--. athavā pana --pa-- su-
mutt'; āhaṃ buddhenā 'ti vadati viññāpeti --pa-- sumutt'
āhaṃ sabrahmacārīhīti vadati viññāpeti: evam pi . . .
paccakkhātā. yāni vā pan'; aññāni pi atthi buddhavevacanāni
vā dhammavevacanāni vā saṃghavevacanāni vā sikkhāveva-
canāni vā . . . sabrahmacārivevacanāni vā gihivevacanāni vā
. . . asakyaputtiyavevacanāni vā, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi
tehi nimittehi vadati viññāpeti: evaṃ kho bhikkhave
dubbalyāvikammañ c'; eva hoti sikkhā ca paccakkhātā. ||3||
kathañ ca bhikkhave apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. idha
bhikkhave yehi ākārehi yehi liṅgehi yehi nimittehi sikkhā
paccakkhātā1 hoti, tehi ākārehi tehi liṅgehi tehi nimittehi
ummattako sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā.
ummattakassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā
hoti sikkhā. khittacitto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti . . . khitta-
cittassa santike . . . vedanaṭṭo . . . vedanaṭṭassa santike
. . . devatāya santike . . . tiracchānagatassa santike sikkhaṃ
paccakkhāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. ariyakena milakkhu-
kassa2 santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti so ca na paṭivijānāti:
apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. milakkhukena ariyakassa santike
. . . ariyakena ariyakassa santike . . . milakkhukena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 (beginning of the paragraph), sikkhā paccakkhātā hoti A,
s- apaccakkhātā hoti B, s- paccakkhātā (corrected into apaccakkhātā)
hoti C.
2 Buddh.: tattha ariyakaṃ nāma ariyavohāro Magadhabhāsā,
milakkhukaṃ nāma yo koci anariyako Andhadamilādi.

[page 028]
28 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 8. 4-9. 1.
milakkhukassa santike sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti so ca na paṭi-
vijānāti: apaccakkhātā hoti sikkhā. davāya sikkhaṃ pacca-
kkhāti . . . ravāya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti . . . asāvetukāmo sā-
veti . . . sāvetukāmo na sāveti . . . aviññussa sāveti . . .
viññussa na sāveti . . . sabbaso vā pana na sāveti: apacca-
kkhātā hoti sikkhā. evaṃ kho bhikkhave apaccakkhātā
hoti sikkhā. ||4||
methunadhammo nāma: yo so asaddhammo gāmadhammo
vasaladhammo duṭṭhullaṃ odakantikaṃ rahassaṃ dvayaṃ-
dvayasamāpatti, eso methunadhammo nāma.
paṭisevati nāma: yo nimittena nimittaṃ aṅgajātena aṅgajā-
taṃ antamaso tilaphalamattaṃ pi paveseti, eso paṭisevati nāma.
antamaso tiracchānagatāya pīti: tiracchānagatitthiyāpi me-
thunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, pag
eva manussitthiyā, tena vuccati antamaso tiracchānagatāya pīti.
pārājiko hotīti: seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno
abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evam eva bhikkhu
methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā asamaṇo hoti asakya-
puttiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti: saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso sama-
sikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma. so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena
vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti.1 ||5||8||
tisso itthiyo manussitthi amanussitthi tiracchānagatitthi.
tayo ubhatovyañjanakā manussubhatovyañjanako amanussu-
bhatovyañjanako tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanako. tayo paṇḍa-
kā manussapaṇḍako amanussapaṇḍako tiracchānagatapaṇḍako.
tayo purisā manussapuriso amanussapuriso tiracchānagatapu-
riso. manussitthiyā tayo magge methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭise-
vantassa2 āpatti pārājikassa vaccamagge passāvamagge mukhe.
amanussitthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā tayo . . .
mukhe. manussubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubha-
tovyañjanakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa
tayo . . . mukhe. manussapaṇḍakassa dve magge methu-
naṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevantassa āpatti pārājikassa vaccamagge
mukhe. amanussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍa-
kassa --pa-- manussapurisassa --pa-- amanussapurisassa
--pa-- tiracchānagatapurisassa dve . . . mukhe. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -5, Buddhaghosa says that here (at the end of this chapter)
the mūlapaññatti ends; what follows he calls anuppaññatti.
2 pavesantassa AC, pavesantassa and pavesentassa BD.

[page 029]
I. 9. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 29
bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upaṭṭhite manussitthiyā vacca-
maggaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhi-
kkhussa . . . passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ
pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa . . . amanuss-
itthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā --pa-- manussu-
bhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakassa
--pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa vaccamaggaṃ
--la-- passāvamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pave-
sentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa sevanacittaṃ upa-
ṭṭhite manussapaṇḍakassa vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ
aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhussa . . .
amanussapaṇḍakassa . . . tiracchānagatapaṇḍakassa . . .
manussapurisassa . . . amanussapurisassa . . . tiracchānaga-
tapurisassa vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ aṅgajātaṃ
pavesentassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||2||
bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhikkhussa santike1
ānetvā vaccamaggena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pave-
sanaṃ sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddhara-
ṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . .
abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādi-
yati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ na
s. paviṭṭhaṃ na s. ṭhitaṃ s. uddharaṇaṃ s., āpatti pārāji-
kassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti, so ce pave-
sanaṃ na s., paviṭṭhaṃ na s., ṭhitaṃ na s., uddharaṇaṃ s.,
āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhupaccatthikā . . . abhinisīdenti,
so ce pavesanaṃ na s., paviṭṭhaṃ na s., ṭhitaṃ na s., uddha-
raṇaṃ na s., anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ
bhikkhussa santike ānetvā passāvamaggena --pa-- mu-
khena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati
paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhu-
paccatthikā manussitthiṃ jāgarantiṃ --pa-- suttaṃ --pa--
mattaṃ --pa-- ummattaṃ --pa-- pamattaṃ --pa--
mataṃ akkhayitaṃ --pa-- mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ
--pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ
bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāva-
maggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 santikaṃ A constantly, santike BCD.

[page 030]
30 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 9. 3-4.
pavesanaṃ sādiyati paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyati ṭhitaṃ sādiyati
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā amanussitthiṃ
--pa-- tiracchānagatitthiṃ --pa-- manussubhatovyañja-
nakaṃ --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- ti-
racchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā
vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena
aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . .
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati,
anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatubhatovyañja-
nakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena
akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena
khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa--
passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti,
so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti
thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhu-
paccatthikā manussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- amanussapaṇḍakaṃ
--pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā
vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti,
so ce . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa--
na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagata-
paṇḍakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ ye-
bhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ
yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vacca-
maggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce
pavesanaṃ . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa
--pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussa-
purisaṃ --pa-- amanussapurisaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagata-
purisaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa--
mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati
. . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagata-
purisaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ yebhuyyena
akkhayitaṃ --pa-- mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhi-
kkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena
aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti, so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . .
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na sādi-
yati, anāpatti. ||3|| bhikkhupaccatthikā manussitthiṃ bhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 031]
I. 9. 4.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 31
kkhussa santike ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- passāva-
maggena --pa-- mukhena aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santha-
tāya asanthatassa --pa-- asanthatāya santhatassa --pa--
santhatāya1 santhatassa --pa-- asanthatāya asanthatassa.
so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti
pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupacca-
tthikā manussitthiṃ jāgarantiṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ
yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ
yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vacca-
maggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena
aṅgajātaṃ {abhinisīdenti} santhatāya asanthatassa . . .
asanthatāya asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . .
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā amanussitthiṃ
--pa-- tiracchānagatitthiṃ --pa-- manussubhatovyañja-
nakaṃ --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakaṃ --pa-- ti-
racchānagatubhatovyañjanakaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā
vaccamaggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena
aṅgajātaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa --pa--
asanthatassa santhatassa --pa-- santhatassa santhatassa
--pa-- asanthatassa asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādi-
yati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa --pa--
na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā tiracchānagatu-
bhatovyañjanakaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ . . . mataṃ
yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. mataṃ
yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā vacca-
maggena --pa-- passāvamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . .
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā manussapaṇḍakaṃ
--pa-- amanussapaṇḍakaṃ --pa-- tiracchānagatapaṇḍa-
kaṃ --pa-- manussapurisaṃ --pa-- amanussapurisaṃ
--pa-- tiracchānagatapurisaṃ bhikkhussa santike ānetvā
vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
āpatti pārājikassa --pa-- na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhu-
paccatthikā tiracchānagatapurisaṃ jāgarantaṃ --pa-- suttaṃ
. . . mataṃ yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ --pa-- āpatti pārāji-
kassa. mataṃ yebhuyyena khayitaṃ bhikkhussa santike
ānetvā vaccamaggena --pa-- mukhena . . . uddharaṇaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sandhatāya etc. AC, santhatāya BD.

[page 032]
32 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [ I. 9. 4-6.
sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa --pa-- nasādiyati, anā-
patti. ||4|| bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā
santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- passāva-
maggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ
sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārājikassa. na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussi-
tthiyā jāgarantiyā --pa-- suttāya --pa-- mattāya --pa--
ummattāya --pa-- pamattāya --pa-- matāya akkhayi-
tāya --pa-- matāya yebhuyyena akkhayitāya --pa--
āpatti pārājikassa. matāya yebhuyyena khayitāya santike
ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- passāvamaggaṃ
--pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati
. . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na
sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ amanuss-
itthiyā --pa-- tiracchānagatitthiyā --pa-- manussu-
bhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- amanussubhatovyañjanakassa
--pa-- tiracchānagatubhatovyañjanakassa --pa-- ma-
nussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- amanussapaṇḍakassa --pa-- ti-
racchānagatapaṇḍakassa --pa-- manussapurisassa --pa--
amanussapurisassa --pa-- tiracchānagatapurisassa santike
ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhini-
sīdenti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
āpatti pārajikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthi-
kā bhikkhuṃ tiracchānagatapurisassa jāgarantassa --pa--
suttassa . . . matassa yebhuyyena akkhayitassa --pa--
āpatti pārājikassa. matassa yebhuyyena khayitassa santike
ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ --pa-- mukhaṃ abhinisī-
denti. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. ||5|| bhikkhu-
paccatthikā bhikkhuṃ manussitthiyā santike ānetvā aṅgajā-
tena vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti
santhatassa asanthatāya, asanthatassa santhatāya, santha-
tassa santhatāya, asanthatassa asanthatāya. so ce pave-
sanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti pārā-
jikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā bhi-
kkhuṃ manussitthiyā jāgarantiyā --pa-- suttāya . . .
matāya yebhuyyena akkhayitāya --pa-- āpatti pārāji-
kassa. matāya yebhuyyena khayitāya santike ānetvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 033]
I. 9. 6-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 33
aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ mukhaṃ abhi-
nisīdenti santhatassa asanthatāya . . . asanthatassa
asanthatāya. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddhara-
ṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti.
bhikkhupaccatthikā bhikkhuṃ amanussitthiyā . . . tiracchā-
nagatapurisassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vaccamaggaṃ mu-
khaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa, asanthatassa
santhatassa, santhatassa santhatassa, asanthatassa asantha-
tassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . . uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati,
āpatti pārājikassa. na sādiyati, anāpatti. bhikkhupaccatthikā
bhikkhuṃ tiracchānagatapurisassa jāgarantassa . . . matassa
yebhuyyena akkhayitassa --pa-- āpatti pārājikassa. ma-
tassa yebhuyyena khayitassa santike ānetvā aṅgajātena vacca-
maggaṃ mukhaṃ abhinisīdenti santhatassa asanthatassa . . .
asanthatassa asanthatassa. so ce pavesanaṃ sādiyati . . .
uddharaṇaṃ sādiyati, āpatti thullaccayassa. na sādiyati,
anāpatti. ||6||
yathā bhikkhupaccatthikā vitthāritā evam pi vitthāritā1
kātabbā rājapaccatthikā corapaccatthikā dhuttapaccatthikā up-
palagandhapaccatthikā2 --pa--. santhataṃ3 vaṇṇitaṃ eva.
maggena maggaṃ paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. magge-
na amaggaṃ paveseti, āpatti pārājikassa. amaggena maggaṃ
paveseti,4 āpatti pārājikassa. amaggena amaggaṃ paveseti,
āpatti thullaccayassa. bhikkhu suttabhikkhumhi vippa-
ṭipajjati. paṭibuddho sādiyati: ubho nāsetabbā. paṭi-
buddho na sādiyati: dūsako nāsetabbo. bhikkhu sutta-
sāmaṇeramhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho sādiyati: ubho nāse-
tabbā. paṭibuddho na sādiyati: dūsako nāsetabbo. sāmaṇero
suttabhikkhumhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho . . . nāsetabbo.
sāmaṇero suttasāmaṇeramhi vippaṭipajjati. paṭibuddho . . .
nāsetabbo. ||7||
anāpatti ajānantassa asādiyantassa ummattakassa khitta-
cittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||8||9||
santhatabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
makkaṭī, Vajjiputtā ca, gihī, naggo ca, titthiyā,
dārik', Uppalavaṇṇā ca, vyañjanehi 'pare duve, |
mātā,5 dhītā, bhaginī ca, jāyā ca, mudu, lambinā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yathā . . .vitthāritā kātabbā is wanting in B.
2 uppalagandhap- ABC. Buddh.: gandhan ti hadayaṃ vuccati,
taṃ uppāṭentīti uppalagandhā.
3 Instead of "-pa- santhataṃ (sandhataṃ A) vaṇṇitam eva" C writes only "ti."
4 pavesenti B constantly, paveseti ACD.
5 mālā ?

[page 034]
34 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 1-4.
dve vaṇā, lepacittañ ca, dārudhītalikāya ca, |
Sundarena saha pañca, pañca sīvathik', aṭṭhikā,
nāgī, yakkhī ca, petī ca, paṇḍako, upahato, chupe, |
Bhaddiye, arahaṃ, sutto, Sāvatthiyaṃ caturo 'pare,
Vesāliyā tayo, Mallā, supine Bhārukacchako, |
Supabbā, Saddhā, bhikkhunī, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇerī ca,
vesiyā, paṇḍako, gihī, aññamaññaṃ, vuḍḍhapabbajito,
migo 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu makkaṭiyā
methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi:
bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārā-
jikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi
--pa--. āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā Vesālikā Vajji-
puttakā bhikkhū sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anā-
vikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseviṃsu. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ
ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho
mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --pa--. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā
pārājikan ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me
anāpatti bhavissatīti gihiliṅgena methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭi-
sevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti
naggo hutvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhi-
kkhu evaṃ me anāpatti bhavissatīti kusacīraṃ nivāsetvā
--pa-- vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- phalakacīraṃ nivā-
setvā --pa-- kesakambalaṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- vālakamba-
laṃ nivāsetvā --pa-- ulūkapakkhakaṃ nivāsetvā --pa--
ajinakkhipaṃ nivāsetvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu
pīṭhake1 nipannaṃ dārikaṃ passitvā sāratto aṅguṭṭhaṃ aṅga-
jātaṃ pavesesi, sā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādise-
sassā 'ti. ||4||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 piṭṭhake A, pīṭhake B, pidhake corrected to piṭṭhake C.

[page 035]
I. 10. 5-8.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 35
tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako Uppala-
vaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā paṭibaddhacitto hoti. atha kho so
māṇavako Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya
paviṭṭhāya kuṭikaṃ pavisitvā nilīno acchi. Uppalavaṇṇā
bhikkhunī pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā pāde pakkhāl-
etvā kuṭikaṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīdi. atha kho so māṇa-
vako Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ uggahetvā dūsesi. Uppala-
vaṇṇā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhi-
kkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave asādi-
yantiyā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno itthiliṅgaṃ
pātubhūtaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave taṃ yeva upajjhaṃ tam eva upasampadaṃ
tāni vassāni bhikkhunīhi saṃkamituṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhū-
naṃ bhikkhunīhi sādhāraṇā tā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ santike
vuṭṭhātuṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīhi asādhāraṇā
tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā
bhikkhuniyā purisaliṅgaṃ pātubhūtaṃ hoti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave taṃ yeva upajjhaṃ
tam eva upasampadaṃ tāni vassāni bhikkhūhi saṃkamituṃ,
yā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūhi sādhāraṇā tā āpattiyo
bhikkhūnaṃ santike vuṭṭhātuṃ, yā āpattiyo bhikkhunīnaṃ
bhikkhūhi asādhāraṇā tāhi āpattīhi anāpattīti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu evaṃ me
anāpatti bhavissatīti mātuyā --pa-- dhītuyā --pa-- bha-
giniyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āpattiṃ
tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññataro bhikkhu purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan
ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mudupiṭṭhiko
hoti. so anabhiratiyā pīḷito attano aṅgajātaṃ mukhena
aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu lambī hoti. so anabhira-
tiyā pīḷito attano aṅgajātaṃ attano vaccamaggaṃ pavesesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||8||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 036]
36 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 9-13.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu matasarīraṃ
passi, tasmiṃ ca sarīre aṅgajātasāmantā vaṇo hoti. so evaṃ
me anāpatti bhavissatīti aṅgajāte aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā vaṇena
nīhari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu matasarīraṃ passi, tasmiṃ ca
sarīre aṅgajātasāmantā vaṇo hoti. so evaṃ me anāpatti
bhavissatīti vaṇe aṅgajātaṃ pavesetvā aṅgajātena nīhari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto lepa-
cittassa nimittaṃ1 aṅgajātena chupi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto dārudhī-
talikāya nimittaṃ aṅgajātena chupi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena Sundaro nāma bhikkhu Rāja-
gahā pabbajito rathikāya gacchati. aññatarā itthi muhuttaṃ
bhante āgamehi vandissāmīti sā vandantī antaravāsakaṃ
ukkhipitvā mukhena aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--. sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā
sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā
etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti.
alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante ahaṃ vāyam-
issāmi tvaṃ mā vāyami, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so
bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi
bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'
etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante tvaṃ vāyama ahaṃ na vāyam-
issāmi, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarā itthi bhikkhuṃ passitvā . . . n'; etaṃ
kappatīti. ehi bhante abbhantaraṃ ghaṭṭetvā bahi mocehi
--pa-- bahi ghaṭṭetvā abbhantaraṃ mocehi. evan te
anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ
gantvā akkhayitaṃ sarīraṃ passitvā tasmiṃ methunaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhagh.: lepacittaṃ nāma cittakammarūpaṃ.

[page 037]
I. 10. 13-17.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 37
dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ
gantvā yebhuyyena akkhayitaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā
yebhuyyena khayitaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa,
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā chinnasīsaṃ passitvā vattakate1
mukhe chupantaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā
chinnasīsaṃ passitvā vattakate mukhe acchupantaṃ aṅgajā-
taṃ pavesesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarissā itthiyā paṭibaddha-
citto hoti, sā kālaṃkatā, susāne chaḍḍitāni aṭṭhikāni vippa-
kiṇṇāni honti. atha kho so bhikkhu sīvathikaṃ gantvā
aṭṭhikāni saṃkaḍḍhitvā nimitte aṅgajātaṃ paṭipādesi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu nāgiyā methu-
naṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi --pa-- yakkhiniyā . . . petiyā
. . . paṇḍakassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||14||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upahatindriyo
hoti. so nāhaṃ vediyāmi2 sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā, evaṃ
anāpatti me bhavissatīti methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevi
--pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. vedayi3 vā
so bhikkhave moghapuriso na vā vedayi, āpatti pārājikassā
'ti. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā methu-
naṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevissāmīti chupitamatte vippaṭisārī ahosi
--pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādise-
sassā 'ti. ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Bhaddiye4
Jātiyāvane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti, tassa aṅgam-
aṅgāni vātupatthaddhāni honti. aññatarā itthi passitvā
aṅgajāte abhinisīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā pakkāmi. bhi-
kkhū kilinnaṃ passitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vaṭṭagate and vaṭṭakate A, vattakate BC. Buddh.: vatthakathe (sic)
mukhe vivaṭe ca aṅgajātaṃ pavesento.
2 vediyāmi ABC.
3 vediyi A, vedayi BC.
4 Bhaddiye AD, Bhaddiyanagare BC.

[page 038]
38 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 17-21.
pañcahi bhikkhave ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti:
rāgena, vaccena, passāvena, vātena, uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhena.
imehi kho bhikkhave pañcah'; ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇi-
yaṃ hoti. aṭṭhānam etaṃ bhikkhave anavakāso yaṃ tassa
bhikkhuno rāgena aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ assa. arahaṃ so
bhikkhave bhikkhu, anāpatti bhikkhave tassa bhikkhuno
'ti. ||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthi-
yaṃ Andhavane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti. aññatarā
gopālikā passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. so bhikkhu pavesa-
naṃ sādiyi paviṭṭhaṃ sādiyi ṭhitaṃ sādiyi uddharaṇaṃ
sādiyi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. āpattiṃ tvaṃ
bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ . . . aññatarā ajapālikā
passitvā --pa-- aññatarā kaṭṭhahārikā passitvā --pa--
aññatarā gomayahārikā passitvā aṅgajāte . . . pārājikan
ti. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā
Mahāvane divāvihāragato nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi
passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā sāmantā
hasamānā ṭhitā hoti. so bhikkhu paṭibujjhitvā taṃ itthiṃ
etad avoca: tuyh'; idaṃ kamman ti. āma mayhaṃ kamman
ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū
'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā
'ti. ||19|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
Vesāliyā Mahāvane divāvihāragato rukkhaṃ apassāya
nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi passitvā aṅgajāte abhinisīdi.
so bhikkhu sahasā vuṭṭhāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--.
sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anā-
patti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahāvane divāvihāragato
rukkhaṃ apassāya nipanno hoti. aññatarā itthi passitvā
aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. so bhikkhu akkamitvā pavaṭṭesi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. sādiyi . . . asādiyantassā 'ti. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Vesāliyā Mahā-
vane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ divāvihāragato dvāraṃ vivaritvā ni-
panno hoti, tassa aṅgamaṅgāni vātupatthaddhāni honti.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā itthiyo gandhañ ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 039]
I. 10. 21-25.] PĀRĀJIKA, I. 39
mālañ ca ādāya ārāmaṃ āgamaṃsu vihārapekkhikāyo. atha
kho tā itthiyo taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā aṅgajāte abhini-
sīditvā yāvadatthaṃ katvā purisusabho vatāyan ti vatvā
gandhañ ca mālañ ca āropetvā pakkamiṃsu. bhikkhū ki-
linnaṃ passitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. pañcahi
bhikkhave ākārehi aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ . . . (= 17)
. . . anāpatti bhikkhave tassa bhikkhuno. anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave divā paṭisalliyantena dvāraṃ saṃvaritvā paṭisalli-
yitun ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro Bhārukacchako bhi-
kkhu supinantena purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevitvā asamaṇo ahaṃ vibbhamissāmīti Bhārukacchaṃ
gacchanto antarā magge āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ passitvā
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āyasmā Upāli evam āha: anāpatti
āvuso supinantenā 'ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe Supabbā nāma
upāsikā buddhappasannā hoti, sā evaṃdiṭṭhikā hoti: yā
methunaṃ dhammaṃ deti sā aggadānaṃ detīti. sā bhi-
kkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante
urantarikāya ghaṭṭehi, evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti --pa--
ehi bhante nābhiyā ghaṭṭehi --pa-- udaravaṭṭiyā . . .
upakacchake . . . gīvāya . . . kaṇṇacchidde . . . kesa-
vaṭṭiyā . . . aṅgulantarikāya ghaṭṭehi --pa-- ehi bhante
hatthena upakkamitvā mocessāmi, evan te anāpatti bhavissa-
tīti. so bhikkhu tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anā-
patti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ Saddhā nāma
upāsikā buddhapasannā hoti, sā evaṃdiṭṭhikā hoti: yā
methunaṃ dhammaṃ deti sā aggadānaṃ detīti. sā bhi-
kkhuṃ passitvā etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevā 'ti. alaṃ bhagini n'; etaṃ kappatīti. ehi bhante
urantarikāya ghaṭṭehi --pa-- ehi bhante hatthena upakkam-
itvā mocessāmi evan te anāpatti bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu
tathā akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anāpatti bhikkhu pā-
rājikassa, āpatti saṃghādisesassā 'ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavikumā-
rakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā bhikkhuniyā vippaṭipādesuṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 040]
40 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 10. 25-27.
ubho sādiyiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādiyiṃsu:
ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ
Licchavikumārakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā sikkhamānāya vippaṭi-
pādesuṃ --pa-- sāmaṇeriyā vippaṭipādesuṃ. ubho sādi-
yiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādiyiṃsu: ubhinnaṃ
anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ Licchavi-
kumārakā bhikkhuṃ gahetvā vesiyā vippaṭipādesuṃ --pa--
paṇḍake vippaṭipādesuṃ --pa-- gihiniyā vippaṭipādesuṃ.
bhikkhu sādiyi: bhikkhu nāsetabbo. bhikkhu na sādiyi:
bhikkhussa anāpatti. tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ
Licchavikumārakā bhikkhū gahetvā aññamaññaṃ vippaṭipā-
desuṃ. ubho sādiyiṃsu: ubho nāsetabbā. ubho na sādi-
yiṃsu: ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajito bhi-
kkhu purāṇadutiyikāya dassanaṃ agamāsi. sā ehi bhante
vibbhamā 'ti aggahesi. so bhikkhu paṭikkamanto uttāno
paripati. sā ubbhujitvā1 aṅgajāte abhinisīdi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. sādiyi
tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā sādiyin ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati.
migapotako tassa passāvaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā passāvaṃ pivanto
mukhena aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. so bhikkhu sādiyi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. āpattiṃ
tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||27||10||
paṭhamapārājikaṃ samattaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ubbhajitvā A, ubbajjitvā C, ubbhujitvā B. Comp.
Cullavagga, VIII.10.2.

[page 041]
41
PĀRĀJIKA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Gijjhakūṭe pabbate. tena kho pana samayena sam-
bahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Isigilipasse tiṇa-
kuṭiyo karitvā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. āyasmāpi Dhaniyo
kumbhakāraputto tiṇakuṭikaṃ karitvā vassaṃ upagañchi.
atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena tiṇakuṭiyo
bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca paṭisāmetvā janapadacārikaṃ
pakkamiṃsu, āyasmā pana Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tatth'
eva vassaṃ vasi tattha hemantaṃ tattha gimhaṃ.1 atha kho
āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya
paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā
tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. dutiyam pi kho
āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca
saṃkaḍḍhitvā tiṇakutikaṃ akāsi. dutiyam pi kho āyasmato
Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa
tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca
kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. tatiyam pi kho āyasmā Dha-
niyo kumbhakāraputto tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca saṃkaḍḍhitvā
tiṇakuṭikaṃ akāsi. tatiyam pi kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa
kumbhakāraputtassa gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo
kaṭṭhakāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca
ādāya agamaṃsu. atha kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbha-
kāraputtassa etad ahosi: yāvatatiyakaṃ kho me gāmaṃ
piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ
bhinditvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu. ahaṃ kho
pana susikkhito anavayo sake ācariyake kumbhakārakamme
pariyodātasippo. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ cikkhallaṃ madditvā
sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā
Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto sāmaṃ cikkhallaṃ madditvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 tattha hemantaṃ tattha gimhaṃ A, tattheva h-tattheva g- BC.

[page 042]
42 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 1-3.
sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ karitvā tiṇañ ca kaṭṭhañ ca
gomayañ ca saṃkaḍḍhitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ paci. sā ahosi
kuṭikā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā lohitikā1 seyyathāpi inda-
gopako, seyyathāpi nāma kiṅkiṇikāsaddo evam eva tassā
kuṭikāya saddo ahosi. ||1|| atha kho bhagavā sambahulehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasa taṃ
kuṭikaṃ abhirūpaṃ dassanīyaṃ pāsādikaṃ lohitikaṃ, disvāna
bhikkhū āmantesi: kiṃ etaṃ bhikkhave abhirūpaṃ dassanī-
yaṃ pāsādikaṃ lohitikaṃ seyyathāpi indagopako 'ti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. vigarahi
buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhikkhave tassa moghapu-
risassa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ
akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma so bhikkhave moghapuriso
sabbamattikāmayaṃ kuṭikaṃ karissati. na hi nāma bhi-
kkhave tassa moghapurisassa pāṇesu anuddayā anukampā
avihesā bhavissati. gacchath'; etaṃ bhikkhave kuṭikaṃ
bhindatha mā pacchimā janatā pāṇesu pātavyataṃ āpajji.
na ca bhikkhave sabbamattikāmayā kuṭikā kātabbā. yo
kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā yena sā kuṭikā ten'; upa-
saṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ kuṭikaṃ bhindiṃsu. atha
kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto te bhikkhū etad
avoca: kissa me tumhe āvuso kuṭikaṃ bhindathā 'ti. bha-
gavā āvuso bhedāpetīti. bhindathāvuso sace dhammasāmī
bhedāpetīti. ||2||
atha kho āyasmato Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa etad
ahosi: yāvatatiyakaṃ kho me gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa
tiṇahāriyo kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ bhinditvā tiṇañ ca
kaṭṭhañ ca ādāya agamaṃsu, yāpi mayā sabbamattikāmayā
kuṭikā katā, sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā. atthi ca me dārugahe
gaṇako sandiṭṭho. yaṃ nūnāhaṃ dārugahe gaṇakaṃ dārūni
yācitvā dārukuṭikaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo
kumbhakāraputto yena dārugahe gaṇako ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṃ etad avoca: yāvatatiya-
kaṃ kho me āvuso gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhassa tiṇahāriyo
kaṭṭhahāriyo tiṇakuṭikaṃ . . . sāpi bhagavatā bhedāpitā.
dehi me āvuso dārūni, icchāmi dārukuṭikaṃ kātun ti. n'
atthi bhante tādisāni dārūni yān'; āhaṃ ayyassa dadeyyaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 lohitikaṃ (in Buddha's question) ABC, instead of lohitakaṃ ?

[page 043]
II. 1. 3-5.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 43
atthi bhante devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpad-
atthāya nikkhittāni, sace tāni rājā dāpeti, harāpetha
bhante 'ti. dinnāni āvuso raññā 'ti. atha kho dāru-
gahe gaṇakassa etad ahosi: ime kho samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino
sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, rājāp'; imesaṃ abhippasanno, na
arahati adinnaṃ dinnan ti vattun ti. atha kho dārugahe
gaṇako āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ etad
avoca: harāpetha bhante 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo
kumbhakāraputto tāni dārūni khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ1 chedāpetvā
sakaṭehi nibbāhāpetvā2 dārukuṭikaṃ akāsi. ||3||
atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto
Rājagahe kammante anusaññāyamāno yena dārugahe ga-
ṇako ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā dārugahe gaṇakaṃ
etad avoca: yāni tāni bhaṇe devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃ-
khārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni kahaṃ tāni dārūnīti. tāni
sāmi dārūni devena ayyassa Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa
dinnānīti. atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo Magadhamahā-
matto anattamano ahosi: kathaṃ hi nāma devo devagahadā-
rūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni Dhani-
yassa kumbhakāraputtassa dassatīti. atha kho Vassakāro
brāhmaṇo Magadhamahāmatto yena rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā rājānaṃ Mā-
gadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad avoca: saccaṃ kira deva
devena devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhārikāni āpadatthāya
nikkhittāni Dhaniyassa kumbhakāraputtassa dinnānīti. ko
evam āhā 'ti. dārugahe gaṇako devā 'ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa
dārugahe gaṇakaṃ āṇāpehīti. atha kho Vassakāro brāhmaṇo
Magadhamahāmatto dārugahe gaṇakaṃ baddhaṃ3 āṇāpesi.
addasa kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto dārugahe
gaṇakaṃ baddhaṃ niyyamānaṃ, disvāna dārugahe gaṇakaṃ
etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ āvuso baddho niyyasīti.4 tesaṃ
bhante dārūnaṃ kiccā 'ti. gacchāvuso ahaṃ pi āgacchāmīti.
eyyāsi bhante pur'; āhaṃ haññāmīti. ||4||
atha kho āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto yena rañño
Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atho kho
rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Dhaniyo kumbha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddh.: khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ . . . kiñci agge kiñci majjhe
kiñci mūle khaṇḍā khaṇḍaṃ karonto.
2 nibbahāpetvā B.
3 bandhaṃ n- ABC, instead of baddhaṃ n-.
4 bandho niyyāsīti AC, bandho niyyasīti B, instead of baddho niyyasīti.

[page 044]
44 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 5-6.
kāraputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Dha-
niyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi,
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro
āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ etad avoca:
saccaṃ kira mayā bhante devagahadārūni nagarapaṭisaṃkhā-
rikāni āpadatthāya nikkhittāni ayyassa dinnānīti. evaṃ
mahārājā 'ti. mayaṃ kho bhante rājāno nāma bahukiccā
bahukaraṇīyā, datvāpi na sareyyāma, iṅgha bhante sarāpe-
hīti. sarasi tvaṃ mahārāja paṭhamābhisitto evarūpiṃ vācaṃ
bhāsitaṃ:1 dinnañ ñeva samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhoda-
kaṃ paribhuñjantū 'ti. sarām'; ahaṃ bhante. santi bhante
samaṇabrāhmaṇā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, tesaṃ
appamattake2 pi kukkuccaṃ uppajjati, tesaṃ mayā {saddhāya}
bhāsitaṃ, tañ ca kho araññe apariggahitaṃ. so tvaṃ bhante
tena lesena dārūni adinnaṃ harituṃ maññasi. kathaṃ hi
nāma mādiso samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vijite vasantaṃ
haneyya3 vā bandheyya vā pabbājeyya vā. gaccha bhante,
lomena tvaṃ mutto 'si,4 mā5 puna pi evarūpaṃ akāsīti. ||5||
manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: alajjino ime samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino, ime hi nāma dhammacārino
samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇa-
dhammā paṭijānissanti, n'; atthi imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi
imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ
imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ
brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā, apagatā ime brāhmaññā.
rājānaṃ p'; ime vañcenti, kiṃ pan'; aññe manusse 'ti. assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino
kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Dhaniyo kumbhakāraputto rañño
dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyas-
mantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ
kira tvaṃ Dhaniya rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ
moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ
akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 bhāsitaṃ ABC, bhāsitā D. I think that bhāsitā is the correct
reading, comp., for instance, Cullavagga, IV.4.9: "sarasi
tvaṃ Dabba evarūpaṃ kattā."
2 appamattake AC, appamattakesu B.
3 brāhmaṇaṃ vā haneyya A. B inserts before haneyya: jīvite (i.e. vijite!) vasantaṃ;
C. secunda manu inserts: vajjite.
4 mutto si CD, mokkho si B, mutto A.
5 mā BC, mā ssu A.

[page 045]
II. 1. 6-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 45
purisa rañño dārūni adinnaṃ ādiyissasi. n'; etaṃ mogha-
purisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhā-
vāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānañ c'; eva
apasādāya pasannānañ c'; eva ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇavohāriko mahāmatto
bhikkhūsu pabbajito bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. atha
kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kittakena kho
bhikkhu rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro coraṃ
gahetvā hanati vā bandhati vā pabbājeti vā 'ti. pādena vā
bhagavā pādārahena vā atirekapādena vā1 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena Rājagahe pañcamāsako pādo hoti. atha kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Dhaniyaṃ kumbhakāraputtaṃ aneka-
pariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya --pa-- evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyeyya
yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā
bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā coro 'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si
theno 'sīti, tathārūpaṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ ādiyamāno ayaṃ
pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||6||1||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū rajak-
attharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharitvā ārāmaṃ
haritvā bhājesuṃ. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: mahāpuññ'; attha
tumhe āvuso, bahuṃ tumhākaṃ cīvaraṃ uppannan ti. kuto
āvuso amhākaṃ puññaṃ, idāni mayaṃ rajakattharaṇaṃ
gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharimhā 'ti. nanu āvuso bha-
gavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. kissa tumhe āvuso rajaka-
bhaṇḍikaṃ avaharitthā 'ti. saccaṃ āvuso bhagavatā sikkhā-
padaṃ paññattaṃ tañ ca kho gāme no araññe 'ti. nanu
āvuso tath'; eva taṃ hoti. ananucchaviyaṃ āvuso ananu-
lomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe āvuso rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avaharissatha.
n'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā
bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ āvuso appasannānañ c'; eva
apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā ti. atha
kho te bhikkhū chabbaggiye bhikkhū anekapariyāyena viga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 atirekapādena vā is wanting in AC.

[page 046]
46 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 2-3.
rahitvā bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sanni-
pātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira
tumhe bhikkhave rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ
avaharitthā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā:
ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ
assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma
tumhe moghapurisā rajakattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍi-
kaṃ avaharissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ . . .
aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā chabbaggiye bhikkhū
anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya --pa-- viriyā-
rambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ
tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi
--pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddi-
seyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyya-
saṃkhātaṃ ādiyeyya yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ
gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā coro
'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si theno 'sīti, tathārūpaṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ
ādiyamāno ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
gāmo nāma: ekakuṭiko pi gāmo dvikuṭiko pi gāmo tikuṭi-
ko pi gāmo catukuṭiko pi gāmo, samanusso pi gāmo amanusso
pi gāmo, parikkhitto pi gāmo aparikkhitto pi gāmo, gonisā-
diniviṭṭho pi gāmo, yo pi sattho atirekacatumāsaniviṭṭho so
pi vuccati gāmo. gāmupacāro nāma parikkhittassa gāmassa
indakhīle ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto, apari-
kkhittassa gāmassa gharupacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa pu-
risassa leḍḍupāto. araññaṃ nāma ṭhapetvā gāmañ ca gāmu-
pacārañ ca avasesaṃ araññaṃ nāma.
adinnaṃ nāma yaṃ adinnaṃ anissaṭṭhaṃ apariccattaṃ
rakkhitaṃ gopitaṃ mamāyitaṃ parapariggahitaṃ etaṃ
adinnaṃ nāma. theyyasaṃkhātan ti theyyacitto avaharaṇa-
citto. ādiyeyyā 'ti ādiyeyya hareyya avahareyya iriyāpathaṃ
vikopeyya ṭhānā cāveyya saṃketaṃ vītināmeyya. yathārū-
paṃ nāma pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 047]
II. 3-4. 2.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 47
rājāno nāma pathavyā rājā padesarājā maṇḍalikā1 antara-
bhogikā akkhadassā mahāmattā ye vā pana chejjabhejjaṃ
anusāsanti2 ete rājāno nāma. coro nāma yo pañcamāsakaṃ
vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ adinnaṃ theyya-
saṃkhātaṃ ādiyati, eso coro nāma.
haneyyuṃ vā 'ti hatthena vā pādena vā kasāya vā vettena
vā addhadaṇḍakena vā chejjāya vā haneyyuṃ. bandheyyuṃ
vā 'ti rajjubandhanena vā andubandhanena vā saṃkhalika-
bandhanena vā gharabandhanena vā nagarabandhanena vā
gāmabandhanena vā nigamabandhanena vā bandheyyuṃ
purisaguttiṃ vā kareyyuṃ. pabbājeyyuṃ vā 'ti gāmā vā
nigamā vā nagarā vā janapadā vā janapadapadesā vā
pabbājeyyuṃ.
coro 'si bālo 'si mūḷho 'si theno 'sīti paribhāso eso. tathā-
rūpaṃ nāma pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā.
ādiyamāno 'ti ādiyamāno haramāno avaharamāno iriyā-
pathaṃ vikopayamāno ṭhānā cāvayamāno saṃketaṃ vītinā-
mayamāno.
ayaṃ pīti purimaṃ upādāya vuccati. pārājiko hotīti:
seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo
haritattāya, evam eva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā
atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṃkhātaṃ ādiyitvā asa-
maṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti: saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso sama-
sikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma. so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena
vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ uda-
kaṭṭhaṃ nāvaṭṭhaṃ yānaṭṭhaṃ bhāraṭṭhaṃ ārāmaṭṭhaṃ vihā-
raṭṭhaṃ khettaṭṭhaṃ vatthuṭṭhaṃ gāmaṭṭhaṃ araññaṭṭhaṃ
udakaṃ dantapoṇaṃ vanappati haraṇakaṃ upanidhi suṅka-
ghātaṃ pāṇo apadaṃ dvipadaṃ catuppadaṃ bahuppadaṃ
ocarako oṇirakkho saṃvidhāvahāro saṃketakammaṃ nimitta-
kamman ti. ||1||
bhummaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ nikkhittaṃ
hoti nikhātaṃ paṭicchannaṃ. bhummaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati kuddālaṃ
vā piṭakaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 maṇḍalikā ACD, maṇḍalikarājā B and Minayeff, Prātimoksha, p.66.
2 -bhejjaṃ karonto (karontā C) anusāsanti AC, -bhejjaṃ anusāsanti BD and Minayeff, 1.1.

[page 048]
48 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 2-5.
tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā chindati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. paṃsuṃ khaṇati vā vyūhati vā uddharati vā, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. kumbhiṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandā-
peti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa.
attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañca-
māsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; attano bhājanaga-
taṃ vā karoti muṭṭhiṃ vā chindati, āpatti pārājikassa.
suttārūḷhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ vā pāmaṅgaṃ vā kaṇṭhasuttakaṃ1 vā
kaṇṇasuttakaṃ vā2 kaṭisuttakaṃ vā sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā
theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti
thullaccayassa; koṭiyaṃ gahetvā uccāreti, āpatti thullacca-
yassa; ghaṃsanto nīharati, āpatti thullaccayassa; antamaso
kesaggamattaṃ pi kumbhimukhā moceti, āpatti pārājikassa.
sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ
vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto ekena
payogena pivati, āpatti pārājikassa; tatth'; eva bhindati vā
chaḍḍeti vā jhāpeti vā aparibhogaṃ vā karoti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||2||
thalaṭṭhaṃ nama bhaṇḍaṃ thale nikkhittaṃ hoti. tha-
laṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā
pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti,
āpatti pārājikassa. ||3||
ākāsaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ ākāsagataṃ hoti moro vā
kapiñjaro vā tittiro vā vaṭṭako vā sāṭakaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā
hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā chijjamānaṃ patati. ākāsaṭṭhaṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati
gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; gamanaṃ upacchindati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti,
āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||4||
vehāsaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vehāsagataṃ hoti mañce
vā pīṭhe vā cīvaravaṃse vā cīvararajjuyā vā bhittikhīle vā
nāgadante vā rukkhe vā laggitaṃ hoti antamaso pattādhā-
rake pi. vehāsaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto
dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āma-
sati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa;
ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||5||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kaṇṭhakasuttakaṃ B.
2 A omits kaṇṇasuttakaṃ vā.

[page 049]
II. 4. 6-10.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 49
udakaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ udake nikkhittaṃ hoti.
udakaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto dutiyaṃ vā
pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; nimujjati vā
ummujjati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārā-
jikassa. tatthajātakaṃ uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ
vā bhisaṃ vā macchaṃ vā kacchapaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā
atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā
cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||6||
nāvā nāma yāya tarati. nāvaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ nāvāya
nikkhittaṃ hoti. nāvaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti theyya-
citto dutiyaṃ vā pariyesati gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
āmasati . . . pārājikassa. nāvaṃ avaharissāmīti theyyacitto
. . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; bandhanaṃ moceti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa; bandhanaṃ mocetvā āmasati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; uddhaṃ vā
adho vā tiriyaṃ vā antamaso kesaggamattaṃ pi saṃkāmeti,
āpatti pārājikassa. ||7||
yānaṃ nāma vayhaṃ ratho sakaṭaṃ sandamānikā.1 yā-
naṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ yāne nikkhittaṃ hoti. yānaṭṭhaṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
āmasati . . . pārājikassa. yānaṃ avaharissāmīti . . .
gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . pārājikassa. ||8||
bhāro nāma sīsabhāro khandhabhāro kaṭibhāro olambako.
sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandā-
peti, āpatti thullaccayassa; khandhaṃ oropeti, āpatti pārāji-
kassa. khandhe bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; kaṭiṃ oropeti,
āpatti pārājikassa. kaṭiyā bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; hatthena
gaṇhati, āpatti pārājikassa. hatthe bhāraṃ theyyacitto bhū-
miyaṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa; theyyacitto bhūmito
gaṇhati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||9||
ārāmo nāma pupphārāmo phalārāmo. ārāmaṭṭhaṃ nāma
bhaṇḍaṃ ārāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ
thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. ārāmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 After sandamānikā BC insert sivikaṃ (sic) pāṭaṃkī.
Buddhaghosa's commentary does not mention these words,
and Buddh. seems not to have found them in his MS.

[page 050]
50 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 10-14.
avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati
. . . āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ mūlaṃ vā tacaṃ vā
pattaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atireka-
pañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . .
āpatti pārājikassa. ārāmaṃ abhiyuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; sāmiko
na mayhaṃ bhavissatīti dhuraṃ nikkhipati, āpatti pārājikassa;
dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājeti, āpatti pārājikassa;
dhammaṃ caranto parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||10||
vihāraṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vihāre catūhi ṭhānehi
nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehā-
saṭṭhaṃ. vihāraṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati
vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
vihāraṃ abhiyuñjati . . . parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ||11||
khettaṃ nāma yattha pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā jāyati.
khettaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ khette catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ
hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ.
khettaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. tatthajātakaṃ
pubbaṇṇaṃ vā aparaṇṇaṃ vā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañca-
māsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārā-
jikassa. khettaṃ abhiyuñjati . . . parajjati, āpatti thulla-
ccayassa. khīlaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā vatiṃ vā mariyādaṃ vā
saṃkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ekaṃ payogaṃ anāgate, āpatti
thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ payoge āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||12||
vatthu nāma ārāmavatthu vihāravatthu. vatthuṭṭhaṃ
nāma bhaṇḍaṃ vatthusmiṃ catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhittaṃ hoti
bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. vatthu-
ṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. vatthuṃ abhiyuñjati
. . . parajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa. khīlaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā
vatiṃ vā pākāraṃ vā saṃkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ekaṃ
payogaṃ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ payoge
āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||13||
gāmaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ gāme catūhi ṭhānehi nikkhi-
ttaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ.
gāmaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . . gacchati vā, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||14||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 051]
II. 4. 15-20.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 51
araññaṃ nāma yaṃ manussānaṃ pariggahitaṃ hoti taṃ
araññaṃ. araññaṭṭhaṃ nāma bhaṇḍaṃ araññe catūhi ṭhā-
nehi nikkhittaṃ hoti bhummaṭṭhaṃ thalaṭṭhaṃ ākāsaṭṭhaṃ
vehāsaṭṭhaṃ. araññaṭṭhaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmīti . . .
gacchati vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa; āmasati . . . āpatti pārāji-
kassa. tatthajātakaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ vā lataṃ vā tiṇaṃ vā pañca-
māsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyya-
citto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||15||
udakaṃ nāma bhājanagataṃ vā hoti pokkharaṇiyā vā
taḷāke vā. taṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
attano bhājanaṃ pavesetvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañca-
māsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; attano bhāja-
nagataṃ karoti, āpatti pārājikassa. mariyādaṃ chindati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa; mariyādaṃ chinditvā pañcamāsakaṃ vā
atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti,
āpatti pārājikassa; atirekamāsakaṃ1 vā ūnapañcamāsakaṃ vā
agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; mā-
sakaṃ vā ūnamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ udakaṃ nikkhāmeti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||16||
dantapoṇaṃ nāma chinnaṃ vā acchinnaṃ vā. pañcamā-
sakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto
āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullacca-
yassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||17||
vanappati nāma yo manussānaṃ pariggahito hoti rukkho
paribhogo. theyyacitto chindati, pahāre pahāre āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; ekaṃ pahāraṃ anāgate, āpatti thullaccayassa; tasmiṃ
pahāre āgate, āpatti pārājikassa. ||18||
haraṇakaṃ nāma aññassa2 haraṇakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ. theyya-
citto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. sahabhaṇḍahārakaṃ
nessāmīti3 paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullacca-
yassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. pati-
taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahessāmīti pātāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; pati-
taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā
agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||19||
upanidhi nāma upanikkhittaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ. dehi me
bhaṇḍan ti vuccamāno nāhaṃ gaṇhāmīti bhaṇati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; sāmikassa vimatiṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullacca-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 atirekamāsakaṃ ūnap- agghanakaṃ C.
2 aññassa ACD, aññata B.
3 Before nessāmi A inserts padasā. Buddhaghosa does not
mention this word in his commentary, but there is nothing
in his explanations to make it certain that he did not
find it in his MS.

[page 052]
52 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 4. 20-27.
yassa; sāmiko na mayhaṃ dassatīti dhuraṃ nikkhipati,
āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājeti,
āpatti pārājikassa; dhammaṃ caranto parajjati, āpatti
thullaccayassa. ||20||
suṅkaghātaṃ nāma raññā ṭhapitaṃ hoti pabbatakhaṇḍe
vā nadītitthe vā gāmadvāre vā atra paviṭṭhassa suṅkaṃ
gaṇhantū 'ti. tatra pavisitvā rājagghaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ pañca-
māsakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyya-
citto āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullacca-
yassa; paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ suṅkaghātaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti
thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti pārāji-
kassa; anto suṅkaghāte ṭhito bahi suṅkaghātaṃ pāteti, āpatti
pārājikassa; suṅkaṃ pariharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||21||
pāṇo nāma manussapāṇo vuccati. theyyacitto āmasati
. . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ
saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkā-
meti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||22||
apadaṃ nāma ahimacchā. pañcamāsakaṃ vā atirekapañ-
camāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti
pārājikassa. ||23||
dvipadaṃ nāma manussā pakkhajātā. theyyacitto āma-
sati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ
saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti,
āpatti pārājikassa. ||24||
catuppadaṃ nāma hatthī assā oṭṭhā goṇā gadrabhā
pasukā. theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā
nessāmīti paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa;
dutiyaṃ pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; tatiyaṃ
pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; catutthaṃ pādaṃ
saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||25||
bahuppadaṃ nāma vicchikā satapadī uccāliṅgapāṇakā.
pañcamāsakam vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ
theyyacitto āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. padasā nessā-
mīti saṃkāmeti, pade pade āpatti thullaccayassa; pacchimaṃ
pādaṃ saṃkāmeti, āpatti pārājikassa. ||26||
ocarako nāma bhaṇḍaṃ ocaritvā1 ācikkhati itthannāmaṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. ||27||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa: ocaratīti ocarako. tattha tattha anto
anupavisatīti vuttaṃ hoti.

[page 053]
II. 4. 28-5. 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 53
oṇirakkho1 nāma āhaṭaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gopento pañcamā-
sakaṃ vā atirekapañcamāsakaṃ vā agghanakaṃ theyyacitto
āmasati . . . āpatti pārājikassa. ||28||
saṃvidhāvahāro nāma sambahulā saṃvidahitvā eko
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa. ||29||
saṃketakammaṃ nāma saṃketaṃ karoti purebhattaṃ
vā pacchābhattaṃ vā rattiṃ vā divā vā tena saṃketena taṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tena saṃketena
taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ
saṃketaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mū-
laṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||30||
nimittakammaṃ nāma nimittaṃ karoti akkhiṃ vā
nikhaṇissāmi bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṃ vā ukkhi-
pissāmi, tena nimittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. tena nimittena taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti
ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ nimittaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti
pārājikassa. ||31||4||
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā
'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ maññamāno taṃ avaharati,
āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti
itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, so taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ
avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārāji-
kassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ
avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ
. . . so aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa
anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||1||bhikkhu
bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada itthannāmo itthannā-
massa pāvadatu itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharatū
'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so itarassa āroceti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
avahārako paṭigaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thullaccayassa; so
taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa. bhi-
kkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada . . . avaharatū
'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
avahārako paṭigaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, āṇāpakassa ca avahārakassa
ca āpatti pārājikassa. ||2|| bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa : oṇiṃ rakkhatīti oṇirakkho, yo parena attano
vasanaṭṭhāne āhataṃ (sic) bhaṇḍaṃ idaṃ tāva bhante muhuttaṃ
oloketha yāva ahaṃ idaṃ nāma
kiccaṃ katvā āgacchāmīi vutte rakkhati.

[page 054]
54 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 5. 3-6. 2.
itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so
gantvā puna paccāgacchati nāhaṃ sakkomi taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avaharitun ti, so puna āṇāpeti yadā sakkosi1 tadā taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati,
āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. ||3|| bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇā-
peti itthannāmaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti mā avaharīti, so taṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu
bhikkhuṃ . . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā avaharīti,
so āṇatto ahaṃ tayā 'ti taṃ bhaṇḍaṃ avaharati, mūlaṭṭhassa
anāpatti, avahārakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ
. . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā avaharīti, so suṭṭhū
'ti oramati, ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||4||5||
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa:
parapariggahitañ ca hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, garuko ca
hoti parikkhāro pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā,
theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti
pārājikassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa:
parapariggahitañ ca hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko ca
hoti parikkhāro atirekamāsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā, theyya-
cittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti thullacca-
yassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
parapariggahitañ ca . . . parikkhāro māsako vā ūnamāsako
vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti pārājikassa: na
ca sakasaññī, na ca vissāsagāhī, na ca tāvakālikaṃ, garuko ca
hoti parikkhāro pañcamāsako vā atirekapañcamāsako vā,
theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati . . . āpatti
pārājikassa.
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti thullaccayassa:
na ca sakasaññī . . . lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro atireka-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yadā sakkoti AB, yadā sakkosi C.

[page 055]
II. 6. 2-4.] PĀRAJIKA, II. 55
māsako vā ūnapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca . . . āpatti
thullaccayassa.
chah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa: na
ca sakasaññī . . . lahuko ca hoti parikkhāro māsako vā ūna-
māsako vā, theyyacittañ ca . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||2||
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, garuko
ca . . . atirekapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupa-
ṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko
ca hoti . . . ūnapañcamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupa-
ṭṭhitaṃ hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
pañcah'; ākārehi adinnaṃ ādiyantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
na ca parapariggahitaṃ hoti, parapariggahitasaññī ca, lahuko
ca hoti . . . ūnamāsako vā, theyyacittañ ca paccupaṭṭhitaṃ
hoti: āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; phandāpeti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; ṭhānā cāveti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||3||
anāpatti sakasaññissa vissāsagāhe tāvakālike petapariggahe
tiracchānagatapariggahe paṃsukūlasaññissa ummattakassa
khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||6||
adinnādānamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
rajakehi pañca akkhātā, caturo attharaṇehi ca,
andhakārena ve pañca, pañca hāraṇakena ca, |
niruttiyā pañca akkhātā, vātehi apare duve,
asambhinne, kusāpāto {jantaggena}1 sahā2 dasa, |
vighāsehi pañca akkhātā, pañca c'; eva amūlakā,
dubbhikkhe kuru-maṃsañ ca, pūva-sakkhali-modakā, |
saparikkhāra-thavikā, bhisi-vaṃsā, na nikkhame,
khādaniyañ ca, vissāsaṃ, sasaññāya apare duve, |
satta nāvaharāmā 'ti, satta c'; eva avāharuṃ,
saṃghassa avaharuṃ satta, pupphehi apare duve, |
tayo ca vuttavādino, maṇī tīṇi atikkame,
sūkarā ca, migā, macchā, yānañ cāpi pavattayi, |
duve pesī, duve dārū, paṃsukūlaṃ, duve dakā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kusāpāto jantagghena ABC.
2 saha C.

[page 056]
56 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 1-4.
anupubba-vidhānena, tadañño na paripūrayi, |
Sāvatthiyā caturo muṭṭhī, dve vighāsā, duve tiṇā,
saṃghassa bhājaye satta, satta c'; eva asāmikā, |
dāru, dakā, mattikā, dve tiṇāni, saṃghassa satta avahāsi
theyyaṃ,1
sassāmikaṃ na cāpi nīhareyya, hareyya sassāmikaṃ tāva-
kālikaṃ, |
Campā, Rājagahe c'; eva, Vesāliyā ca Ajjuko,
Bārāṇasī ca, Kosambī, Sāgalā,2 Daḷhikena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū raja-
kattharaṇaṃ gantvā rajakabhaṇḍikaṃ avahariṃsu. tesaṃ
kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ. kacci
nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --pa-- āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave
āpannā pārājikan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rajakattharaṇaṃ
gantvā mahagghaṃ dussaṃ passitvā theyyacittaṃ uppādesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu cittuppāde
'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . dussaṃ
passitvā theyyacitto āmasi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . dussaṃ passitvā
theyyacitto phandāpesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . āpatti thull-
accayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
. . . dussaṃ passitvā theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi. tassa kuk-
kuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan
ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko
bhikkhu mahagghaṃ uttarattharaṇaṃ passitvā theyyacittaṃ
uppādesi --la-- theyyacitto āmasi --la-- theyyacitto
phandāpesi --la-- theyyacitto ṭhānā cāvesi. tassa kuk-
kuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārāji-
kan ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā bhaṇḍaṃ
passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti, so taṃ mañña-
māno3 taṃ avahari --la-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari
--la-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- aññaṃ
maññamāno aññaṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārāji-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 avahāsiseyyuṃ corrected to -seyya A, -seyyuṃ C, -theyyaṃ B.
2 Sākalā AC, Sāgalā B.
3 (end of the paragraph), so aññaṃ maññamāno AC, so taṃ m- B.

[page 057]
II. 7. 4-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 57
kan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā
bhaṇḍaṃ passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti, so
aññaṃ maññamāno attano bhaṇḍaṃ avahari. tassa kuk-
kuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññassa bhaṇḍaṃ
haranto sīse bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi --pa-- theyyacitto
phandāpesi --pa-- theyyacitto khandhaṃ oropesi --pa--
khandhe bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi --pa-- theyyacitto
phandāpesi --pa-- theyyacitto kaṭiṃ oropesi --pa-- kaṭiyā
bhāraṃ theyyacitto āmasi --pa-- theyyacitto phandāpesi
--pa-- theyyacitto hatthena aggahesi --pa-- hatthe
bhāraṃ theyyacitto bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipi --pa-- theyyacitto
bhūmito aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ
tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ajjhokāse
cīvaraṃ pattharitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññataro bhikkhu mā
yidaṃ cīvaraṃ nassīti paṭisāmesi. so nikkhamitvā bhikkhū
pucchi: āvuso mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ kena avahaṭan ti. so evam
āha: mayā avahaṭan ti. so taṃ ādiyi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. niruttipatho ahaṃ bhagavā
'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu niruttipathe 'ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā --pa--
pīṭhe nisīdanaṃ nikkhipitvā --pa-- heṭṭhā pīṭhe pattaṃ
nikkhipitvā vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññataro bhikkhu māyaṃ patto
nassīti paṭisāmesi. so nikkhamitvā bhikkhū pucchi: āvuso
mayhaṃ patto kena avahaṭo 'ti. so evam āha: mayā avahaṭo
'ti. so taṃ ādiyi . . . niruttipathe 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarā bhikkhunī vatiyā cīvaraṃ pattharitvā
vihāraṃ pāvisi. aññatarā bhikkhunī mā yidaṃ cīvaraṃ
nassīti paṭisāmesi. sā nikkhamitvā bhikkhuniyo pucchi:
ayye mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ kena avahaṭan ti. sā evam āha:
mayā avahaṭan ti. sā taṃ ādiyi asamaṇī 'si tvan ti. tassā
kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --la--
anāpatti bhikkhave niruttipathe 'ti. ||6||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 058]
58 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 7-11.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vātamaṇḍali-
kāya ukkhittaṃ sāṭakaṃ passitvā sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti
aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan
ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū
'ti. atheyyacitto ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu
atheyyacittassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu vātamaṇḍalikāya ukkhittaṃ veṭhanaṃ pure sāmikā
passantīti theyyacitto aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--
āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu susānaṃ gantvā
abhinne sarīre paṃsukūlaṃ aggahesi. tasmiṃ ca sarīre peto
adhivattho hoti. atha kho so peto taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: mā bhante mayhaṃ sāṭakaṃ aggahesīti. so bhikkhu
anādiyanto agamāsi. atha kho taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā tassa
bhikkhuno piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. atha kho so bhikkhu
vihāraṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakesi. atha kho taṃ sarīraṃ
tatth'; eva paripati. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave abhinne sarīre
paṃsukūlaṃ gahetabbaṃ. yo gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
cīvare bhājiyamāne theyyacitto kusaṃ saṃkāmetvā cīvaraṃ
aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Ānando jantāghare
aññatarassa bhikkhuno antaravāsakaṃ attano maññamāno
nivāsesi. atha kho so bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ etad
avoca: kissa me tvaṃ āvuso Ānanda antaravāsakaṃ nivā-
sesīti. sakasaññī ahaṃ āvuso 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave sakasaññissā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā
pabbatā orohantā sīhavighāsaṃ passitvā pacāpetvā pari-
bhuñjiṃsu. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhave sīhavighāse 'ti. tena kho pana samayena sambahulā
bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohantā vyagghavighāsaṃ
passitvā --pa-- dīpivighāsaṃ passitvā --pa-- taraccha-
vighāsaṃ passitvā --pa-- kokavighāsaṃ1 passitvā pacāpetvā
. . . anāpatti bhikkhave tiracchānagatapariggahe 'ti. ||11||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kokavighāsaṃ A, kokav- corrected to kākav- C, kākav- B.

[page 059]
II. 7. 12-17.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 59
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
odane bhājiyamāne aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti amūlakaṃ agga-
hesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa, āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa khādaniye
bhājiyamāne --pa-- saṃghassa pūve bhājiyamāne --pa--
saṃghassa ucchumhi bhājiyamāne --pa-- saṃghassa timba-
rūsake bhājiyamāne aparassa bhāgaṃ dehīti amūlakaṃ
aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa, āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe
odaniyagharaṃ1 pavisitvā pattapūraṃ odanaṃ theyyacitto
avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe sūnagharaṃ2
pavisitvā pattapūraṃ maṃsaṃ theyyacitto . . . pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu dubbhikkhe
pūvagharaṃ pavisitvā pattapūraṃ pūvaṃ theyyacitto avahari
--pa-- pattapūrā sakkhaliyo theyyacitto avahari --pa--
pattapūre modake theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu divā parikkhā-
raṃ passitvā nimittaṃ akāsi rattiṃ avaharissāmīti. so taṃ
maññamāno taṃ avahari --la-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ
avahari --la-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ avahari --la--
aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
divā parikkhāraṃ passitvā . . . avaharissāmīti. so aññaṃ
maññamāno attano parikkhāraṃ avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||14||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pīṭhe ṭhapitaṃ
thavikaṃ3 passitvā ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti saha
pīṭhakena saṃkāmetvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
pārājikan ti.4 ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
bhisiṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārā-
jikan ti.5 ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu cīvaravaṃse

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 odaniyagharaṃ ABC. Buddh.: odanīyagharaṃ nāma vikkāyikabhattapacanagharaṃ.
2 sunagharaṃ ABC. Buddh.: sunāgaraṃ (sic) nāma vikkāyikamaṃsapacanagharaṃ.
3 ṭhapitaṃ thavikaṃ A, pavikaṃ (sic) B.
4 15 is wanting in C.
5 16 is wanting in A.

[page 060]
60 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 17-21.
cīvaraṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārā-
jikan ti. ||17||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāre cīvaraṃ
avaharitvā ito nikkhamanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti vihārā na
nikkhami. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. nikkhameyya
vā so bhikkhave moghapuriso na vā nikkhameyya, āpatti
pārājikassā 'ti. ||18||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti.
eko bhikkhu gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, dutiyo bhikkhu saṃ-
ghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne sahāyakassa bhāgaṃ gahetvā
tassa vissāsanto paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi: asamaṇo
'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ
bhikkhū 'ti. vissāsagāho ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu vissāsagāhe 'ti. ||19||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakam-
maṃ karonti. saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne sabbesaṃ
paṭivise āharitvā upanikkhittā honti. aññataro bhikkhu
aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭivisaṃ attano maññamāno pari-
bhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
sasaññī ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu sasaññissā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū cīvarakammaṃ
karonti. saṃghassa khādaniye bhājiyamāne aññatarassa
bhikkhuno pattena aññatarassa bhikkhuno paṭiviso āharitvā
upanikkhitto hoti. pattasāmiko bhikkhu attano maññamāno
paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi . . . anāpatti bhikkhu
sasaññissā 'ti. ||20||
tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṃ pātetvā
bhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. sāmikā te corake anuban-
dhiṃsu. corakā sāmike passitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ pātetvā palā-
yiṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā pari-
bhuñjiṃsu. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe
'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. kiṃcittā tumhe bhikkhave 'ti. paṃsukūla-
saññino mayaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukū-
lasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena jambucorakā --pa--
labujacorakā --pa-- panasacorakā --pa-- tālapakkacorakā
--pa-- ucchucorakā --pa-- timbarūsakacorakā timbarū-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 061]
II. 7. 21-25.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 61
sake uccinitvā1 bhaṇḍikaṃ ādāya agamaṃsu. sāmikā . . .
anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena ambacorakā ambaṃ pātetvā . . .
palāyiṃsu. bhikkhū pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacittā
paribhuñjiṃsu. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha
tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tumhe
bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena
jambucorakā . . . timbarūsakacorakā . . . palāyiṃsu. bhi-
kkhū pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacittā paribhuñjiṃsu.
sāmikā . . . āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan
ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
ambaṃ theyyacitto avahari --pa-- saṃghassa jambuṃ
--pa-- saṃghassa labujaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa panasaṃ
--pa-- saṃghassa tālapakkaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa ucchuṃ
--pa-- saṃghassa timbarūsakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṃ
gantvā ocitaṃ pupphaṃ pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto
avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pupphārāmaṃ gantvā
pupphaṃ ocinitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ2
gacchanto aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso tuyhaṃ
upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vutto vajjemīti. so gantvā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ
āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ codesi asamaṇo
'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave vutto vajjemīti vattabbo. yo
vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ gacchati. aññataro bhikkhu
taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso mayhaṃ upaṭṭhākakulaṃ
vutto vajjehīti. so gantvā yugasāṭakaṃ3 āharāpetvā ekaṃ
attanā paribhuñji, ekaṃ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi. so jānitvā
taṃ codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave
vutto vajjehīti4 vattabbo. yo vadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gāmakaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 uccinitvā AC, ocinitvā B.
2 gāmakaṃ AC, gāmaṃ B (in both places).
3 yugghāsāṭakaṃ B.

[page 062]
62 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 25-27.
gacchanto aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso tuyhaṃ
upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vutto vajjemīti.1 so pi evam āha vutto
vajjehīti. so gantvā āḷhakaṃ sappiṃ tulaṃ guḷaṃ doṇaṃ
taṇḍulaṃ āharāpetvā attanā paribhuñji. so jānitvā taṃ
codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave vutto vajje-
mīti vattabbo, na ca vutto vajjehīti vattabbo. yo vadeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||25||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṃ
maṇiṃ ādāya aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ addhānamagga-
paṭipanno hoti. atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ passitvā
tassa bhikkhuno ajānantassa thavikāya maṇiṃ pakkhipitvā
suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā jānā-
mīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro puriso mahagghaṃ maṇiṃ . . . suṅka-
ṭṭhānaṃ passitvā gilānālayaṃ karitvā attano bhaṇḍikaṃ tassa
bhikkhuno adāsi. atha kho so puriso suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkam-
itvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āhara me bhante bhaṇḍikaṃ,
nāhaṃ akallako 'ti. kissa pana tvaṃ āvuso evarūpaṃ akāsīti.
atha kho so puriso tassa bhikkhuno etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu satthena saddhiṃ
addhānamaggapaṭipanno hoti. aññataro puriso taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ āmisena upalāpetvā suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ passitvā mah-
agghaṃ maṇiṃ tassa bhikkhuno adāsi imaṃ bhante maṇiṃ
suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkāmehīti. atha kho so bhikkhu taṃ
maṇiṃ suṅkaṭṭhānaṃ atikkāmesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
pārājikan ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ
sūkaraṃ kāruññena muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. kāruññādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā
'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu kāruññādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ sūkaraṃ
pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu pāse baddhaṃ migaṃ kāruññena muñci --la--
pāse baddhaṃ migaṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddh.: vutto vajjemīti tayā vutte (sic) hutvā tava vacanena
vadāmīti attho.

[page 063]
II.7.27-32.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 63
muñci --pa-- kumine baddhe macche kāruññena muñci
--pa-- kumine baddhe macche pure sāmikā passantīti
theyyacitto muñci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu yāne bhaṇḍaṃ
passitvā ito gaṇhanto pārājiko bhavissāmīti atikkamitvā
pavattetvā aggahesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan
ti. ||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena
ukkhittaṃ maṃsapesiṃ sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi.
sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā
'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kulalena
ukkhittaṃ maṃsapesiṃ pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto
aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||29||
tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṃ bandhitvā
Aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti.1 bandhane chinne kaṭṭhāni
vippakiṇṇāni agamaṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino uttā-
resuṃ. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave paṃsu-
kūlasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena manussā uḷumpaṃ
bandhitvā Aciravatiyā nadiyā osārenti. bandhane chinne
kaṭṭhāni vippakiṇṇāni agamaṃsu. bhikkhū pure sāmikā
passantīti theyyacittā uttāresuṃ. sāmikā te bhikkhū codesuṃ
asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||30||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro gopālako rukkhe sāṭakaṃ
ālaggetvā2 uccāraṃ agamāsi. aññataro bhikkhu paṃsukū-
lasaññī aggahesi. atha kho so gopālako taṃ bhikkhuṃ
codesi asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhu paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. ||31||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṃ
tarantassa rajakānaṃ hatthato muttaṃ sāṭakaṃ pāde laggaṃ
hoti. so bhikkhu sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi. sāmikā
taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. tassa kuk-
kuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu atheyyacittassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno nadiṃ
tarantassa rajakānaṃ hatthato muttaṃ sāṭakaṃ pāde laggaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 osādenti B, osārenti AC,
2 ālambetvā A.

[page 064]
64 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 32-37.
hoti. so bhikkhu pure sāmikā passantīti theyyacitto agga-
hesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||32||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sappikumbhiṃ
passitvā thokaṃ thokaṃ paribhuñji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā
'ti. ||33||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū saṃvidahitvā
agamaṃsu bhaṇḍaṃ avaharissāmā 'ti. eko bhaṇḍaṃ avahari.
te evam āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ pārājikā, yo avahaṭo so pārājiko
'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe
bhikkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena
sambahulā bhikkhū saṃvidahitvā bhaṇḍaṃ avaharitvā bhā-
jesuṃ. tehi bhājiyamāne ekamekassa paṭiviso na pañcamā-
sako pūri.1 te evam āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ pārājikā 'ti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe bhikkhave
āpannā pārājikan ti. ||34||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ
dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa taṇḍulamuṭṭhiṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu Sāvatthiyaṃ dubbhikkhe āpaṇikassa
muggamuṭṭhiṃ --pa-- māsamuṭṭhiṃ --pa-- tilamuṭṭhiṃ
theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan
ti. ||35||
tena kho pana samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ Andhavane
corakā gāviṃ hantvā maṃsaṃ khāditvā sesakaṃ paṭisāmetvā
agamaṃsu. bhikkhū paṃsukūlasaññino paṭiggahāpetvā
paribhuñjiṃsu. corakā te bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha
tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhave paṃsukūlasaññissā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
Sāvatthiyaṃ Andhavane corakā sūkaraṃ hantvā . . . paṃsu-
kūlasaññissā 'ti. ||36||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakhettaṃ
gantvā lutaṃ tiṇaṃ pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto ava-
hari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu tiṇakhettaṃ gantvā tiṇaṃ
lāyitvā pañcamāsagghanakaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||37||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 na pañcamāsako puri AC, na p-siko pūri B.

[page 065]
II. 7. 38-43.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 65
tena kho pana samayena āgantukā bhikkhū saṃghassa
ambaṃ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. āvāsikā bhikkhū te
bhikkhū codesuṃ asamaṇāttha tumhe 'ti. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ
ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. kiṃcittā tumhe
bhikkhave 'ti. paribhogatthāya mayaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anā-
patti bhikkhave paribhogatthāyā 'ti. tena kho pana sama-
yena āgantukā bhikkhū saṃghassa jambuṃ --pa-- saṃ-
ghassa labujaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa panasaṃ --pa-- saṃ-
ghassa tālapakkaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa ucchuṃ --pa--
saṃghassa timbarūsakaṃ bhājāpetvā paribhuñjiṃsu. āvāsikā
bhikkhū . . . anāpatti bhikkhave paribhogatthāyā 'ti. ||38||
tena kho pana samayena ambapālakā bhikkhūnaṃ amba-
phalaṃ denti, bhikkhū gopetuṃ ime issarā na yime dātun ti
kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhanti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave gopakassa dāne 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena jambupālakā . . . timbarūsakapālakā
bhikkhūnaṃ timbarūsake denti, bhikkhū gopetuṃ . . .
anāpatti bhikkhave gopakassa dāne 'ti. ||39||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
dāruṃ tāvakālikaṃ haritvā attano vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ upa-
tthambhesi. bhikkhū taṃ bhikkhuṃ codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si
tvan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. tāvakāliko ahaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu tāvakālike 'ti. ||40||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
udakaṃ theyyacitto avahari --pa-- saṃghassa mattikaṃ
. . . saṃghassa puñjakitaṃ tiṇaṃ theyyacitto avahari.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana sama-
yena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa puñjakitaṃ tiṇaṃ theyya-
citto jhāpesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||41||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃghassa
mañcaṃ theyyacitto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārā-
jikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu saṃ-
ghassa pīṭhaṃ --pa-- saṃghassa bhisiṃ . . . bimbohanaṃ
. . . kavāṭaṃ . . . ālokasandhiṃ . . . gopānasiṃ theyya-
citto avahari. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||42||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññatarassa upāsakassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 066]
66 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 7. 43-46.
vihāraparibhogaṃ senāsanaṃ aññatra paribhuñjanti. atha
kho so upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma
bhaddantā aññatraparibhogaṃ aññatra paribhuñjissantīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhikkhave aññatrapa-
ribhogo aññatra paribhuñjitabbo. yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||43||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū uposathaggaṃ pi sanni-
sajjaṃ pi harituṃ kukkuccāyantā chamāyaṃ nisīdanti. gat-
tāni pi cīvarāni pi paṃsukitāni honti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. anujānāmi bhikkhave tāvakālikaṃ haritun ti. ||44||
tena kho pana samayena Campāyaṃ Thullanandāya
bhikkhuniyā antevāsibhikkhunī Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā
upaṭṭhākakulaṃ gantvā ayyā icchati tekaṭulayāguṃ pātun ti
pacāpetvā haritvā attanā paribhuñji. sā jānitvā taṃ codesi
asamaṇī 'si tvan ti. tassā kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā
bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo
bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa,
āpatti sampajānamusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena Rājagahe Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā antevāsi-
bhikkhunī Thullanandāya bhikkhuniyā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ
gantvā ayyā icchati madhugoḷakaṃ khāditun ti pacāpetvā
haritvā attanā paribhuñji. sā jānitvā . . . āpatti sampajā-
namusāvāde pācittiyassā 'ti. ||45||
tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaṃ āyasmato Ajjukassa
upaṭṭhākassa gahapatino dve dārakā honti putto ca bhāgi-
neyyo ca. atha kho so gahapati āyasmantaṃ Ajjukaṃ etad
avoca: imaṃ bhante okāsaṃ yo imesaṃ dvinnaṃ dārakānaṃ
saddho hoti pasanno tassa ācikkheyyāsīti. tena kho pana
samayena tassa gahapatino bhāgineyyo saddho hoti pasanno.
atha kho āyasmā Ajjuko taṃ okāsaṃ tassa dārakassa ācikkhi.
so tena sāpateyyena kuṭumbañ ca saṇṭhapesi dānañ ca
paṭṭhapesi. atha kho tassa gahapatino putto āyasmantaṃ
Ānandaṃ etad avoca: ko nu kho bhante Ānanda pituno
dāyajjo putto vā bhāgineyyo vā 'ti. putto kho āvuso pituno
dāyajjo 'ti. ayaṃ bhante ayyo Ajjuko amhākaṃ sāpateyyaṃ
amhākaṃ methunakassa ācikkhīti. asamaṇo āvuso āyasmā
Ajjuko 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Ajjuko āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
etad avoca: dehi me āvuso Ānanda vinicchayan ti. tena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 067]
II. 7. 46-49.] PĀRĀJIKA, II. 67
kho pana samayena āyasmā Upāli āyasmato Ajjukassa
pakkho hoti. atha kho āyasmā Upāli āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ
etad avoca: yo nu kho āvuso Ānanda sāmikena imaṃ okāsaṃ
itthannāmassa ācikkhā 'ti vutto tassa ācikkhati kiṃ so
āpajjatīti. na bhante kiñci āpajjati antamaso dukkaṭamattam
pīti. ayaṃ āvuso āyasmā Ajjuko sāmikena imaṃ okāsaṃ
itthannāmassa ācikkhā 'ti vutto tassa ācikkhi. anāpatti
āvuso āyasmato Ajjukassā 'ti. ||46||
tena kho pana samayena Bārāṇasiyaṃ āyasmato Pi-
lindavacchassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ corehi upaddutaṃ hoti dve
ca dārakā nītā honti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho te dārake
iddhiyā ānetvā pāsāde ṭhapesi. manussā te dārake passitvā
ayyassāyaṃ Pilindavacchassa iddhānubhāvo 'ti āyasmante
Pilindavacche abhippasīdiṃsu. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma1 āyasmā Pilindavaccho co-
rehi nīte dārake ānessatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
anāpatti bhikkhave iddhimantassa iddhivisaye 'ti. ||47||
tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sahāyakā honti
Paṇḍako ca Kapilo ca. eko gāmake viharati eko Kosam-
biyaṃ. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno gāmakā Kosambiṃ
gacchantassa antarā magge nadiṃ tarantassa sūkarikānaṃ
hatthato muttā medavaṭṭi pāde laggā hoti. so bhikkhu
sāmikānaṃ dassāmīti aggahesi. sāmikā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
codesuṃ asamaṇo 'si tvan ti. taṃ uttiṇṇaṃ gopālikā passitvā2
etad avoca: ehi bhante methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā 'ti.
so pakatiyāp'; āhaṃ asamaṇo 'ti tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevitvā Kosambiṃ gantvā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ
ārocesi. bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. an-
āpatti bhikkhave adinnādāne pārājikassa, āpatti methunaṃ
dhammaṃ samāyoge3 pārājikassā 'ti. ||48||
tena kho pana samayena Sāgalāyaṃ4 āyasmato Daḷhi-
kassa saddhivihāriko bhikkhu anabhiratiyā pīḷito āpaṇi-
kassa veṭhanaṃ5 avaharitvā āyasmantaṃ Daḷhikaṃ etad
avoca: asamaṇo ahaṃ bhante vibbhamissāmīti. kiṃ tayā
āvuso katan ti. so etam atthaṃ ārocesi.6 āharāpetvā agghā-
pesi, taṃ agghāpentaṃ na pañca māsake7 agghati. anāpatti
āvuso pārājikassā 'ti dhammiṃ kathaṃ akāsi. so bhikkhu
abhiramīti. ||49||7||
dutiyapārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kathaṃ hi nāma āy- P- iddhiyā corehi B.
2 AC omit passitvā.
3 methunaṃ dhammaṃ samāyoge AC, methunaṃ dhammasamāyoge B.
4 Sākalāyaṃ AC, Sāgalāyaṃ B.
5 Before veṭhanaṃ B inserts theyyacitto.
6 C omits the words so etaṃ (taṃ A) atthaṃ ārocesi.
7 pañca māsake A, pañcamāsako BC.

[page 068]
68
PĀRĀJIKA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati
Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena
bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ ka-
theti1 asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: icchām'; ahaṃ bhi-
kkhave addhamāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, n'; amhi kenaci
upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakenā 'ti.
evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā
nāssu 'dha2 koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati aññatra ekena
piṇḍapātanīhārakena. bhikkhū bhagavā kho anekapariyā-
yena asubhakathaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asu-
bhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamā-
pattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti te anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhā-
vanānuyogaṃ anuyuttā viharanti, te sakena kāyena aṭṭiyanti
harāyanti jigucchanti. seyyathāpi nāma itthi vā puriso vā
daharo yuvā3 maṇḍanakajātiko4 sīsaṃ nhāto ahikuṇapena vā
kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena
aṭṭiyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya, evam eva te bhikkhū sa-
kena kāyena aṭṭiyantā harāyantā jigucchantā attanāpi attā-
naṃ jīvitā voropenti aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Miga-
laṇḍikaṃ pi samaṇakuttakaṃ5 upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ va-
danti: sādhu no āvuso jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ
bhavissatīti. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacī-
varehi bhaṭo sambahule bhikkhū jīvitā voropetvā lohitagataṃ6
asiṃ ādāya yena Vaggumudā nadī ten'; upasaṃkami. atha
kho Migalaṇḍikassa samaṇakuttakassa lohitagataṃ7 asiṃ dho-
vantassa ahud eva kukkuccaṃ ahū vippaṭisāro: alābhā vata
me na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me na vata me

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddh.: anekehi kāraṇehi asubhākārasandassaṇappavattaṃ
kāyavicchandaniyakathaṃ kathesi, seyyath'; īdaṃ: atthi imasmiṃ
kāye kesā lomā --pe-- muttan ti; . . . asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatīti
uddhumātakādivasena asubhamātikaṃ nikkhipitvā pādabhājaniyena taṃ
vibhajanto vaṇṇento saṃvaṇṇento asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.
2 nassudha A, nāssudha BD, nāssudaṃ corrected to nāssudha C.
3 daharo vā yuvā vā B.
4 maṇḍanajātiko A, maṇḍanakajātiko BC, maṇḍanakajātiyo D.
5 samaṇakuttaka BC, samaṇakutthaka and -kuttaka AD;
Buddhaghosa explains the word, samaṇakuttako 'ti samaṇavesadhārako.
6 lohitakaṃ AD, lohitagataṃ BC.
7 lohitakaṃ taṃ A, lohitagataṃ BC.


[page 069]
III. 11-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 69
suladdhaṃ, bahuṃ vata mayā apuññaṃ pasutaṃ yo 'haṃ
bhikkhū sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme jīvitā voropesin ti.1 atha
kho aññatarā Mārakāyikā devatā abhijjamāne udake
āgantvā Migalaṇḍikaṃ samaṇakuttakaṃ etad avoca: sādhu
sādhu sappurisa, lābhā te sappurisa, suladdhaṃ te sappurisa,
bahuṃ tayā sappurisa puññaṃ pasutaṃ yaṃ tvaṃ atiṇṇe
tāresīti. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako lābhā kira
me, suladdhaṃ kira me, bahuṃ kira mayā puññaṃ pasutaṃ,
atiṇṇe kirāhaṃ tāremīti tikkhaṃ asiṃ ādāya vihārena vihā-
raṃ pariveṇena pariveṇaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeti: ko
atiṇṇo kaṃ tāremīti. tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā tesaṃ
tasmiṃ samaye hoti yeva bhayaṃ hoti chambhitattaṃ hoti
lomahaṃso, ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā tesaṃ tasmiṃ
samaye na hoti bhayaṃ na hoti chambhitattaṃ na hoti
lomahaṃso. atha kho Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako ekaṃ pi
bhikkhuṃ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi dve pi bhikkhū ekāhena
jīvitā voropesi tayo pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi
cattāro pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi pañca pi bhikkhū
ekāhena jīvitā voropesi dasa pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voro-
pesi vīsatiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi tiṃsaṃ pi
bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi cattārīsaṃ pi bhikkhū ekā-
hena jīvitā voropesi paññāsaṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā
voropesi saṭṭhiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā tassa addhamāsassa accayena paṭisallānā
vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṃ Ānandaṃ āmantesi: kiṃ nu kho
Ānanda tanubhūto viya bhikkhusaṃgho 'ti. tathā hi pana
bhante bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ
katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, te
ca bhante bhikkhū bhagavā kho anekapariyāyena asubhaka-
thaṃ katheti asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati asubhabhāvanāya
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati ādissa ādissa asubhasamāpattiyā vaṇṇaṃ
bhāsatīti te anekākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvanānuyogaṃ anu-
yuttā viharanti, te sakena kāyena aṭṭiyanti harāyanti ji-
gucchanti. seyyathāpi nāma itthi vā puriso vā daharo yuvā
maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṃ nhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇa-
pena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyya
harāyeyya jiguccheyya, evam eva te bhikkhū sakena kāyena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 voropemīti A, voropesin ti BCD.

[page 070]
70 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 1. 2-3.
aṭṭiyantā harāyantā jigucchantā attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā
voropenti aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Migalaṇḍikaṃ
pi samaṇakuttakaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu
no āvuso jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti.
atha kho bhante Migalaṇḍiko samaṇakuttako pattacīvarehi
bhaṭo ekaṃ pi bhikkhuṃ ekāhena jīvitā voropesi --pa--
saṭṭhiṃ pi bhikkhū ekāhena jīvitā voropesi. sādhu bhante
bhagavā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatu yathāyaṃ bhikkhu-
saṃgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. tena h'; Ānanda yāvatikā
bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhāna-
sālāyaṃ sannipātehīti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā Ānando
bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā yāvatikā bhikkhū Vesāliṃ upanissāya
viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bha-
gavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: sannipatito bhante bhikkhusaṃgho, yassa dāni bhante
bhagavā kālaṃ maññasīti.1 atha kho bhagavā yena upaṭṭhā-
nasālā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi. nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
ayaṃ pi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito
bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca
vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso
antaradhāpeti vūpasameti. seyyathāpi bhikkhave gimhānaṃ
pacchime māse ūhataṃ rajojallaṃ tam enaṃ mahā akāla-
megho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti, evam eva kho bhi-
kkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo c'; eva
paṇīto ca asecanako2 ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca
pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.
kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi kathañ ca
bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro
uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhā-
peti vūpasameti. idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagato vā
rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ā-
bhuñjitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭha-
petvā. so sato 'va assasatisato 'va passasati, dīghaṃ vā assasanto
dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ
passasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assasanto rassaṃ assasāmīti
pajānāti, rassaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti,
sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kālaṃ maññatīti A.
2 asecanako AC, asevanako B.
Buddh.: asevanako ca sukho ca vihāro 'ti yettha pana nāssa-
yecanan ti (sic) āsevanako anāsittako abbokiṇṇo pāṭekko
. . ., keci pana āsevanako (sic) 'ti anāsittako ojavanto
sabhāven'; eva madhuro 'ti vadanti. evam ayaṃ asevanako
(sic).

[page 071]
III. 1. 3-2.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 71
saṃvedī passasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṃkhā-
raṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṃkhāraṃ
passasissāmīti sikkhati, pītipaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . .
passasissāmīti sikkhati, sukhapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti . . .
passasissāmīti sikkhati, cittasaṃkhārapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti
. . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ cittasaṃkhāraṃ
assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, cittapaṭisaṃvedī
assasissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati, abhippamodayaṃ
cittaṃ --pa-- samādahaṃ cittaṃ --pa-- vimocayaṃ
cittaṃ --pa-- aniccānupassī --pa-- virāgānupassī
--pa-- nirodhānupassī --pa-- paṭinissaggānupassī assa-
sissāmīti . . . passasissāmīti sikkhati. evaṃ bhāvito kho bhi-
kkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi evaṃ bahulīkato santo c'; eva paṇīto
ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake
akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametīti. ||3||
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhi-
kkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ
kira bhikkhave bhikkhū attanāpi attānaṃ jīvitā voropenti
aññamaññaṃ pi jīvitā voropenti Migalaṇḍikaṃ pi samaṇa-
kuttakaṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: sādhu no āvuso
jīvitā voropehi, idan te pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ bhi-
kkhave tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assā-
maṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma te
bhikkhave bhikkhū attanāpi . . . voropessanti . . . vakkhanti
. . . pattacīvaraṃ bhavissatīti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā
voropeyya satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyya, ayaṃ pi
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||4||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro upāsako gilāno hoti,
tassa pajāpatī abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā. chabba-
ggiyā bhikkhū tassā itthiyā paṭibaddhacittā honti. atha
kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: sace kho so

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 072]
72 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 2.
āvuso upāsako jīvissati na mayan taṃ itthiṃ labhissāma,
handa mayaṃ āvuso tassa upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ
saṃvaṇṇemā 'ti. atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so
upāsako ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ
etad avocuṃ: tvaṃ kho 'si upāsaka katakalyāṇo katakusalo
katabhīruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddho akatakibbiso, kataṃ
tayā kalyāṇaṃ akataṃ tayā pāpaṃ. kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpa-
kena dujjīvitena, matan te jīvitā seyyo. ito tvaṃ kālaṃkato
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upa-
pajjissasi, tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito
samaṅgibhūto paricāressasīti. atha kho so upāsako saccaṃ
kho ayyā āhaṃsu, ahañ hi katakalyāṇo katakusalo katabhī-
ruttāṇo akatapāpo akataluddho akatakibbiso, kataṃ mayā
kalyāṇaṃ akataṃ mayā pāpaṃ, kiṃ mayh'; iminā pāpakena
dujjīvitena, mataṃ me jīvitā seyyo, ito ahaṃ kālaṃkato
kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upa-
pajjissāmi, tattha dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito
samaṅgibhūto paricāressāmīti, so asappāyāni c'; eva bhojanāni
bhuñji asappāyāni ca khādaniyāni khādi asappāyāni sāyani-
yāni sāyi asappāyāni pānāni pivi, tassa asappāyāni c'; eva
bhojanāni bhuñjato asappāyāni ca khādaniyāni khādato
asappāyāni sāyaniyāni sāyato asappāyāni pānāni pivato kharo
ābādho uppajji, so ten'; eva ābādhena kālaṃ akāsi. tassa
pajāpatī ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: alajjino ime samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime hi nāma dhamma-
cārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto
kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ sā-
maññaṃ n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā
apagatā ime brāhmaññā. ime me sāmikassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ
saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, imehi me sāmiko mārito 'ti. aññe pi manussā
ujjhāyanti . . . apagatā ime brāhmaññā. ime upāsakassa
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, imehi upāsako mārito 'ti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ
khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te
ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇessantīti.1 atha

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 saṃvaṇṇissantīti (sic) ABC. I have writte saṃvaṇṇessantīti,
according to the analogy of saṃvaṇṇessatha.

[page 073]
III. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 73
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ --la--.
saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ
saṃvaṇṇethā1 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bha-
gavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appa-
ṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi
nāma tumhe moghapurisā upāsakassa maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃ-
vaṇṇessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā
voropeyya satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyya maraṇa-
vaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya ambho
purisa kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitena matan te jīvitā
seyyo 'ti, iticittamano cittasaṃkappo anekapariyāyena ma-
raṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya maraṇāya vā samādapeyya,
ayaṃ pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sañciccā 'ti jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā vī-
tikkamo.
manussaviggaho nāma yaṃ mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ
cittaṃ uppannaṃ paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ yāva
maraṇakālā, etthantare eso manussaviggaho nāma.
jīvitā voropeyyā 'ti jīvitindriyaṃ upacchindati uparodheti
santatiṃ vikopeti.
satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā 'ti asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā
bheṇḍiṃ vā laguḷaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā satthaṃ vā visaṃ vā
rajjuṃ vā.
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyyā 'ti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti
maraṇe vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati.
maraṇāya vā samādapeyyā 'ti satthaṃ vā āhara visaṃ
vā khāda rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṃ karohīti.
ambho purisā 'ti ālapanādhivacanaṃ etaṃ.
kiṃ tuyh'; iminā pāpakena dujjīvitenā 'ti, pāpakaṃ nāma
jīvitaṃ: aḍḍhānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya daliddānaṃ jīvitaṃ pāpa-
kaṃ, sadhanānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya adhanānaṃ jīvitaṃ
pāpakaṃ, devānaṃ jīvitaṃ upādāya manussānaṃ jīvitaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 saṃvaṇṇissatha A, saṃvaṇṇessatha BC.

[page 074]
74 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 3-4. 2.
pāpakaṃ. dujjīvitaṃ nāma hatthacchinnassa pādacchinnassa
hatthapādacchinnassa kaṇṇacchinnassa nāsacchinnassa kaṇṇa-
nāsacchinnassa. iminā ca pāpakena iminā ca dujjīvitena
matan te jīvitā seyyo 'ti.1
iticittamano 'ti yaṃ cittaṃ taṃ mano, yaṃ mano taṃ cittaṃ.
cittasaṃkappo 'ti maraṇasaññī maraṇacetano maraṇā-
dhippāyo.
anekapariyāyenā 'ti uccāvacehi ākārehi.
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyyā 'ti jīvite ādīnavaṃ dasseti
maraṇavaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati ito tvaṃ kālaṃkato kāyassa bhedā
paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissasi tattha
dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgibhūto pari-
cāressasīti.
maraṇāya vā samādapeyyā 'ti satthaṃ vā āhara visaṃ vā
khāda rajjuyā vā ubbandhitvā kālaṃ karohi sobbhe vā
narake vā papāte vā papatā 'ti.
ayaṃ pīti purime upādāya vuccati.
pārājiko hotīti, seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā
appaṭisandhikā hoti, evam eva bhikkhu sañcicca manussa-
viggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena
vuccati pārājiko hotīti. asaṃvāso 'ti, saṃvāso nāma eka-
kammaṃ ekuddeso samasikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma, so tena
saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
sāmaṃ, adhiṭṭhāya, dūtena, dūtaparamparāya, visakkiyena
dūtena, gatapaccāgatena dūtena.
araho rahosaññī, raho arahosaññī, araho arahosaññī, raho
rahosaññī.
kāyena saṃvaṇṇeti, vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti, kāyena vācāya
saṃvaṇṇeti, dūtena saṃvaṇṇeti, lekhāya saṃvaṇṇeti.
opātaṃ, apassenaṃ, upanikkhipanaṃ, bhesajjaṃ, rūpū-
pahāro, saddūpahāro, gandhūpahāro, rasūpahāro, phoṭṭhabb-
ūpahāro, dhammūpahāro, ācikkhanā, anusāsanī, saṃketa-
kammaṃ, nimittakamman ti. ||1||
sāman ti sayaṃ hanati kāyena vā kāyapaṭibaddhena vā
nissaggiyena vā.
adhiṭṭhāyā 'ti adhiṭṭhahitvā āṇāpeti evaṃ vijjha evaṃ
pahara evaṃ ghātehīti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 iminā ca dujjīvitena matan te sayyo AC.

[page 075]
III. 4. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 75
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropeti,
āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti
itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ
maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, va-
dhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so
aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ
pārājikassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ . . . so aññaṃ maññamāno
aññaṃ jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa
āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada, {itthannā-
mo} itthannāmassa pāvadatu, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā
voropetū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so itarassa āroceti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, mūlaṭṭhassa āpatti thulla-
ccayassa. so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti sabbesaṃ pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmassa pāvada, itthannā-
mo itthannāmassa pāvadatu, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ jīvitā
voropetū 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. vadhako paṭiggaṇhāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ
jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, āṇāpakassa ca vadha-
kassa ca āpatti pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. so gantvā puna paccāgacchati nāhaṃ
sakkomi taṃ jīvitā voropetun ti, so puna āṇāpeti yadā sakkosi
tadā taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so taṃ jīvitā
voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa.
bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voropehīti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī na sāveti mā
ghātehīti, so taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārāji-
kassa. bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti itthannāmaṃ jīvitā voro-
pehīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā
ghātehīti, so āṇatto ahaṃ tayā 'ti taṃ jīvitā voropeti, mū-
laṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. bhikkhu
bhikkhuṃ . . . so āṇāpetvā vippaṭisārī sāveti mā ghātehīti,
so sādhū 'ti1 oramati, ubhinnaṃ anāpatti. ||2||
araho rahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. raho arahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo
hato assā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. araho arahosaññī ullapati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sādhū ti BC, suṭṭhū ti A.

[page 076]
76 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 4. 3-6.
aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. raho
rahosaññī ullapati aho itthannāmo hato assā 'ti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. ||3||
kāyena saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, kāyena vikāraṃ karoti yo
evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā
gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. tāya saṃvaṇṇanāya marissā-
mīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, vācāya
bhaṇati yo evaṃ marati . . . marati, āpatti pārājikassa.
kāyena vācāya saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, kāyena ca vikāraṃ karoti
vācāya ca bhaṇati yo evaṃ marati . . . marati, āpatti pārā-
jikassa. dūtena saṃvaṇṇeti nāma, dūtassa sāsanaṃ āroceti
yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati
saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dūtassa sāsanaṃ
sutvā marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti
thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. lekhāya saṃ-
vaṇṇeti nāma, lekhaṃ chindati yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ
vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, akkhar-
akkharāya āpatti dukkaṭassa. lekhaṃ passitvā marissāmīti
dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati,
āpatti pārājikassa. ||4||
opātaṃ nāma, manussaṃ uddissa opātaṃ khanati papa-
titvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; manusso tasmiṃ papatati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti
thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. anodissa opātaṃ
khanati yo koci papatitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
manusso tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; papatite
dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati,
āpatti pārājikassa. yakkho vā peto vā tiracchānagata-
manussaviggaho vā tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa; marati,
āpatti thullaccayassa. tiracchānagato tasmiṃ papatati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; papatite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; marati, āpatti pācittiyassa. ||5|| apassenaṃ nāma,
apassene satthaṃ vā ṭhapeti visena vā makkheti dubbalaṃ vā
karoti sobbhe vā narake vā papāte vā ṭhapeti papatitvā
marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; satthena vā visena vā papati-
tena vā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 077]
III. 4. 6-9.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 77
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||6|| upanikkhipanaṃ nāma,
asiṃ vā sattiṃ vā bheṇḍiṃ vā laguḷaṃ vā pāsāṇaṃ vā satthaṃ
vā visaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā upanikkhipati iminā marissatīti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; tena marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti,
āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||7|| bhe-
sajjaṃ nāma, sappiṃ vā navanītaṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā
phāṇitaṃ vā deti imaṃ sāyitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
taṃ sāyite dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||8||
rūpūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ rūpaṃ upasaṃharati bha-
yānakaṃ bheravaṃ imaṃ passitvā uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; taṃ passitvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ rūpaṃ upasaṃharati
imaṃ passitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; taṃ passitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. saddūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ
saddaṃ upasaṃharati bhayānakaṃ bheravaṃ imaṃ sutvā
uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā uttasati,
āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manā-
pikaṃ saddaṃ upasaṃharati pemaniyaṃ hadayaṃgamaṃ
imaṃ sutvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; taṃ sutvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. gandhūpahāro nāma amanāpi-
kaṃ gandhaṃ upasaṃharati jegucchaṃ pāṭikulyaṃ imaṃ ghā-
yitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
taṃ ghāyite jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajja-
ti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manā-
pikaṃ gandhaṃ upasaṃharati imaṃ ghāyitvā alābhakena
sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ ghāyitvā alābha-
kena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārāji-
kassa. rasūpahāro nāma amanāpikaṃ rasaṃ upasaṃharati
jegucchaṃ pāṭikulyaṃ imaṃ sāyitvā jegucchatā pāṭikulyatā
marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ sāyite jegucchatā pāṭi-
kulyatā dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullaccayassa; ma-
rati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ rasaṃ upasaṃharati
imaṃ sāyitvā alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; taṃ sāyitvā alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. phoṭṭhabbūpahāro nāma amanā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 078]
78 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 4. 9-11.
pikaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ upasaṃharati dukkhasamphassaṃ khara-
samphassaṃ iminā phuṭṭho marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
tena phuṭṭhassa dukkhā vedanā uppajjati, āpatti thullacca-
yassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. manāpikaṃ phoṭṭhabbaṃ
upasaṃharati sukhasamphassaṃ mudusamphassaṃ iminā
phuṭṭho alābhakena sussitvā marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa;
tena phuṭṭho alābhakena sussati, āpatti thullaccayassa;
marati, āpatti pārājikassa. dhammūpahāro nāma nerayikassa
nirayakathaṃ katheti imaṃ sutvā uttasitvā marissatīti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa; taṃ sutvā uttasati, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati,
āpatti pārājikassa. kalyāṇakammassa1 saggakathaṃ katheti
imaṃ sutvā adhimutto marissatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; taṃ
sutvā adhimutto marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti,
āpatti thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. ||9||
ācikkhanā nāma, puṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ marassu, yo evaṃ
marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā labhati saggaṃ vā
gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tāya ācikkhanāya marissāmīti
dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti thullaccayassa; marati,
āpatti pārājikassa. anusāsanī nāma, apuṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ
marassu, yo evaṃ marati so dhanaṃ vā labhati yasaṃ vā
labhati saggaṃ vā gacchatīti, āpatti dukkaṭassa; tāya anu-
sāsaniyā marissāmīti dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ uppādeti, āpatti
thullaccayassa; marati, āpatti pārājikassa. saṃketakammaṃ
nāma, saṃketaṃ karoti purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vā
rattiṃ vā divā vā tena saṃketena taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. tena saṃketena taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti
ubhinnaṃ pārājikassa. taṃ saṃketaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ
jīvitā voropeti, mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārā-
jikassa. nimittakammaṃ nāma, nimittaṃ karoti akkhiṃ
vā nikhanissāmi bhamukaṃ vā ukkhipissāmi sīsaṃ vā ukkhi-
pissāmi tena nimittena taṃ jīvitā voropehīti, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa; tena nimittena taṃ jīvitā voropeti, āpatti ubhinnaṃ pārā-
jikassa. taṃ nimittaṃ pure vā pacchā vā taṃ jīvitā voropeti,
mūlaṭṭhassa anāpatti, vadhakassa āpatti pārājikassa. ||10||
anāpatti asañcicca ajānantassa2 na maraṇādhippāyassa
ummattakassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||11||4||
manussaviggahapārājikamhi paṭhamabhāṇavāraṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kalyāṇadhammassa B, -kammassa AC.
2 After ajānantassa B inserts asatiyā.

[page 079]
III. 5. 1-4.] {PĀRĀJIKA,} III. 79
saṃvaṇṇanā, nisīdanto, musal'; -odukkhalena ca,
vuḍḍhapabbajitā bhisanno,1 aggaṃ, vīmaṃsanā, visaṃ, |
tayo ca vatthukammehi, iṭṭhakāhi 'pare tayo,
vāsī, gopānasī c'; eva, aṭṭak', otaraṇaṃ, pati, |
seda-natthuñ ca, sambāho, nhāpan'; -abbhañjanena ca,
uṭṭhāpento, nipātento, anna-pānena maraṇaṃ, |
jāragabbho, sapattī ca, mātāputtaṃ ubho vadhi,
ubho na miyyare, maddā, tāpaṃ, vañjhā, vijāyinī, |
patodaṃ, niggahe, yakkho, vāḷayakkhañ ca pāhiṇi,
taṃ maññamāno, pahari, saggañ ca, nirayaṃ bhaṇe, |
Āḷaviyā tayo rukkhā, dāyehi apare tayo,
mā kilamesi, na tuyhaṃ, takka-suvīrakena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti,
tassa bhikkhū kāruññena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ, so
bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho
mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āpattiṃ tumhe bhi-
kkhave āpannā pārājikan ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu
pīṭhake pilotikāya paṭicchannaṃ dārakaṃ nisīdanto ottha-
ritvā māresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave appaṭivekkhitvā
āsane nisīditabbaṃ. yo nisīdeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge
antaraghare āsanaṃ paññāpento musale ussite ekaṃ musalaṃ
aggahesi, dutiyo musalo paripatitvā aññatarassa dārakassa
matthake avatthāsi, so kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. asañcicco ahaṃ bha-
gavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhattagge antaraghare āsanaṃ
paññāpento udukkhalabhaṇḍikaṃ2 akkamitvā pavaṭṭesi, añña-
taraṃ dārakaṃ ottharitvā māresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā
honti. kāle ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante
saṃgho taṃ patimānetīti, piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṇāmesi, so
papatitvā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vuḍḍhapabbajitā ca bhisanno A, -jitā sinno B, -jjitassa no
corrected to -jjitābhisanno C. I do not know how to correct bhisanno or sinno; instead of
aggaṃ (the following word) I propose to read laggaṃ (see ch. 5.5).
2 udukkhale bhaṇḍikaṃ B.

[page 080]
80 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 4-7.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā maraṇādhippāyo
'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā honti. kāle
ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante saṃgho taṃ
patimānetīti, maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā paṇāmesi,
so papatitvā kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan
ti. tena kho pana samayena pitāputtā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā
honti. kāle ārocite putto pitaraṃ etad avoca: gaccha bhante
saṃgho taṃ patimānetīti, maraṇādhippāyo piṭṭhiyaṃ gahetvā
paṇāmesi, so papatitvā na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thulla-
ccayassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjan-
tassa maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. aññataro bhikkhu
tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pahāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ maṃsaṃ
pati, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno bhuñjantassa
maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. aññataro bhikkhu maraṇā-
dhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pahāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ
maṃsaṃ pati, so bhikkhu kālaṃ akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhi-
kkhuno bhuñjantassa maṃsaṃ kaṇṭhe vilaggaṃ hoti. añña-
taro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno gīvāyaṃ pa-
hāraṃ adāsi, salohitaṃ maṃsaṃ pati, so bhikkhu na kālam
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu
visagataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ1 2 labhitvā paṭikkamanaṃ haritvā bhi-
kkhūnaṃ aggakārikaṃ adāsi, te bhikkhū kālam akaṃsu.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti.
nāhaṃ bhagavā jānāmīti. anāpatti bhikkhu ajānantassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vīmaṃsādhippāyo
aññatarassa bhikkhuno visaṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhi-
kkhū 'ti. vīmaṃsādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa : visakatapiṇḍapātavatthusmiṃ sārāṇīyadhammapūrako bhikkhu
aggapiṇḍaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ datvā 'va bhuñjanti, tena vuttaṃ aggakārikaṃ adāsīti.
2 visakataṃ may be the correct reading (visagataṃ ABC), comp. Boehtlingk-Roth s.v. vishak0rita.

[page 081]
III. 5. 7-11.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 81
karonti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṃ uccāresi,
uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā silā heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno
matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukku-
ccaṃ ahosi --pa--. anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihāravatthuṃ karonti.
aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā silaṃ uccāresi, uparimo bhi-
kkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake silaṃ
muñci, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kā-
lam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho
pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ uṭṭhā-
penti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṃ uccāresi,
uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā iṭṭhakā heṭṭhimassa bhi-
kkhuno matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu asañciccā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū vihārassa kuḍḍaṃ
uṭṭhāpenti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā iṭṭhakaṃ uccā-
resi, uparimo bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhi-
kkhuno matthake iṭṭhakaṃ muñci, so bhikkhu kālaṃ akāsi
--pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullacca-
yassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū
navakammaṃ karonti. aññataro bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā
vāsiṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhikkhunā duggahitā vāsī heṭṭhi-
massa bhikkhuno matthake avatthāsi, so bhikkhu kālaṃ
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu
asañciccā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū
navakammaṃ . . . uccāresi. uparimo bhikkhu maraṇā-
dhippāyo heṭṭhimassa bhikkhuno matthake vāsiṃ muñci, so
bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||9|| tena kho pana
samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karonti. aññataro
bhikkhu heṭṭhā hutvā gopānasiṃ uccāresi, uparimena bhi-
kkhunā duggahitā gopānasī . . . (three cases as above) . . .
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā
bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā aṭṭakaṃ bandhanti.1 añña-
taro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso atra
ṭhito bandhāhīti, so tatra ṭhito bandhanto paripatitvā kālam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddh.: aḍḍhakavatthusu (sic) aḍḍhiko 'ti vehāsamañco, ayaṃ
setakammamālākammalatākammādīnaṃ atthāya bandhanan ti.

[page 082]
82 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 11-15.
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhi-
kkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā maraṇādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ karontā aṭṭakaṃ bandhanti.
aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ
etad avoca: āvuso atra ṭhito bandhāhīti, so tatra ṭhito
bandhanto paripatitvā kālam akāsi --pa-- paripatitvā na
kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vihāraṃ chā-
detvā otarati. aññataro bhikkhu taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca:
āvuso ito otarāhīti, so tena otaranto paripatitvā kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi . . . anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇā-
dhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
vihāraṃ chādetvā otarati. aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo
taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso ito otarāhīti, so tena ota-
ranto paripatitvā kālam akāsi --pa-- paripatitvā na kālam
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu anabhiratiyā
pīḷito Gijjhakūṭaṃ pabbataṃ abhirūhitvā papāte papa-
tanto aññataraṃ vilīvakāraṃ ottharitvā māresi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa.
na ca bhikkhave attānaṃ pātetabbaṃ. yo pāteyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭam pabbataṃ abhirūhitvā davāya silaṃ
pavijjhiṃsu, aññataraṃ gopālakaṃ ottharitvā māresuṃ.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārāji-
kassa. na ca bhikkhave davāya silā pavijjhitabbā. yo
pavijjheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti,
taṃ bhikkhū sedesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave na maraṇā-
dhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā sedesuṃ, so bhi-
kkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhikkhu na kālam akāsi.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārā-
jikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 083]
III. 5. 15-18.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 83
samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti, tassa bhi-
kkhū natthuṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tesaṃ
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave na maraṇā-
dhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhi-
kkhuno sīsābhitāpo hoti, tassa bhikkhū maraṇādhippāyā
natthuṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --pa-- so bhi-
kkhu na kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||15||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ
bhikkhū sambāhesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . (three
cases as above) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū nhāpe-
suṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ
bhikkhū telena abbhañjiṃsu, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . .
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū uṭṭhāpesuṃ, so bhikkhu
kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, taṃ bhikkhū nipā-
tesuṃ, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti, tassa
bhikkhū annaṃ adaṃsu . . . pānaṃ adaṃsu, so bhikkhu
kālam akāsi . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||16||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi pavutthapatikā
jārena gabbhinī hoti, sā kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca:
iṅgh'; ayya gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā
gabbhapātanaṃ adāsi, dārako kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan
ti. ||17|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve
pajāpatiyo honti, ekā vañjhā ekā vijāyinī. vañjhā itthi
kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: sace sā bhante vijāyissati,
sabbassa kuṭumbassa issarā bhavissati. iṅgh'; ayya tassā
gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā gabbhapā-
tanaṃ adāsi, dārako kālam akāsi, mātā na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi . . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo . . . gabbha-
pātanaṃ adāsi, mātā kālam akāsi, dārako na kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārāji-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 084]
84 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 18-25.
kassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññatarassa purisassa dve pajāpatiyo . . . gabbhapātanaṃ
adāsi, ubho kālam akaṃsu --pa-- ubho na kālam akaṃsu.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārāji-
kassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||18|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññatarā gabbhinī itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: iṅgh'; ayya gabbhapātanaṃ jānāhīti. tena hi bhagini
maddassū 'ti, sā madditvā1 gabbhaṃ pātesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarā gabbhinī
itthi . . . tena hi bhagini tāpehīti, sā tāpetvā gabbhaṃ
pātesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||19|| tena kho
pana samayena aññatarā vañjhā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ
etad avoca: iṅgh'; ayya bhesajjaṃ jānāhi yenāhaṃ {vijāyeyyan
ti.} suṭṭhu bhaginīti tassā bhesajjaṃ adāsi, sā kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||20|| tena kho pana samayena añña-
tarā vijāyinī itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: iṅgh'
ayya bhesajjaṃ jānāhi yenāhaṃ na vijāyeyyan ti. suṭṭhu
. . . āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||21||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū satta-
rasavaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ aṅgulipatodakena hāsesuṃ, so
bhikkhu uttanto2 anassāsako kālam akāsi. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pārājikassā 'ti. ||22||
tena kho pana samayena sattarasavaggiyā bhikkhū
chabbaggiyaṃ bhikkhuṃ kammaṃ karissāmā 'ti ottha-
ritvā māresuṃ. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhave pārājikassā 'ti. ||23||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhūtavejjako bhikkhu
yakkhaṃ jīvitā voropesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||24||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ
bhikkhuṃ vāḷayakkhaṃ vihāraṃ pāhesi, taṃ yakkhā jīvitā
voropesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ
vāḷayakkhaṃ vihāraṃ pāhesi, taṃ yakkhā jīvitā voropesuṃ
--pa-- taṃ yakkhā jīvitā na voropesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullacca-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 maddāpetvā AC, madditvā B.
2 uttanto AC, vuttanto D, uttamanto B.

[page 085]
III. 5. 25-31.] PĀRĀJIKA, III. 85
yassā 'ti. ||25|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ vāḷakantāraṃ . . . corakantāraṃ . . .
pāhesi, taṃ vāḷā . . . (corā) . . . jīvitā voropesuṃ. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . (three cases each time as above) . . . āpatti
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||26||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu taṃ mañña-
māno taṃ jīvitā voropesi --pa-- taṃ maññamāno aññaṃ
jīvitā voropesi --pa-- aññaṃ maññamāno taṃ jīvitā voro-
pesi --pa-- aññaṃ maññamāno aññaṃ jīvitā voropesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan ti. ||27||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena
gahito hoti, aññataro bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno pahāraṃ
adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇādhippāyassā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu amanussena gahito
hoti, aññataro bhikkhu maraṇādhippāyo tassa bhikkhuno
pahāraṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu kālam akāsi --la-- so bhikkhu
na kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||28||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kalyāṇa-
kammassa1 saggakathaṃ kathesi, so adhimutto kālam akāsi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu na maraṇā-
dhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
maraṇādhippāyo kalyāṇakammassa saggakathaṃ kathesi, so
adhimutto kālam akāsi --la-- so adhimutto na kālam
akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu
pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññataro bhikkhu nerayikassa nirayakathaṃ kathesi,
so uttasitvā kālam akāsi . . . (the same three cases) . . .
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||29||
tena kho pana samayena Āḷavakā bhikkhū navakammaṃ
karontā rukkhaṃ chindanti. aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ
bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: āvuso atra ṭhito chindāhīti, taṃ tatra
ṭhitaṃ chindantaṃ rukkho ottharitvā māresi . . . (three
cases) . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||30||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū dāyaṃ
ālimpesuṃ, manussā daḍḍhā kālam akaṃsu . . . (three cases)
. . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||31||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kalyāṇakammassa AC, kalyāṇadhammassa B.

[page 086]
86 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 5. 32-33.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṃ
gantvā coraghātaṃ etad avoca: āvuso mā yimaṃ kilamesi,
ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehīti. suṭṭhu bhante 'ti ekena
pahārena jīvitā voropesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. āpattiṃ
tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu āghātanaṃ gantvā coraghātaṃ etad avoca:
āvuso mā yimaṃ kilamesi, ekena pahārena jīvitā voropehīti.
so nāhaṃ tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ karissāmīti taṃ jīvitā voropesi.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārāji-
kassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||32||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso ñātighare hattha-
pādacchinno ñātakehi saṃparikiṇṇo hoti. aññataro bhikkhu
te manusse etad avoca: āvuso icchatha imassa maraṇan ti.
āma bhante icchāmā 'ti. tena hi takkaṃ pāyethā 'ti. te
taṃ takkaṃ pāyesuṃ, so kālam akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kulaghare hatthapā-
dacchinno ñātakehi saṃparikiṇṇo hoti. aññatarā bhikkhunī
te manusse etad avoca: āvuso icchatha imassa maraṇan ti.
ām'; ayye icchāmā 'ti. tena hi loṇasuvīrakaṃ pāyethā 'ti.
te taṃ loṇasuvīrakaṃ pāyesuṃ, so kālam akāsi. tassā
kukkuccaṃ ahosi. atha kho sā bhikkhunī bhikkhunī-
naṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi, bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ, bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. āpattiṃ sā bhikkhave bhikkhunī āpannā pārājikan
ti. ||33||5||
tatiyapārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 087]
87
PĀRĀJIKA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati
Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena
sambahulā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā bhikkhū Vaggumudāya
nadiyā tīre vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. tena kho pana samayena
Vajjī dubbhikkhā hoti dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na
sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. atha kho tesaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: etarahi kho Vajjī dubbhikkhā
dvīhitikā setaṭṭhikā salākāvuttā na sukarā uñchena pagga-
hena yāpetuṃ. kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena samaggā
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vaseyyāma na
ca piṇḍakena kilameyyāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: handa
mayaṃ āvuso gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhema, evan te
amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammo-
damānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma1 na ca
piṇḍakena kilamissāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: alaṃ
āvuso kiṃ gihīnaṃ kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena, handa mayaṃ
āvuso gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ harāma, evan te amhākaṃ dātuṃ
maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā sammodamānā avivada-
mānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma na ca piṇḍakena kila-
missāmā 'ti. ekacce evam āhaṃsu: alaṃ āvuso kiṃ gihīnaṃ
kammantaṃ adhiṭṭhitena, kiṃ gihīnaṃ dūteyyaṃ haṭena,
handa mayaṃ āvuso gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussa-
dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissāma asuko bhikkhu paṭhamassa
jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu dutiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko
bhikkhu tatiyassa jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu catutthassa
jhānassa lābhī, asuko bhikkhu sotāpanno, asuko bhikkhu
sakadāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu anāgāmī, asuko bhikkhu arahā,
asuko bhikkhu tevijjo, asuko bhikkhu chaḷabhiñño 'ti. evan
te amhākaṃ dātuṃ maññissanti, evaṃ mayaṃ samaggā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 bhāsissāma A, bhāsāma B, bhāsāma corrected to bhāsissāma C.
In the Pācittiya (8th rule) the Paris MS. reads bhāsissāma.

[page 088]
88 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 1-2.
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasissāma na
ca piṇḍakena kilamissāmā 'ti. eso yeva kho āvuso seyyo yo
amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa
vaṇṇo bhāsito 'ti.1 atha kho te bhikkhū gihīnaṃ aññam-
aññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu: asuko
bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī --pa-- asuko bhikkhu
chaḷabhiñño 'ti. atha kho te manussā lābhā vata no su-
laddhaṃ vata no yesaṃ vata no evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ
upagatā, na vata no ito pubbe evarūpā bhikkhū vassaṃ upa-
gatā yatha yime bhikkhū sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā 'ti, te na
tādisāni bhojanāni attanā bhuñjanti mātāpitūnaṃ denti putta-
dārassa denti dāsakammakaraporisassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ
denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. te
na tādisāni khādaniyāni sāyaniyāni pānāni attanā pivanti2
mātāpitūnaṃ denti puttadārassa denti dāsakammakarapori-
sassa denti mittāmaccānaṃ denti ñātisālohitānaṃ denti
yādisāni bhikkhūnaṃ denti. atha kho te bhikkhū vaṇṇa-
vanto ahesuṃ pīnindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā vippasanna-
chavivaṇṇā. ||1||
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamituṃ. atha kho te bhi-
kkhū vassaṃ vutthā temāsaccayena senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena Vesālī ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. anu-
pubbena yena Vesālī Mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā yena bhagavā
ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivā-
detvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. tena kho pana samayena disāsu
vassaṃ vutthā bhikkhū kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍu-
ppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā, Vaggumudātīriyā pana
bhikkhū vaṇṇavanto honti pīnindriyā pasannamukhavaṇṇā
vippasannachavivaṇṇā. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ
bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammo-
dituṃ. atha kho bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etad
avoca: kacci bhikkhave khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci
samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ
vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kilamitthā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bha-
gavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, samaggā ca mayaṃ bhante
sammodamānā avivadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasimhā na
ca piṇḍakena kilamimhā 'ti. jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 bhāsitabbo A, bhāsito BCD.
2 Before pivanti A insserts khādanti sāyanti.

[page 089]
IV. 1. 2-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 89
jānantāpi na pucchanti --pa-- dvīh'; ākārehi buddhā bha-
gavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti dhammaṃ vā desessāma
sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho
bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū etad avoca: yathāka-
thaṃ pana tumhe bhikkhave samaggā sammodamānā avi-
vadamānā phāsukaṃ vassaṃ vasittha na ca piṇḍakena kila-
mitthā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. kacci pana vo bhikkhave bhūtan ti. abhūtaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ
moghapurisā ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ aka-
ppiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapu-
risā udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussa-
dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatha. varaṃ tumhehi mogha-
purisā tiṇhena govikattanena1 kucchi2 parikanto na tv eva
udarassa kāraṇā gihīnaṃ aññamaññassa uttarimanussa-
dhammassa vaṇṇo bhāsito. taṃ kissa hetu. tatonidānaṃ
hi moghapurisā maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ na tv eva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya, itonidā-
nañ ca kho moghapurisā kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā apā-
yaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyya. n'; etaṃ
moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa-- vigarahitvā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
pañc'; ime bhikkhave mahācorā santo saṃvijjamānā lo-
kasmiṃ. katame pañca. idha bhikkhave ekaccassa mahā-
corassa evaṃ hoti: kudassu nāmāhaṃ satena vā sahassena vā
parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu āhiṇḍissāmi hananto ghā-
tento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pacāpento 'ti. so
aparena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmani-
gamarājadhānīsu {āhiṇḍati} hananto ghātento chindanto chedā-
pento pacanto pacāpento. evam eva kho bhikkhave idh'
ekaccassa pāpabhikkhuno evaṃ hoti: kudassu nāmāhaṃ
satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigamarājadhānīsu
cārikaṃ carissāmi sakkato garukato mānito pūjito apacito
gahaṭṭhānañ c'; eva pabbajitānañ ca lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapā-
tasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti. so apa-
rena samayena satena vā sahassena vā parivuto gāmanigama-
rājadhānīsu cārikaṃ carati sakkato garukato mānito pūjito

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 govikatthanena AC, -kantena B.
2 kucchiṃ p- BC, kucchi p- A.

[page 090]
90 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 3.
apacito gahaṭṭhānañ c'; eva pabbajitānañ ca lābhī cīvarapiṇḍa-
pātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. ayaṃ bhi-
kkhave paṭhamo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhikkhu tathāga-
tappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā attano harati.1
ayaṃ bhikkhave dutiyo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lo-
kasmiṃ. puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhi-
kkhu suddhaṃ brahmacāriṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ
carantaṃ amūlakena abrahmacariyena anuddhaṃseti. ayaṃ
bhikkhave tatiyo mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
puna ca paraṃ bhikkhave idh'; ekacco pāpabhikkhu yāni
tāni saṃghassa garubhaṇḍāni garuparikkhārāni seyyath'
īdaṃ ārāmo ārāmavatthu vihāro vihāravatthu mañco pīṭhaṃ
bhisī bimbohanaṃ lohakumbhī lohabhāṇako lohavārako loha-
kaṭāhaṃ vāsī pharasu kuṭhārī kuddālo nikhādanaṃ vallī
veḷu muñjaṃ babbajaṃ tiṇaṃ mattikā dārubhaṇḍaṃ matti-
kābhaṇḍaṃ, tehi gihī saṃgaṇhāti2 upalāpeti. ayaṃ bhi-
kkhave catuttho mahācoro santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.
sadevake bhikkhave loke samārake sabrahmake sasamaṇa-
brāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ayaṃ aggo mahācoro
yo asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati. taṃ
kissa hetu. theyyāya vo bhikkhave raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto 'ti.
aññathā santaṃ attānaṃ aññathā yo pavedaye
nikacca kitavasseva bhuttaṃ theyyena tassa taṃ. |
kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo pāpadhammā asaññatā
pāpā pāpehi kammehi nirayan te upapajjare. |
seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto tatto aggisikhūpamo
yañ ce bhuñjeyya dussīlo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ asaññato 'ti.
atha kho bhagavā Vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū anekapariyā-
yena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya --pa-- evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṃ uttarimanussa-
dhammaṃ attūpanāyikaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ samud-
ācareyya iti jānāmi iti passāmīti, tato aparena samayena
samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā āpanno
visuddhāpekkho evaṃ vadeyya: ajānam evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 attano harati AC, attano dahati B, attanā rahati D.
2 saṃgaṇhati D.

[page 091]
IV. 1. 3-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 91
jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmi, tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti, ayaṃ pi
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ pa-
ññattaṃ hoti. ||3||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū adiṭṭhe
diṭṭhasaññino apatte pattasaññino anadhigate adhigata-
saññino asacchikate sacchikatasaññino adhimānena aññaṃ
byākariṃsu, tesaṃ aparena samayena rāgāya pi cittaṃ
namati dosāya pi cittaṃ namati mohāya pi cittaṃ namati.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ
mayañ c'; amhā adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino . . . adhimānena
aññaṃ byākarimhā. kacci nu kho mayaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ
āpannā 'ti. āyasmato Ānandassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. honti h'; ete1
Ānanda bhikkhū adiṭṭhe diṭṭhasaññino . . . adhimānena
aññaṃ byākaronti, tañ ca kho etaṃ abbohārikan ti. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu anabhijānaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ
attūpanāyikaṃ alamariyañāṇadassanaṃ samudācareyya iti jā-
nāmi iti passāmīti, tato aparena samayena samanuggāhiya-
māno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho
evaṃ vadeyya: ajānaṃ evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ
passāmi, tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti, aññatra adhimānā, ayaṃ
pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
anabhijānan ti asantaṃ abhūtaṃ asaṃvijjamānaṃ ajā-
nanto apassanto attani kusalaṃ dhammaṃ atthi me kusalo
dhammo 'ti.
uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi
samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā
kilesapahānaṃ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.
attūpanāyikan ti te vā kusale dhamme attani upaneti
attānaṃ vā tesu kusalesu dhammesu upaneti.
ñāṇan ti tisso vijjā. dassanan ti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ taṃ dassa-
naṃ, yaṃ dassanaṃ taṃ ñāṇaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 honti hete A, honti ye te B, h- hete corrected to h- ye te C.

[page 092]
92 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 3-4.
samudācareyyā 'ti ārocceyya itthiyā vā purisassa vā ga-
haṭṭhassa vā pabbajitassa vā.
iti jānāmi iti passāmīti jānām'; ahaṃ ete dhamme passām'
ahaṃ ete dhamme atthi ca ete dhammā mayi ahañ ca etesu
dhammesu sandissāmīti.
tato aparena samayenā 'ti yasmiṃ khaṇe samudāciṇṇaṃ
hoti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatte.
samanuggāhiyamāno 'ti yaṃ vatthuṃ paṭiññātaṃ hoti
tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamāno kin te adhigataṃ
kinti te adhigataṃ kadā te adhigataṃ kattha te adhigataṃ
katame te kilesā pahīnā katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ
lābhīti. asamanuggāhiyamāno 'ti na kenaci vuccamāno.
āpanno 'ti pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttari-
manussadhammaṃ ullapitvā pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno hoti.
visuddhāpekkho 'ti gihī vā hotukāmo upāsako vā hotukāmo
ārāmiko vā hotukāmo sāmaṇero vā hotukāmo.
ajānam evaṃ āvuso avacaṃ jānāmi apassaṃ passāmīti,
nāhaṃ ete dhamme jānāmi nāhaṃ ete dhamme passāmi n'
atthi ca ete dhammā mayi na cāhaṃ etesu dhammesu
sandissāmīti. tucchaṃ musā vilapin ti tucchakaṃ mayā
bhaṇitaṃ musā mayā bhaṇitaṃ abhūtaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ
ajānantena mayā bhaṇitaṃ.
aññatra adhimānā 'ti ṭhapetvā adhimānaṃ.
ayaṃ pīti purime upādāya vuccati.
pārājiko hotīti, seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno
abhabbo punavirūḷhiyā, evam eva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchā-
pakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā
asamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo, tena vuccati pārājiko hotīti.
asaṃvāso 'ti, saṃvāso nāma ekakammaṃ ekuddeso sama-
sikkhātā, eso saṃvāso nāma, so tena saddhiṃ n'; atthi, tena
vuccati asaṃvāso 'ti. ||3||
uttarimanussadhammo nāma jhānaṃ vimokkhaṃ samādhi
samāpatti ñāṇadassanaṃ maggabhāvanā phalasacchikiriyā
kilesapahānaṃ vinīvaraṇatā cittassa suññāgāre abhirati.
jhānan ti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ tatiyaṃ
jhānaṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ.
vimokkho 'ti suññato vimokkho animitto vimokkho appaṇi-
hito vimokkho.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 093]
IV. 4. 1-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 93
samādhīti suññato samādhi animitto samādhi appaṇihito
samādhi.
samāpattīti suññatā samāpatti animittā samāpatti appaṇi-
hitā samāpatti.
ñāṇan ti1 tisso vijjā.
maggabhāvanā 'ti cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappa-
dhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañc'; indriyāni pañca balāni satta
bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo.
phalasacchikiriyā 'ti sotāpattiphalassa sacchikiriyā sakad-
āgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā anāgāmiphalassa sacchikiriyā ara-
hattaphalassa sacchikiriyā.
kilesapahānan ti rāgassa pahānaṃ dosassa pahānaṃ mo-
hassa pahānaṃ.
vinīvaraṇatā cittassā 'ti rāgā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā dosā
cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇatā.
suññāgāre abhiratīti paṭhamena jhānena suññāgāre abhi-
rati dutiyena jhānena suññāgāre abhirati tatiyena jhānena
suññāgāre abhirati catutthena jhānena suññāgāre abhi-
rati. ||1||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajā-
namusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti
musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇi-
tassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti.
catūh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajā-
namusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti
musā bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇi-
tassa hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ.
pañcah'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti . . .
bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ.
chah'; ākārehi . . . bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vini-
dhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ.
sattah'; ākārehi . . . bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vini-
dhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. ||2||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti . . . vini-
dhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpanno
'ti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamassa jhā-
nassa lābhi 'mhīti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi
paṭhamassa jhānassa vasi 'mhīti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ñāṇan ti ABC. I prefer the reading of the Paris MS.
in the Suttavibhaṅga, 8th Pācittiya rule: ñāṇadassanan ti.

[page 094]
94 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 4. 3-5.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti . . .
vinidhāya bhāvaṃ ||3||
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --la-- tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
--la-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ --la-- samā-
pajjāmi --la-- samāpanno --pa-- catutthassa jhānassa
lābhi 'mhi --la-- vasi 'mhi --pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ
sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. yathā idaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ vitthā-
ritaṃ evaṃ sabbam pi vitthāretabbaṃ. ||4||
tīh'; ākārehi suññataṃ vimokkhaṃ --pa-- animittaṃ
vimokkhaṃ --pa-- appaṇihitaṃ vimokkhaṃ samāpajjiṃ,
samāpajjāmi . . . appaṇihito vimokkho sacchikato mayā 'ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'
ākārehi suññataṃ samādhiṃ --pa-- animittaṃ samādhiṃ
--pa-- appaṇihitaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ --pa-- samā-
pajjāmi --la-- samāpanno --pa-- appaṇihitassa samā-
dhissa lābhi 'mhi --la-- vasi 'mhi --la-- appaṇihito
samādhi sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa
āpatti pārājikassa --pa--. tīh'; ākārehi suññataṃ samā-
pattiṃ --la-- animittaṃ samāpattiṃ --la-- appaṇihitaṃ
samāpattiṃ samāpajjiṃ --la-- samāpajjāmi --pa-- samā-
panno --pa-- appaṇihitāya samāpattiyā lābhi 'mhi --la--
vasi 'mhi --la-- appaṇihitā samāpatti sacchikatā mayā 'ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi tisso vijjā samāpajjiṃ . . . tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ
lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi
cattāro satipaṭṭhāne --pa-- cattāro sammappadhāne --pa--
cattāro iddhipāde samāpajjiṃ . . . catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ
lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi
pañc'; indriyāni --pa-- pañca balāni samāpajjiṃ . . .
pañcannaṃ balānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa.
tīh'; ākārehi satta bojjhaṅge samāpajjiṃ . . . sattannaṃ
bojjhaṅgānaṃ lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . .
ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi sotāpattiphalaṃ --pa--
sakadāgāmiphalaṃ --pa-- anāgāmiphalaṃ --pa-- ara-
hattaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . arahattassa lābhi 'mhi . . . āpatti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 095]
IV. 4. 5-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 95
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi rāgo me catto rāgo me
vanto rāgo me mutto rāgo me pahīno rāgo me paṭinissaṭṭho
rāgo me ukkheṭito rāgo me samukkheṭito 'ti sampājanamusā
bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi doso
me . . . moho me . . . āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'
ākārehi rāgā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bha-
ṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi dosā . . .
mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa
āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
suddhikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ
samapajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā
bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭha-
mañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ . . . āpatti pārājikassa
--la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca
jhānaṃ . . . āpatti pārājikassa --pa--. tīh'; ākārehi
paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ --pa--
paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ animittañ ca vimokkhaṃ --pa-- pa-
ṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇihitañ ca vimokkhaṃ samāpajjiṃ
. . . sacchikato mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ
suññatañ ca samādhiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ ani-
mittañ ca samādhiṃ --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇi-
hitañ ca samādhiṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikato mayā 'ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca samāpattiṃ
--pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ animittañ ca samāpattiṃ
--pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ appaṇihitañ ca samāpattiṃ
samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bha-
ṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ
ca jhānaṃ tisso ca vijjā samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca satipaṭṭhāne
--pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca sammappadhāne
--pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ cattāro ca iddhipāde samā-
pajjiṃ . . . sacchikatā mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa
āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ
pañca ca indriyāni --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ pañca ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 096]
96 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV.4.6-8.
balāni samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikatāni mayā 'ti sampajānamusā
bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭha-
mañ ca jhānaṃ satta ca bojjhaṅge . . . paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ
ariyañ ca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ . . . paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ
sotāpattiphalañ ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sakadāgā-
miphalañ ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ anāgāmiphalañ
ca --pa-- paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ arahattañ ca samāpajjiṃ
. . . sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samā-
pajjiṃ rāgo ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho
ukkheṭito samukkheṭito 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sam-
āpajjāmi --pa-- samāpanno --pa-- paṭhamassa ca
jhānassa lābhi 'mhi --pa-- vasi 'mhi --pa-- paṭhamañ
ca jhānaṃ sacchikataṃ mayā rāgo ca me catto . . . āpatti
pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ sam-
āpajjiṃ --pa-- samāpajjāmi . . . sacchikataṃ mayā doso
ca me catto --pa-- moho ca me catto . . . āpatti pārāji-
kassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ
--pa-- samāpajjāmi . . . sacchikataṃ mayā rāgā ca me
. . . dosā ca me . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||6||
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ samā-
pajjiṃ . . . dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ samā-
pajjiṃ . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaranan ti sampajāna-
musā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi
dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . .
sacchikataṃ mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇan tassa āpatti
pārājikassa --la--.
baddhacakkaṃ. ||7||
evaṃ ekekaṃ mūlaṃ kātūna1 baddhacakkaṃ parivattakaṃ
kattabbaṃ.
tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca
jhānaṃ --pa-- dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ -- tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ
--pa-- catutthañ ca jhānaṃ samāpajjiṃ . . . sacchikataṃ
mayā 'ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa
--la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kātuna AC, kātūna B.

[page 097]
IV. 4. 8-5. 1.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 97
suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ . . . tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca me
cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ dosā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampa-
jānamusā bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa --la--.
ekamūlakaṃ. ||8||
dumūlakaṃ pi timūlakaṃ pi catumūlakaṃ pi pañcamū-
lakaṃ pi chamūlakaṃ pi sattamūlakaṃ pi aṭṭhamūlakaṃ pi
navamūlakaṃ pi dasamūlakaṃ pi yathā ekamūlakaṃ vitthā-
ritaṃ evam eva vitthāretabbaṃ. idaṃ sabbamūlakaṃ:
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ
tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vi-
mokkhaṃ animittañ ca vimokkhaṃ appaṇihitañ ca vimo-
kkhaṃ suññatañ ca samādhiṃ animittañ ca samādhiṃ appa-
ṇihitañ ca samādhiṃ suññatañ ca samāpattiṃ animittañ ca
samāpattiṃ appaṇihitañ ca samāpattiṃ tisso ca vijjā cattāro
ca satipaṭṭhāne cattāro ca sammappadhāne cattāro ca iddhi-
pāde pañca ca indriyāni pañca ca balāni satta ca bojjhaṅge
ariyañ ca aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sotāpattiphalañ ca sakadā-
gāmiphalañ ca anāgāmiphalañ ca arahattañ ca samāpajjiṃ
samāpajjāmi samāpanno rāgo ca me catto --pa-- doso ca
me catto --pa-- moho ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno
paṭinissaṭṭho ukkheṭito samukkheṭito rāgā ca . . . dosā ca
. . . mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā
bhaṇantassa āpatti pārājikassa: pubbev'; assa hoti musā
bhaṇissan ti, bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa
hoti musā mayā bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya
khantiṃ, vinidhāya ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||9||4||
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo1 duti-
yaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivi-
jānantassa āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thulla-
ccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti
vattukāmo tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ . . . catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin
ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo mohā
me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . āpatti
thullaccayassa --la--: pubbev'; assa hoti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The MSS.constantly read vatthukāmo, vatthuvisārakassa.
I have no doubt that I was right in correcting vattuk-, vattuv-.

[page 098]
98 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV.5.2-4.
tīh'; ākārehi dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti vattukāmo
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ . . . paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti . . .
āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakassa baddhacakkamūlaṃ saṃ-
khittaṃ. ||2||
tīh'; ākārehi mohā me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo
paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa
. . . thullaccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā me cittaṃ
vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo --pa-- dosā me cittaṃ vinīva-
raṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti
pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
vattuvisārakassa ekamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||3||
dumūlakaṃ pi timūlakaṃ pi . . . dasamūlakaṃ pi evam
eva kātabbaṃ. idaṃ sabbamūlakaṃ:
tīh'; ākārehi paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ --gha-- dosā ca me
cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo mohā me cittaṃ vinīvara-
ṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti
pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa. tīh'
ākārehi dutiyañ ca jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca
jhānaṃ suññatañ ca vimokkhaṃ . . . arahattañ ca samā-
pajjiṃ rāgo ca me catto vanto mutto pahīno paṭinissaṭṭho
ukkheṭito samukkheṭito doso ca me catto . . . moho ca me
catto . . . rāgā ca . . . dosā ca . . . mohā ca me cittaṃ
vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti pārāji-
kassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa --la--.
tīh'; ākārehi tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ --la--
mohā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ samā-
pajjin ti vattukāmo dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjin ti sampajā-
namusā . . . thullaccayassa --la--. tīh'; ākārehi mohā ca
me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇaṃ paṭhamañ ca jhānaṃ dutiyañ ca
jhānaṃ tatiyañ ca jhānaṃ catutthañ ca jhānaṃ --la--
rāgā ca me cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti vattukāmo dosā me cittaṃ
vinīvaraṇan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa
āpatti pārājikassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa
--la--.
vattuvisārakassa sabbamūlakaṃ. vattuvisārakassa cakka-
peyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||5||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 099]
IV. 6. 1-2] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 99
tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu paṭhamaṃ jhā-
naṃ samāpajji --pa-- samāpajjati --pa-- samāpanno
--pa-- so bhikkhu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī --pa--
vasī --pa-- tena bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sacchi-
katan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa paṭivijānantassa āpatti
thullaccayassa, na paṭivijānantassa āpatti dukkaṭassa:
pubbev'; assa hoti . . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ. tīh'; ākārehi
yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa--
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- suñña-
taṃ vimokkhaṃ . . . arahattaṃ samāpajji --pa-- samā-
pajjati . . . sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā . . . dukkaṭassa
--la--. tassa bhikkhuno rāgo catto --pa-- doso catto
--pa-- moho catto vanto . . . samukkheṭito, tassa bhi-
kkhuno rāgā . . . dosā . . . mohā cittaṃ vinīvaraṇan ti
sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . dukkaṭassa --la--. tīh'
ākārehi yo te vihāre vasi so bhikkhu suññāgāre paṭhamaṃ
jhānaṃ --pa-- dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ --pa-- tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
--pa-- catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji --pa-- samāpajjati
--la-- samāpanno --la-- so bhikkhu suññāgāre ca-
tutthassa jhānassa lābhī --pa-- vasī --pa-- tena bhi-
kkhunā suññāgāre catutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikatan ti sampa-
jānamusā bhaṇantassa . . . dukkaṭassa: pubbev'; assa hoti
. . . vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
peyyālapaṇṇarasagamanāni evam eva vitthāretabbāni. ||1||
tīh'; ākārehi yo te vihāraṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te cī-
varaṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñji
--pa-- yo te senāsanaṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yo te gilāna-
paccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñji --pa-- yena te
vihāro paribhutto --pa-- yena te cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ
--pa-- yena te piṇḍapāto paribhutto --pa-- yena te
senāsanaṃ paribhuttaṃ --pa-- yena te gilānapaccaya-
bhesajjaparikkhāro paribhutto --pa-- yaṃ tvaṃ āgamma
vihāraṃ adāsi --pa-- cīvaraṃ adāsi --pa-- piṇḍapātaṃ
adāsi --pa-- senāsanaṃ adāsi --pa-- gilānapaccayabhe-
sajjaparikkhāraṃ adāsi, so bhikkhu suññāgāre catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ samāpajji --pa-- tena bhikkhunā suññāgāre ca-
tutthaṃ jhānaṃ sacchikatan ti sampajānamusā bhaṇantassa
paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa, na paṭivijānantassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 100]
100 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 6. 2-8. 2.
āpatti dukkaṭassa: pubbev'; assa hoti musā bhaṇissan ti,
bhaṇantassa hoti musā bhaṇāmīti, bhaṇitassa hoti musā mayā
bhaṇitan ti, vinidhāya diṭṭhiṃ, vinidhāya khantiṃ, vinidhāya
ruciṃ, vinidhāya bhāvaṃ.
peyyālapaṇṇarasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||2||6||
anāpatti adhimānena anullapanādhippāyassa ummattakassa
khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa ādikammikassā 'ti. ||7||
adhimānena, araññamhi, piṇḍ', opajjhā,'; riyāpatho,
saññojanā, raho, dhammā, vihāro, paccupaṭṭhito, |
na dukkaraṃ, viriyam, atho pi maccuno bhāy', āvuso
vippaṭisārī, sammā,
viriyena, yogena, ārādhanāya, atha vedanāya, adhivāsanā
duve, |
brāhmaṇe pañca vatthūni, aññaṃ byākaraṇā tayo,
agār', āvaraṇā kāmā, ratiyā pana, pakkami, |
aṭṭhi pesī ubho gāvaghātakā, piṇḍo sākuṇiko, nicchavi
orabbhi,
asi ca sūkariko, satti māgavi, usu ca kāraṇiko, sūci sārathi, |
yo ca sibbiyati sūcako hi so, aṇḍabhārī ahū gāmakūṭako,
kūpe nimuggo hi so pāradāriko, gūthakhādī ahū duṭṭha-
brāhmaṇo, |
nicchavitthi aticārinī ahū, maṅgulitthi ahū ikkhaṇitthikā,
okilinī sapatti 'ṅgār'; okiri, sīsacchinno ahū coraghātako, |
bhikkhu, bhikkhunī, sikkhamānā, sāmaṇero, atha sā-
maṇerikā
Kassapassa vinayasmiṃ pabbajjā pāpakammaṃ te aka-
riṃsu tāvade. |
Tapodā Rājagahe, yuddhaṃ, nāgān'; ogāhanena ca,
Sobhito arahaṃ bhikkhu pañcakappasataṃ sare 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu adhimānena
aññaṃ byākāsi, tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhā-
padaṃ paññattaṃ, kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno 'ti. atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu adhimānenā 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 101]
IV. 8. 2-6.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 101
araññe viharati evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti. taṃ jano
sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa.
na ca bhikkhave paṇidhāya araññe vatthabbaṃ. yo vaseyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu paṇidhāya piṇḍāya carati evaṃ maṃ jano sambhā-
vessatīti. taṃ jano sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la--. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave
paṇidhāya piṇḍāya caritabbaṃ. yo careyya, āpatti dukka-
ṭassā 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ
bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ye āvuso amhākaṃ upajjhāyassa
saddhivihārikā sabbeva arahanto 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ
bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: ye āvuso amhākaṃ upajjhāyassa antevāsikā1 sabbeva
mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thulla-
ccayassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇidhāya
caṅkami- paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati --pa-- paṇidhāya nisīdi
--la-- paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappesi evaṃ maṃ jano sambhā-
vessatīti. taṃ jano sambhāvesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti
bhikkhu pārājikassa. na ca bhikkhave paṇidhāya seyyaṃ
kappetabbaṃ. yo kappeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa
bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati, so pi evam āha:
mayham pi āvuso saññojanā pahīnā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la--
āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu rahogato
uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati. paracittavidū bhikkhu
taṃ bhikkhuṃ apasādesi mā āvuso evarūpaṃ abhaṇi, n'
atth'; eso tuyhan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu pārā-
jikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 (end of the paragraph), upajjhāyassa antevāsikā ABC.
Read up- saddhivihārikā.

[page 102]
102 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 8. 6-9.
aññataro bhikkhu rahogato uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati.
devatā taṃ bhikkhuṃ apasādesi mā bhante evarūpaṃ abhaṇi,
n'; atth'; eso tuyhan ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--
anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññataraṃ
upāsakaṃ etad avoca: yo āvuso tuyhaṃ vihāre vasati so bhi-
kkhu arahā 'ti. so ca tassa vihāre vasati. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --la--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippā-
yo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti
thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhi-
kkhu aññataraṃ upāsakaṃ etad avoca: yaṃ tvaṃ āvuso
upaṭṭhesi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjapari-
kkhārena so bhikkhu arahā 'ti. so ca taṃ upaṭṭheti cīvara-
piṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussa-
dhammo 'ti. na āvuso dukkaraṃ ārādhetun ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi: ye kho te bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ
vadeyyuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi na bhagavato sāvako. kacci nu kho
ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo
ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassa.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.
taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussa-
dhammo 'ti. na āvuso dukkaraṃ aññaṃ byākātun ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi.
kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bha-
gavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti.1 ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ
bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo
'ti. ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo āraddhaviriyenā 'ti.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ
bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: mā kho āvuso bhāyīti. nāhaṃ āvuso
maccuno bhāyāmīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anā-
patti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The first story of this paragraph is wanting in AC. In C
a sign (secunda manu) is inserted that something is wanting.
The following story, which is abbreviated in B (the sup-
pressed words being denoted by the symbol pe), is given in
its entirety in AC.

[page 103]
IV. 8. 9-12] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 103
samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad
avocuṃ: mā kho āvuso bhāyīti. yo nūnāvuso vippaṭisārī
assa so bhāyeyyā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--
anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū
etad avocuṃ: atth'; āyasmato uttarimanussadhammo 'ti.
ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo sammā payuttenā 'ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanā-
dhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro . . .
ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo āraddhaviriyenā 'ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro . . . ārādhanīyo kho āvuso dhammo
yuttayogenā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . anullapanādhippā-
yassā 'ti.1 2 ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu
gilāno hoti. taṃ bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: kacc'; āvuso khama-
nīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyan ti. nāvuso sakkā yena vā tena vā
adhivāsetun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu anulla-
panādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro . . .
nāvuso sakkā puthujjanena adhivāsetun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. ullapanādhippāyo
ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu pārājikassa, āpatti
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||10||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū
nimantetvā etad avoca: āyantu bhonto arahanto 'ti. tesaṃ
kukkuccaṃ ahosi: mayañ c'; amhā anarahanto ayañ ca
brāhmaṇo amhe arahantavādena samudācarati. kathaṃ
nu kho amhehi paṭipajjitabban ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhave pasādabhaññe 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū
nimantetvā etad avoca: nisīdantu bhonto arahanto 'ti
--la-- bhuñjantu bhonto arahanto 'ti --la-- tappentu
bhonto arahanto 'ti --la-- gacchantu bhonto arahanto 'ti.
tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ . . . pasādabhaññe 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu aññatarassa
bhikkhuno uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati, so pi evaṃ āha:
mayham pi āvuso āsavā pahīnā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno pārājikan ti. tena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The first and fifth of the stories in this paragraph are identical in all the MSS.
2 At the end of the paragraph two stories appear to be wanting;
see the table of contents, v.2 ("ārādhanāya atha vedanāya").

[page 104]
104 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 8. 12-9. 1.
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . mayham pi āvuso
ete dhammā saṃvijjantīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . pārājikan
ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu . . . aham
pi āvuso tesu dhammesu sandissāmīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ
. . . pārājikan ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā etad
avocuṃ: ehi bhante agāraṃ ajjhāvasā 'ti. abhabbo kho
āvuso mādiso agāraṃ ajjhāvasitun ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā etad avocuṃ: ehi
bhante kāme paribhuñjā 'ti. āvaṭā me āvuso kāmā 'ti. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . anāpatti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā
'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ñātakā
etad avocuṃ: abhiramasi bhante 'ti. abhirato ahaṃ āvuso
paramāya abhiratiyā 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: ye kho te
bhagavato sāvakā te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, ahañ c'; amhi na bha-
gavato sāvako. kacci nu kho ahaṃ pārājikaṃ āpattiṃ
āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ
bhikkhū 'ti. anullapanādhippāyo ahaṃ bhagavā 'ti. anā-
patti bhikkhu anullapanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||13||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū katikaṃ
katvā aññatarasmiṃ āvāse vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu: yo imamhā
āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkamissati taṃ mayaṃ arahā 'ti jānissāmā
'ti. aññataro bhikkhu maṃ arahā 'ti jānantū 'ti tamhā
āvāsā paṭhamaṃ pakkami. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu
āpanno pārājikan ti. ||14||8||
tena kho pana samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahāmogga-
llāno Gijjhakūṭe pabbate viharanti. atha kho āyasmā
Mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya yenāyasmā Lakkhaṇo ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā āyasmantaṃ Lakkhaṇaṃ etad avoca: āyāmāvuso
Lakkhaṇa Rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissāmā 'ti. evam āvuso
'ti kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmato Mahāmoggallānassa
paccassosi. atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno Gijjhakūṭā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 105]
IV. 9. 1-3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 105
pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ pātvākāsi.
atha kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ Mahāmoggallānaṃ
etad avoca: ko nu kho āvuso Moggallāna hetu ko paccayo
sitassa pātukammāyā 'ti. akālo kho āvuso Lakkhaṇa etassa
pañhassa,1 bhagavato maṃ santike etaṃ pañhaṃ pucchā
'ti. ||1|| atha kho āyasmā ca Lakkhaṇo āyasmā ca Mahā-
moggallāno Rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍa-
pātapaṭikkantā yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Lakkhaṇo āyasmantaṃ
Mahāmoggallānaṃ etad avoca: idhāyasmā Mahāmoggallāno
Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto aññatarasmiṃ padese sitaṃ
pātvākāsi. ko nu kho āvuso Moggallāna hetu ko paccayo
sitassa pātukammāyā 'ti. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā
orohanto addasaṃ aṭṭhikasaṃkhalikaṃ2 vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ,
tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā
pāsuḷantarikāhi3 vitudenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti.
tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: acchariyaṃ vata bho
abbhutaṃ vata bho, evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati4 evarūpo
pi nāma yakkho bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma attabhāva-
paṭilābho bhavissatīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno
ullapatīti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: cakkhu-
bhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti ñāṇabhūtā vata
bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti yatra hi nāma sāvako evarūpaṃ
ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati. pubbeva me so
bhikkhave satto diṭṭho ahosi api cāhaṃ na byākāsiṃ. ahaṃ
ce taṃ byākareyyaṃ pare ca me na saddaheyyuṃ, ye me na
saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya.5
eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe goghātako6 ahosi,
so tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni
bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye pa-
ccitvā tass'; eva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ attabhā-
vapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno
āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||2|| --la-- idhā-
haṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapesiṃ
vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anu-
patitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti,7 sāssudaṃ aṭṭassa-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 etassa pañhassa BC, etassa pañhassa viyākaraṇāya A.
2 Buddhaghosa: aṭṭhikasaṃkhalikan ti setaṃ nimmaṃsalo-
hitaṃ aṭṭhikasaṃghāṭakaṃ . . ., vituddentīti (sic) vini-
vijjhitvā gacchanti, vitudantīti vā pāṭho.
3 pāsuḷantarikāhi A, pāsulantarikāhi B, pāsuḷantarikādīhi C.
4 The words "evarūpo pi nāma satto bhavissati" are wanting in B.
5 After dukkhāya B adds aphāsuvihārāya.
6 ghogāghātako A, ghogāsātako B, goghātako CD.
7 vibhajjenti A, vibhajenti C, virājenti B constantly.

[page 106]
106 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 9. 3.
raṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva
Rājagahe goghātako āhosi --la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjha-
kūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasaṃ maṃsapiṇḍaṃ vehāsaṃ
gacchantaṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā
anupatitvā vitacchenti vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ
karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe
sākuṇiko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā
orohanto addasaṃ nicchaviṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ,
tam enaṃ gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā
vitacchenti vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--.
eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe orabbhiko ahosi
--la--. idhāhaṃ āvuso Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto adda-
saṃ asilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa te asī
uppattitvā uppattitvā1 tass'; eva kāye nipatanti, sv āssudaṃ
aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ
yeva Rājagahe sūkariko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . .
addasaṃ sattilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa tā
sattiyo uppattitvā uppattitvā tass'; eva kāye nipatanti, sv
āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto
imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe māgaviko ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ
. . . addasaṃ usulomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa
te usū . . . Rājagahe kāraṇiko ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ
. . . addasaṃ sūcilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ,
tassa tā sūciyo . . . Rājagahe sārathi ahosi --la--. idhā-
haṃ . . . addasaṃ sūcilomaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ,
tassa tā sūciyo sīse pavisitvā mukhato nikkhamanti mukhe
pavisitvā urato nikkhamanti ure pavisitvā udarato nikkha-
manti udare pavisitvā ūrūhi nikkhamanti ūrūsu pavisitvā
jaṅghāhi nikkhamanti jaṅghāsu pavisitvā pādehi nikkha-
manti, sv āssudaṃ . . . Rājagahe sūcako ahosi --pa--.
idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ kumbhaṇḍaṃ purisaṃ vehāsaṃ
gacchantaṃ, sa gacchanto pi teva aṇḍe khandhe āropetvā
gacchati nisīdanto pi tesv eva aṇḍesu nisīdati, tam enaṃ
gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpi anupatitvā anupatitvā vitacchenti
vibhajenti, sv āssudaṃ . . . Rājagahe gāmakūṭo ahosi
--pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasī-
sakaṃ nimuggaṃ --pa--. eso bhikkhave satto imasmiṃ
yeva Rājagahe paradāriko2 ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 uppatitvā uppatitvā AC, uppattitvā uppattitvā BD.
2 paradāriko ACD, pārājiko B. Read pāradāriko.

[page 107]
IV. 9. 3.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 107
addasaṃ purisaṃ gūthakūpe sasīsakaṃ nimuggaṃ ubhohi
hatthehi gūthaṃ khādantaṃ --pa--. eso bhikkhave satto
imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe duṭṭhabrāhmaṇo ahosi, so Kassa-
passa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
bhattena nimantetvā doṇiyā gūthassa pūrāpetvā kālaṃ ārocā-
petvā etad avoca: aho bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu c'; eva
harantu cā 'ti --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ nicchaviṃ
itthiṃ vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibha-
jenti, sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. esā bhikkhave
itthi imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe aticārinī ahosi --la--. idhā-
haṃ . . . addasaṃ itthiṃ duggandhaṃ1 maṅguliṃ2 vehāsaṃ
gacchantiṃ, tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibhajenti . . . Rā-
jagahe ikkhaṇikā ahosi --la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ
itthiṃ upakkaṃ3 okiliniṃ4 okiriniṃ5 vehāsaṃ gacchantiṃ,
sāssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. esā bhikkhave itthi
Kāliṅgassa rañño aggamahesī,6 sā issāpakatā sapattiṃ
aṅgārakaṭāhena okiri --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ
asīsakavandhaṃ7 vehāsaṃ gacchantaṃ, tassa ure akkhīni c'
eva honti mukhaṃ ca. tam enaṃ gijjhāpi . . . vibhajenti,
sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso bhikkhave satto
imasmiṃ yeva Rājagahe Hāriko nāma coraghātako ahosi
--la--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ bhikkhuṃ vehāsaṃ
gacchantaṃ, tassa saṃghāṭī pi ādittā sampajjalitā sajotibhūtā
patto pi āditto sampajjalito sajotibhūto8 kāyabandhanaṃ pi
ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ kāyo pi āditto sampajja-
lito sajotibhūto, sv āssudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karoti --la--. eso
bhikkhave bhikkhu Kassapassa sammāsambuddhassa pā-
vacane pāpabhikkhu ahosi --pa--. idhāhaṃ . . . addasaṃ
bhikkhuniṃ --la-- addasaṃ sikkhamānaṃ --pa-- adda-
saṃ sāmaṇeraṃ --pa-- addasaṃ sāmaṇeriṃ vehāsaṃ
gacchantiṃ. tassā saṃghāṭī pi ādittā . . ., sāssudaṃ
aṭṭassaraṃ karoti. tassa mayhaṃ āvuso etad ahosi: acchari-
yaṃ vata bho abbhutaṃ vata bho, evarūpo pi nāma satto
bhavissati evarūpo pi nāma yakkho bhavissati evarūpo pi
nāma attabhāvapaṭilābho bhavissatīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahā-
moggallāno ullapatīti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
cakkhubhūtā vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti ñāṇabhūtā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 duggandhiṃ B.
2 maṅguliṃ ABD, maṅguḷiṃ C. Buddh.: maṅgulin ti virūpaṃ
duddasikabhīgacchaṃ (sic).
3 upakkaṃ ACD, uppakkaṃ B.
4 okilini A, okiliniṃ BC, okilini and -niṃ D. Buddh.:
sā kira aṅgāracitake nippannā vipphanda-
mānā vipparivattamānā paccati, tasmā upakkām eva (read:
upakkā c'; eva ?) hoti khareṇa agginā pakkasarīrā, okilini
ca kilinnakasarīrā . . . okirini ca aṅgāraparikinna (sic).
5 okiriniṃ ABC, okiriniṃ, okiriṇiṃ D.
6 After aggamahesī A inserts ahosi.
7 asīsakabandhaṃ A, asīsakavandhaṃ D, asīsakaṃ kavandhaṃ B,
asisakaṃ kabandhaṃ C.
8 In the story which relates to the pāpabhikkhunī, the words
"patto pi. . . sajotibhūto" are wanting in B.

[page 108]
108 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 9. 3-5.
vata bhikkhave sāvakā viharanti yatra hi nāma sāvako
evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati.
pubbeva me sā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī diṭṭhā ahosi api cāhaṃ
na byākāsiṃ. ahañ ce taṃ byākareyyaṃ pare ca me na
saddaheyyuṃ, ye me na saddaheyyuṃ tesaṃ taṃ assa dīgha-
rattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya. esā bhikkhave sāmaṇerī Kassa-
passa sammāsambuddhassa pāvacane pāpasāmaṇerī ahosi, sā
tassa kammassa vipākena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni
bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni niraye
paccitvā tass'; eva kammassa vipākāvasesena evarūpaṃ atta-
bhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti. saccaṃ bhikkhave Mogga-
llāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallānassā 'ti. ||3||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: yat'
āyaṃ1 āvuso Tapodā sandati so daho acchodako sītodako2
sātodako setodako supatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakaccha-
po cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphanti, atha ca panāyaṃ
Tapodā kuthitā sandatīti.3 bhikkhū ujjhāyanti --la--.
kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno evaṃ vakkhati:
yat'; āyaṃ āvuso Tapodā sandati . . . kuthitā sandatīti.4
uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. yat'; āyaṃ bhikkhave
Tapodā sandati so daho acchodako . . . padumāni pupphanti,
api cāyaṃ bhikkhave Tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ anta-
rikāya āgacchati, tenāyaṃ Tapodā kuthitā sandati. saccaṃ
bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave Moggallā-
nassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbi-
sāro Licchavīhi saddhiṃ saṃgāmento pabhaggo hoti.
atha rājā pacchā senaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā Licchaviyo parājesi,
saṃgāme ca nandi carati5 raññā Licchavī pabhaggā 'ti. atha
kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi: rājā āvuso
Licchavīhi pabhaggo, saṃgāme ca nandi carati raññā Licchavī
pabhaggā 'ti.6 bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: ka-
thañ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno evaṃ vakkhati: rājā
āvuso Licchavīhi pabhaggo, saṃgāme ca nandi carati raññā
Licchavī pabhaggā 'ti.7 uttarimanussadhammaṃ āyasmā
Mahāmoggallāno ullapatīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ āro-
cesuṃ. paṭhamaṃ bhikkhave rājā Licchavīhi pabhaggo,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yatāyaṃ C constantly, yathāyaṃ and yatāyaṃ AB.
Buddh.: yathāyaṃ (sic) bhikkhave ti yato ayaṃ bhikkhave ti.
2 setodako ABC, setako D, which may be the correct reading; comp.
Mahāparinibbāna Sutta, p. 43.
3 A: . . . āmantesi: yathāyaṃ . . . pupphantīti. BC: . . . āmantesi: yathāyaṃ (yatāyaṃ C). . . pupphanti atha ca . . . sandatīti.
4 A :vakkhati: yatāyaṃ . . . pupphantīti. atha ca . . . sandati.
BC: vakkhati: yatāyaṃ . . . pupphanti atha ca . . ṣandatīti.
5 nandiṃ carati AC, nanda c-, and nandiṃ c- B.
Buddh.: nandi caratīti vijayabheri āhiccati (sic).
6 A prima manu: āmantesi . . . pabhaggo 'ti; BC and A
secunda manu: āmantesi . . . pabhaggo saṃgāme ca . . . pabhaggā 'ti.
7 pabhaggo 'ti A.

[page 109]
IV. 9. 5-7.] PĀRĀJIKA, IV. 109
atha rājā pacchā senaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā Licchaviyo parājesi.
saccaṃ bhikkhave Moggallāno āha, anāpatti bhikkhave
Moggallānassā 'ti. ||5||
atha kho āyasmā Mahāmoggallāno bhikkhū āmantesi:
idhāhaṃ āvuso Sappinikāya1 nadiyā tīre ānañjaṃ2 sam-
ādhiṃ samāpanno nāgānaṃ ogayha uttarantānaṃ koñ-
caṃ karontānaṃ saddaṃ assosin ti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Mahāmoggallā-
no evaṃ vakkhati: ānañjaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno nāgānaṃ
ogayha uttarantānaṃ koñcaṃ karontānaṃ saddaṃ assosin ti.
uttarimanussadhammaṃ . . . ārocesuṃ. atth'; eso bhikkhave
samādhi so ca kho aparisuddho. saccaṃ . . . Moggallā-
nassā 'ti. ||6||
atha kho āyasmā Sobhito bhikkhū āmantesi: ahaṃ
āvuso pañca kappasatāni anussarāmīti. bhikkhū ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathañ hi nāma āyasmā Sobhito evaṃ
vakkhati: ahaṃ . . . anussarāmīti. uttarimanussadhammaṃ
. . . ārocesuṃ. atth'; esā bhikkhave Sobhitassa sā ca kho
ekā yeva jāti. saccaṃ . . . Sobhitassā 'ti. ||7||9||
catutthaṃ pārājikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto cattāro pārājikā dhammā yesaṃ
bhikkhu aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpajjitvā na labhati
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ, yathā pure tathā pacchā
pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi kacci
'ttha parisuddhā. dutiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha pari-
suddhā. tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. pari-
suddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
methun'; -ādinnādānañ ca manussaviggah'; -uttari
pārājikāni cattāri chejjavatthu asaṃsayā 'ti.
Pārājikakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. |

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Sippinikāya AB, Sappinikāya CD.
2 ānañjaṃ BD, ānañcaṃ and ānañjaṃ A, ānañcaṃ C.

[page 110]
110
Ime kho panāyasmanto terasa saṃghādisesā dhammā
uddesaṃ āgacchanti.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Seyyasako anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ ca-
rati, so tena kiso hoti lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto
dhamanisanthatagatto. addasa kho āyasmā Udāyi āyasman-
taṃ Seyyasakaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍu-
kajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Seyya-
sakaṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka kiso lūkho
. . . dhamanisanthatagatto, kacci no tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka
anabhirato brahmacariyaṃ carasīti. evam āvuso 'ti. tena
hi tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka yāvadatthaṃ bhuñja yāvadatthaṃ
supa yāvadatthaṃ nhāya, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvad-
atthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā te anabhirati
uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti tadā hatthena upakka-
mitvā asuciṃ mocehīti. kiṃ nu kho āvuso kappati evarūpaṃ
kātun ti. āma āvuso, ahaṃ pi evaṃ karomīti. atha kho āyas-
mā Seyyasako yāvadatthaṃ bhuñji yāvadatthaṃ supi yāvad-
atthaṃ nhāyi, yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā
yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā anabhirati uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ
anuddhaṃseti tadā hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesi.
atha kho āyasmā Seyyasako aparena samayena vaṇṇavā ahosi
pīnindriyo pasannamukhavaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo atha
kho āyasmato Seyyasakassa sahāyakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ
Seyyasakaṃ etad avocuṃ: pubbe kho tvaṃ āvuso Seyya-
saka kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dha-
manisanthatagatto, so dāni tvaṃ etarahi vaṇṇavā pīnindriyo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 111]
I. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 111
pasannamukhavaṇṇo vippasannachavivaṇṇo. kiṃ nu kho
tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka bhesajjaṃ karosīti. na kho ahaṃ
āvuso bhesajjaṃ karomi, api cāhaṃ yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjāmi
yāvadatthaṃ supāmi yāvadatthaṃ nhāyāmi, yāvadatthaṃ
bhuñjitvā yāvadatthaṃ supitvā yāvadatthaṃ nhāyitvā yadā
me anabhirati uppajjati rāgo cittaṃ anuddhaṃseti tadā
hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocemīti. ||1|| kiṃ pana
tvaṃ āvuso Seyyasaka yen'; eva hatthena saddhādeyyaṃ
bhuñjasi1 ten'; eva hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesīti.
evam āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Seyyasako hatthena
upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ
nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā
āyasmantaṃ Seyyasakaṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ
Seyyasaka hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocesīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. ananucchaviyaṃ mo-
ghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappi-
yaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa
hatthena upakkamitvā asuciṃ mocessasi. nanu mayā mo-
ghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no
sarāgāya, visaññogāya dhammo desito no saññogāya, anupā-
dānāya dhammo desito no saupādānāya. tattha nāma tvaṃ
moghapurisa mayā virāgāya dhamme desite sarāgāya cetessasi,
visaññogāya dhamme desite saññogāya cetessasi, anupādānāya
dhamme desite saupādānāya cetessasi. nanu mayā mogha-
purisa anekapariyāyena rāgavirāgāya dhammo desito, mada-
nimmadanāya pipāsavinayāya ālayasamugghātāya vaṭṭu-
pacchedāya taṇhakkhayāya virāgāya nirodhāya nibbānāya
dhammo desito. nanu mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena
kāmānaṃ pahānaṃ akkhātaṃ, kāmasaññānaṃ pariññā
akkhātā, kāmapipāsānaṃ paṭivinayo akkhāto, kāmavitakkā-
naṃ samugghāto akkhāto, kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo
akkhāto. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya
pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya, atha khv'; etaṃ moghapurisa
appasannānañ c'; eva apasādāya pasannānañ ca ekaccā-
naṃ aññathattāyā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Paribhuñjasi B.

[page 112]
112 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1. 2-3. 1.
Seyyasakaṃ anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatā ya
--la--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddi-
seyyātha:
sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi saṃghādiseso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ pa-
ññattaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇītāni bhojanāni
bhuñjitvā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā niddaṃ okkamanti, tesaṃ
muṭṭhassatīnaṃ asampajānānaṃ niddaṃ okkamantānaṃ su-
pinantena asuci muccati. tesaṃ kukkuccaṃ ahosi: bhaga-
vatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi
saṃghādiseso 'ti, amhākañ ca supinantena asuci mucci, atthi
c'; ettha1 cetanā labbhati.2 kacci nu kho mayaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ
āpattiṃ āpannā 'ti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atth'
esā bhikkhave cetanā sā ca kho abbohārikā 'ti. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
sañcetanikā sukkavisaṭṭhi aññatra supinantā saṃghā-
diseso 'ti. ||1||
sañcetanikā 'ti: jānanto sañjānanto cecca abhivitaritvā
vītikkamo.
sukkan ti: dasa sukkāni, nīlaṃ pītakaṃ lohitakaṃ odātaṃ
takkavaṇṇaṃ dakavaṇṇaṃ telavaṇṇaṃ khīravaṇṇaṃ dadhi-
vaṇṇaṃ sappivaṇṇaṃ.
visaṭṭhīti, ṭhānato cāvanā vuccati visaṭṭhīti.
aññatra supinantā 'ti ṭhapetvā supinantaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti: saṃgho 'va tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ
deti mūlāya paṭikassati mānattaṃ deti abbheti, na samba-
hulā na ekapuggalo, tena vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. tass'; eva
āpattinikāyassa nāma kammaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tena pi vuccati
saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||2||
ajjhattarūpe moceti, bahiddhārūpe moceti, ajjhattaba-
hiddhārūpe moceti, ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento moceti, rāgu-
patthambhe moceti, vaccupatthambhe moceti, passāvu-
patthambhe moceti, vātupatthambhe moceti, uccāliṅgapā-
ṇakadaṭṭhupatthambhe moceti, ārogyatthāya moceti, sukha-
tthāya moceti, bhesajjatthāya moceti, dānatthāya moceti,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 muccati atthi c'; ettha AC, muñci api c'; ettha B.
2 labbhā ti A labbhati BC.

[page 113]
I. 3. 1-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 113
puññatthāya moceti, yaññatthāya moceti, saggatthāya moceti,
bījatthāya moceti, vīmaṃsatthāya moceti, davatthāya moceti.
mīlaṃ moceti, pītakaṃ moceti, lohitakaṃ moceti, odātaṃ
moceti, takkavaṇṇaṃ moceti, dakavaṇṇaṃ moceti, telavaṇṇaṃ
moceti, khīravaṇṇaṃ moceti, dadhivaṇṇaṃ moceti, sappi-
vaṇṇaṃ moceti. ||1||
ajjhattarūpe 'ti ajjhattaṃ upādinnarūpe.
bahiddhārūpe 'ti bahiddhā upādinne vā anupādinne vā.
ajjhattabahiddhārūpe 'ti tadubhaye.
ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento 'ti, ākāse vāyamantassa aṅgajātaṃ
kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
rāgupatthambhe 'ti, rāgena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇi-
yaṃ hoti.
vaccupatthambhe 'ti, vaccena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kamma-
ṇiyaṃ hoti.
passāvupatthambhe 'ti, passāvena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ
kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
vātupatthambhe 'ti, vātena pīḷitassa aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇi-
yaṃ hoti.
uccāliṅgapāṇakadaṭṭhupatthambhe 'ti, uccāliṅgapāṇaka-
daṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ kammaṇiyaṃ hoti.
ārogyatthāyā 'ti ārogo bhavissāmi; sukhatthāyā 'ti sukhaṃ
vedanaṃ uppādessāmi; bhesajjatthāyā 'ti bhesajjaṃ bhavissa-
ti; dānatthāyā 'ti dānaṃ dassāmi; puññatthāyā 'ti puññaṃ
bhavissati; yaññatthāyā 'ti yaññaṃ yajissāmi; saggatthāyā
'ti saggaṃ gamissāmi; bījatthāyā 'ti bījaṃ bhavissati.
vīmaṃsatthāyā 'ti nīlaṃ bhavissati pītakaṃ bhavissati
. . . sappivaṇṇaṃ bhavissati.
davatthāyā 'ti khiḍḍādhippāyo. ||2||
ajjhattarūpe ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa. bahiddhārūpe ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ajjhattabahiddhārūpe ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ākāse kaṭiṃ kampento ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
rāgupatthambhe ceteti . . . vaccupatthambhe . . . davatthāya
ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
nīlaṃ ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
pītakaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
suddhikaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||3||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 114]
114 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 3. 4-7.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa. ārogyatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca --pa-- āro-
gyatthañ ca dānatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca puñña-
tthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca yaññatthañ ca --pa--
ārogyatthañ ca saggatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca bī-
jatthañ ca --pa-- ārogyatthañ ca vimaṃsatthañ ca --pa--
ārogyatthañ ca davatthañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||
sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa. sukhatthañ ca dānatthañ ca . . . sukhatthañ ca
davatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa. sukhatthañ
ca ārogyatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
bhesajjatthañ ca dānatthañ ca . . .; davatthañ ca vī-
maṃsatthañ ca ceteti . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa baddhacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dumūlakādi pi evam eva netabbaṃ.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca . . . dav-
atthañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
nīlañ ca pītakañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa, . . . nīlañ ca sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti upakka-
mati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa khaṇḍacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ
pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca dadhivaṇṇañ
ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakassa baddhacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
dumūlakādi pi evam eva netabbaṃ.
nīlañ ca pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti
upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||6||
ārogyatthañ ca nīlañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca nīlañ ca pītakañ ca ceteti
upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca nīlañ ca
pītakañ ca lohitakañ ca ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa.
evam eva ubhato vaḍḍhetabbaṃ.1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 evam eva ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ kātabbaṃ C, peyyāla ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ
evam eva vaḍḍhetabbaṃ A, evam eva ubhato vaḍḍhetabbaṃ B.

[page 115]
I. 3. 7-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 115
ārogyatthañ ca sukhatthañ ca bhesajjatthañ ca . . . dav-
atthañ ca nīlañ ca pītakañ ca . . . sappivaṇṇañ ca ceteti
upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
missakacakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakka-
mati, lohitakaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ.
pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakka-
mati, odātaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ --pa-- nīlaṃ muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
baddhacakkaṃ mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.1
sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ mucca-
ti, āpatti saṃghādisessa. sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti
upakkamati, dadhivaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
kucchicakkaṃ. ||8||
pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. lohitakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakka-
mati, nīlaṃ muccati --pa-- odātaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upa-
kkamati, nīlaṃ muccati . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti
upakkamati, nīlaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa paṭhamaṃ gamanaṃ.
lohitakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. odātaṃ . . . sappivaṇṇaṃ --pa--
nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, pītakaṃ muccati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa dutiyaṃ gamanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
odātaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ muccati
. . . pītakaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, lohitakaṃ
muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa tatiyaṃ gamanaṃ.
nīlaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, sappivaṇṇaṃ muccati
. . . dadhivaṇṇaṃ mocessāmīti ceteti upakkamati, sappi-
vaṇṇaṃ muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
piṭṭhicakkassa dasamaṃ gamanaṃ. piṭṭhicakkapeyyālo
niṭṭhito. ||9||3||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 baddhacakkaṃ mūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ AB, bandhacakkaṃ
(corrected to baddhacakkaṃ) mahāpeyyālaṃ C.

[page 116]
116 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 4-5. 4.
ceteti upakkamati muccati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ceteti
upakkamati na muccati, āpatti thullaccayassa. ceteti na
upakkamati muccati, anāpatti. ceteti na upakkamati na
muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti upakkamati muccati, anāpatti.
na ceteti upakkamati na muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti na
upakkamati muccati, anāpatti. na ceteti na upakkamati na
muccati, anāpatti.
anāpatti supinantena, na mocanādhippāyassa, ummatta-
kassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||
supino, uccāra-passāvo, vitakk,'; uṇhodakena ca,
bhesajjaṃ, kaṇḍuvaṃ, maggo, vatthiṃ, jantāghar', upa-
kkamo, |
sāmaṇero ca, sutto ca, ūru, muṭṭhinā pīḷayi,
ākāse, thambhaṃ, nijjhāyi, chiddaṃ, kaṭṭhena ghaṭṭayi, |
sote, udañjalaṃ, dhāvaṃ, pupphāvaḷiyaṃ, pokkharaṃ,
vālikā, kaddam', udako, sayan', aṅguṭṭhakena cā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno supinante-
na asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi, kacci nu kho ahaṃ
saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. atha kho so bhikkhu bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu supinantenā
'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno uccā-
raṃ karontassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nā-
haṃ bhagavā mocanādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na
mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa
bhikkhuno passāvaṃ karontassa . . . anāpatti bhikkhu na
mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena añña-
tarassa bhikkhuno kāmavitakkaṃ vitakkentassa asuci mucci.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu vitakkentassā
'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno uṇhoda-
kena nhāyantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la-- kiṃcitto tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā moca-
nādhippāyo 'ti. anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanā-
dhippāyassa uṇhodakena nhāyantassa asuci mucci. tassa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 117]
I. 5. 4-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, I. 117
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno
saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhi-
kkhuno mocanādhippāyassa uṇhodakena nhāyantassa asuci
na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno aṅgajāte vaṇo hoti,
bhesajjena ālimpantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la-- anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno aṅgajāte vaṇo
hoti, mocanādhippāyassa bhesajjena ālimpantassa asuci mucci
--pa-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa--
anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā
'ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
aṇḍaṃ kaṇḍuvantassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la-- anāpatti bhikkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena
kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippā-
yassa aṇḍaṃ kaṇḍuvantassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na
mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu
saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho
pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno maggaṃ gacchantassa
asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhi-
kkhu na mocanādhippāyassā 'ti. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa maggaṃ
gacchantassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci . . .
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||7|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa
bhikkhuno vatthiṃ gahetvā passāvaṃ karontassa . . . añña-
tarassa bhikkhuno jantāghare udaravaṭṭiṃ tāpentassa . . .
aññatarassa bhikkhuno jantāghare upajjhāyassa piṭṭhipari-
kammaṃ karontassa . . . aññatarassa bhikkhuno ūruṃ
ghaṭṭāpentassa . . . (the same three cases as above) . . .
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti.1 ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mocanādhippāyo
aññataraṃ sāmaṇeraṃ etad avoca: ehi me tvaṃ āvuso
sāmaṇera aṅgajātaṃ gaṇhāhīti. so tassa aṅgajātaṃ agga-
hesi, tassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la--
āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu suttassa sāmaṇerassa
aṅgajātaṃ aggahesi. tassa asuci mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa : te bhikkhū vatthiṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā pūretvā
vissajjentā gāmadārakā viya passāvaṃ akaṃsu.

[page 118]
118 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 5. 9-17.
ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanā-
dhippāyassa ūrūhi aṅgajātaṃ pīḷentassa asuci mucci --la--
asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanā-
dhippāyassa muṭṭhinā aṅgajātaṃ pīḷentassa . . . mocanā-
dhippāyassa ākāse kaṭiṃ kampentassa asuci mucci --la--
asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā
'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
kāyaṃ thambhentassa . . . mocanādhippāyassa kāyaṃ
thambhentassa1 asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci . . .
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||11||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto mātu-
gāmassa aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhāyi, tassa asuci mucci. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa.
na ca bhikkhave sārattena mātugāmassa aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhā-
yitabbaṃ. yo upanijjhāyeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||12||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanā-
dhippāyassa tāḷacchiddaṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa2 asuci
mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi
--la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullacca-
yassā 'ti. ||13|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhi-
kkhuno mocanādhippāyassa kaṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ ghaṭṭentassa
asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
thullaccayassā 'ti. ||14|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa
bhikkhuno paṭisote nhāyantassa asuci . . . (the three cases as
above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||15|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udañjalaṃ3 kīḷantassa . . .
aññatarassa bhikkhuno udake dhāvantassa . . . aññatarassa
bhikkhuno pupphāvaḷiyaṃ kīḷantassa . . . aññatarassa bhi-
kkhuno pokkharavane dhāvantassa asuci . . . (three
cases as above) . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||16|| tena kho pana
samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa vālikaṃ
aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa4 asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci.
tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa kadda-
maṃ aṅgajātaṃ pavesentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa : kāyaṃ ṭhapentassā 'ti (sic) ciraṃ nisīditvā nipajjitvā vā
navakammaṃ vā katvā ālasiyavimocanatthaṃ vijambhentassa.
2 pavesantassa all the three MSS. instead of pavesentassa.
3 Buddhaghosa : udañjalan ti udakacikkhallo vuccati.
4 pavesantassa AC, pavesentassa and pavesantassa B.

[page 119]
I. 5. 17-II. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 119
mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno udakena aṅgajātaṃ
osiñcantassa asuci mucci . . . (three cases as above) . . . thullacca-
yassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
mocanādhippāyassa sayane aṅgajātaṃ ghaṭṭentassa asuci
mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa
bhikkhuno mocanādhippāyassa aṅguṭṭhena aṅgajātaṃ gha-
ṭṭentassa asuci mucci --la-- asuci na mucci. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||17||5||
paṭhamasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi araññe viharati. tassāyasmato
vihāro abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko, majjhe gabbho
samantā pariyāgāro,1 supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭhaṃ bhisibimbo-
hanaṃ, pāniyaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ supaṭṭhitaṃ, pariveṇaṃ
susammaṭṭhaṃ. bahū manussā āyasmato Udāyissa vihāra-
pekkhakā2 āgacchanti, aññataro pi brāhmaṇo sapajāpatiko
yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyas-
mantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: icchāma mayaṃ bhoto Udāyissa
vihāraṃ pekkhitun ti. tena hi brāhmaṇa pekkhassū 'ti,
apāpuraṇaṃ ādāya ghaṭikaṃ ugghāṭetvā kavāṭaṃ paṇāmetvā
vihāraṃ pāvisi. so pi kho brāhmaṇo āyasmato Udāyissa
piṭṭhito pāvisi, sāpi kho brāhmaṇī tassa brāhmaṇassa3 piṭṭhito
pāvisi. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi ekacce vātapāne vivaranto
ekacce vātapāne thakento gabbhaṃ anuparigantvā piṭṭhito
āgantvā tassā brāhmaṇiyā aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasi. atha kho
so brāhmaṇo āyasmatā Udāyinā saddhiṃ paṭisammoditvā
agamāsi. atha kho so brāhmaṇo attamano attamanavācaṃ
nicchāresi: uḷārā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā ye ime evarūpe
araññe viharanti, bhavaṃ pi Udāyi uḷāro yo evarūpe araññe
viharatīti. evaṃ vutte sā brāhmaṇī taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ etad

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa explains pariyāgāro by maṇḍalamālaparikkhepo.
2 vihārapekkhikā C, -pekkhakā A, -pekkhi B.
3 tasseva brāhmaṇassa B.

[page 120]
120 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1. 1-2.
avoca: kuto tassa uḷārattatā, yath'; eva me tvaṃ aṅgamaṅgāni
parāmasi evam eva me samaṇo Udāyi aṅgamaṅgāni parā-
masīti. atha kho so brāhmaṇo ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti:
alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime
hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino
sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sā-
maññā, apagatā ime brāhmaññā. kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo
Udāyi mama bhariyāya aṅgamaṅgāni parāmasissati. na hi
sakkā kulitthīhi kuladhītāhi kulakumārīhi kulasuṇhāhi kula-
dāsīhi ārāmaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā gantuṃ. sace kulitthiyo
kuladhītāyo1 kulakumāriyo kulasuṇhāyo kuladāsiyo ārāmaṃ
vā vihāraṃ vā gaccheyyuṃ tāpi samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dū-
seyyun ti. ||1|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa brāhmaṇassa
ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samā-
pajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ
pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ
Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāme-
na saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā
'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapu-
risa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ
akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugā-
mena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjissasi. nanu mayā
moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no
sarāgāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la--, evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmena
saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyya hatthagāhaṃ vā
veṇigāhaṃ vā aññatarassa vā aññatarassa vā aṅgassa parā-
masanaṃ, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kuladhītāyo BC, kuladhītaro A.

[page 121]
II. 2-3. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 121
otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto.
vipariṇatan ti, rattaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ duṭṭhaṃ pi
cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ mūḷhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ; api ca
rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇatan ti.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na pitī na tiracchā-
nagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pag eva mahattarī.
saddhin ti ekato.
kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti ajjhācāro vuccati.
hattho nāma kapparaṃ upādāya yāva agganakhā. veṇi
nāma suddhakesā vā suttamissā vā mālāmissā vā hirañña-
missā vā suvaṇṇamissā vā muttamissā vā maṇimissā vā.
aṅgaṃ nāma hatthañ ca veṇiñ ca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ aṅgaṃ
nāma. ||1||
āmasanā parāmasanā omasanā ummasanā olaṅghanā ullaṅ-
ghanā ākaḍḍhanā patikaḍḍhanā abhiniggaṇhanā abhinippī-
ḷanā gahaṇaṃ chupanaṃ.
āmasanā nāma āmaṭṭhamattā. parāmasanā nāma ito c'; ito
ca saṃcopanā. omasanā nāma heṭṭhā oropanā. ummasanā
nāma uddhaṃ uccāraṇā. olaṅghanā nāma heṭṭhā onamanā.
ullaṅghanā nāma uddhaṃ uccāraṇā. ākaḍḍhanā nāma
āviñjanā.1 patikaḍḍhanā nāma patipaṇāmanā. abhiniggaṇha-
nā {nāma} aṅgaṃ gahetvā niggaṇhanā. abhinippīḷanā nāma
kenaci saha nippīḷanā. gahaṇaṃ nāma gahitamattaṃ. chu-
panaṃ nāma phuṭṭhamattaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||2||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati omasati ummasati olaṅghe-
ti ullaṅgheti ākaḍḍhati patikaḍḍhati abhiniggaṇhāti abhi-
nippīḷeti gaṇhāti chupati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. itthi ca
hoti, vematiko sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā kāyena
kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati --pa-- gaṇhāti chupati, āpatti
thullaccayassa. itthi ca hoti, paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca,
bhikkhu canaṃ . . . thullaccayassa. itthi ca hoti, puri-
sasaññī . . . tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ
. . . thullaccayassa.
paṇḍako ca hoti, paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 āviñcanaṃ A, āviñcanā C, āviñjanā B.

[page 122]
122 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 1-3.
paṇḍakassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṇḍako ca hoti, vematiko . . . purisasaññī . . . tiracchā-
nagatasaññī . . . itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ
paṇḍakassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
puriso ca hoti, purisasaññī . . . vematiko . . . tiracchānaga-
tasaññī . . . itthisaññī . . . paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu
canaṃ purisassa kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
tiracchānagato ca hoti, tiracchānagatasaññī . . . vematiko
. . . itthisaññī . . . paṇḍakasaññī . . . purisasaññī sāratto
ca, bhikkhu canaṃ tiracchānagatassa kāyena . . . chupati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa.
ekamūlakaṃ. ||1||
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhi-
kkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti
dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ
vematiko . . . paṇḍakasaññī . . . purisasaññī . . . tiracchā-
nagatasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ
kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ.
dve paṇḍakā, dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto
ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ kāyena . . .
chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. dve paṇḍakā,
dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ vematiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa--
tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu
canaṃ dvinnaṃ paṇḍakānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
dve purisā, dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ purisasaññī sāratto ca,
bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati,
āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. dve purisā, dvinnaṃ purisā-
naṃ vematiko --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --la-- itthi-
saññī --la-- paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ
dvinnaṃ purisānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ.
dve tiracchānagatā, dvinnaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ tiracchā-
nagatasaññī --pa-- vematiko --pa-- itthisaññī --pa--
paṇḍakasaññī --pa-- purisasaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu ca-
naṃ dvinnaṃ tiracchānagatānaṃ kāyena . . . chupati,
āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||2||
itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 123]
II. 3. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 123
kkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ kāyena . . . chupati, āpatti saṃghā-
disesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ vema-
tiko sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. itthi
ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . .
āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca,
ubhinnaṃ purisasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena
dukkaṭassa. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ tiracchānagata-
saññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca . . .
āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca puriso ca,
ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī --pa-- purisa-
saññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti
thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca
. . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. itthi ca tiracchāna-
gato ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī --pa--
purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī sāratto ca . . .
āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
paṇḍako ca puriso ca, ubhinnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca
. . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. paṇḍako ca puriso
ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa--
tiracchānagatasaññī --pa-- itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. paṇḍako ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhi-
nnaṃ paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena
dukkaṭassa. paṇḍako ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ vema-
tiko --pa-- purisasaññī --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī --pa--
itthisaññī sāratto ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
puriso ca tiracchānagato ca, ubhinnaṃ purisasaññī sāratto
ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. puriso ca tiracchāna-
gato ca, ubhinnaṃ vematiko --pa-- tiracchānagatasaññī
--pa-- itthisaññī --pa-- paṇḍakasaññī sāratto ca . . .
āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
dumūlakaṃ. ||3||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti
thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī
sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ kāyena kāya-
paṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti dvinnaṃ thullacca-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 124]
124 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 4-5.
yānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca,
bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati
. . . chupati, āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati . . . chupati, āpatti
thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullacca-
yānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena
dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . chupati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo,
dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ
dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ
itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ nissaggiyena
kāyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu
canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ
āmasati, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca
. . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve
itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako
ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhupeyyālo niṭṭhito. ||4||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
kāyena kāyaṃ āmasati parāmasati omasati ummasati olaṅgheti
ullaṅgheti ākaḍḍhati patikaḍḍhati abhiniggaṇhāti abhinippī-
ḷeti gaṇhāti chupati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati
phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dve itthiyo,
dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthiyo canaṃ . . .
āmasanti . . . paṭivijānāti, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 125]
II. 3. 5-6.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, II. 125
itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, ubho ca-
naṃ . . . āmasanti . . . paṭivijānāti, āpatti saṃghādisesena
dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
kāyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti thullaccayassa.
dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca
paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti thullacca-
yassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ.
itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
kāyapaṭibaddhena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . āpatti
dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
nissaggiyena kāyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāya-
mati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo
. . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . .
āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
nissaggiyena kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ āmasati . . . paṭivijānāti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, itthi canaṃ bhikkhussa
nissaggiyena nissaggiyaṃ āmasati, sevanādhippāyo kāyena
vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve
itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako
ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||5||
sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. sevanādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati
na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sevanā-
dhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anā-
patti. sevanādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ
paṭivijānāti, anāpatti.
mokkhādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti,
anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 126]
126 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 6-4. 5.
paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo na ca kāyena vāya-
mati phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. mokkhādhippāyo na ca
kāyena vāyamati na ca phassaṃ paṭivijānāti, anāpatti. ||6||
anāpatti asañcicca, asatiyā, ajānantassa, asādiyantassa,
ummattakassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa, ādikammikassā
'ti. ||7||3||
mātā, dhītā, bhaginī ca, jāyā, yakkhī ca, paṇḍako,
suttā, matā, tiracchānā, dārudhītalikāya ca, |
sampīḷe, saṃkamo, maggo, rukkho, nāvā ca, rajju ca,
daṇḍo, pattaṃ paṇāmesi, vande, vāyami na cchupe 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu mātuyā mātu-
pemena . . . dhītuyā dhītupemena --pa-- bhaginiyā bha-
ginīpemena āmasi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi, kacci nu kho
ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesi --la-- anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu purāṇadutiyikāya kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji. tassa
kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ bhikkhu āpanno
saṃghādisesan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu yakkhiniyā . . . paṇḍakassa kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samā-
pajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti bhikkhu
saṃghādisesassa, āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu suttitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ
samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- āpattiṃ tvaṃ
bhikkhu āpanno saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu matitthiyā kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji.
tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa,
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro
bhikkhu tiracchānagatitthiyā . . . anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghā-
disesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena
aññataro bhikkhu dārudhītalikāya kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajji
. . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā itthiyo aññataraṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ sampīḷetvā bāhāparamparāya nesuṃ. tassa kukkuccaṃ
ahosi --pa--, sādiyi tvaṃ bhikkhū 'ti. nāhaṃ bhagavā
sādiyin ti. anāpatti bhikkhu asādiyantassā 'ti. ||5||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 127]
II. 4. 6-III. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, III. 127
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā abhi-
rūḷhaṃ saṃkamaṃ sāratto sañcālesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhi-
kkhu itthiṃ paṭipathe passitvā sāratto aṃsakūṭena pahāraṃ
adāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||7|| tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā abhirūḷhaṃ
rukkhaṃ . . . abhirūḷhaṃ nāvaṃ sāratto sañcālesi. tassa
kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||8|| tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā gahitaṃ rajjuṃ sāratto
āviñji.1 tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā gahitaṃ daṇḍaṃ
sāratto āviñji. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā 'ti. ||9||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto itthiṃ
pattena paṇāmesi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullaccayassā
'ti. ||10|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu itthiyā
vandantiyā sāratto pādaṃ uccāresi. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
saṃghādisesan ti. tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhi-
kkhu itthiṃ gahessāmīti vāyamitvā na chupi. tassa kukku-
ccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||11||4||
dutiyasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi araññe viharati, tassāyasmato
vihāro abhirūpo hoti dassanīyo pāsādiko. tena kho pana sam-
ayena sambahulā itthiyo ārāmaṃ āgamaṃsu2 vihārapekkhi-
kāyo. atha kho tā itthiyo yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃka-
miṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ:
icchāma mayaṃ bhante ayyassa vihāraṃ pekkhitun ti. atha
kho āyasmā Udāyi tā itthiyo vihāraṃ pekkhāpetvā tāsaṃ
itthīnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi
bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati yācati pi āyācati pi pucchati pi
paṭipucchati pi ācikkhati pi anusāsati pi akkosati pi. yā tā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 āviñci AC, āviñji BD.
2 ārāmaṃ āgamaṃsu AC, ārāmaṃ agamaṃsu B. Read: araññaṃ agamaṃsu?

[page 128]
128 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 1. 1-2. 1.
itthiyo chinnikā1 dhuttikā ahirikāyo tā āyasmatā Udāyinā
saddhiṃ ūhasanti pi ullapanti pi ujjhagganti2 pi uppaṇḍenti
pi. yā pana tā itthiyo hirimanā tā nikkhamitvā bhikkhū
ujjhāpenti: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ, sāmi-
kena pi mayaṃ evaṃ vuttā na iccheyyāma, kiṃ pan'; ayyena
Udāyinā 'ti. ||1|| ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugā-
maṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sanni-
pātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ananuccha-
viyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇa-
kaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-
purisa mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsissasi. nanu
mayā moghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito
no sarāgāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmaṃ
duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāseyya yathā taṃ yuvā yuvatiṃ
methunupasaṃhitāhi, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo pāna 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
otiṇṇo nāma sāratto apekkhavā paṭibaddhacitto.
vipariṇatan ti, rattaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ duṭṭhaṃ pi
cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ mūḷhaṃ pi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ; api ca
rattaṃ cittaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetaṃ vipariṇatan ti.
{mātugāmo} nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na
tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ duṭṭhull-
āduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
duṭṭhullā nāma vācā vaccamaggapassāvamaggamethuna-
dhammapaṭisaṃyuttā vācā.
obhāseyyā 'ti ajjhācāro vuccati.
yathā taṃ yuvā yuvatin ti, daharo dahariṃ taruṇo taruṇiṃ
kāmabhogo kāmabhogiṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 chindikā corrected to chinnikā C, chinnikā A, chindikā B.
Buddh.: chiṇṇikā 'ti chiṇṇaottappā.
2 ujjhagganti A, ujjagganti C, ujjagghanti B, ujjhaggenti D.

[page 129]
III. 2-3. 3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, III. 129
methunupasaṃhitāhīti methunadhammapaṭisaṃyuttāhi.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||
dve magge ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati
yācati pi āyācati pi pucchati pi paṭipucchati pi ācikkhati
pi anusāsati pi akkosati pi.
vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati nāma dve magge thometi vaṇṇeti
pasaṃsati.
avaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati nāma dve magge khuṃseti vambheti
garahati.
yācati nāma dehi me arahasi me dātun ti.
āyācati nāma kadā te mātā pasīdissati, kadā te pitā pasī-
dissati, kadā te devatāyo pasīdissanti, kadā sukhaṇo sulayo
sumuhutto bhavissati, kadā te methunaṃ dhammaṃ la-
bhissāmīti.
pucchati nāma kathaṃ tvaṃ sāmikassa desi, kathaṃ
jārassa desīti.
paṭipucchati nāma evaṃ kira tvaṃ sāmikassa desi, evaṃ
jārassa desīti.
ācikkhati nāma puṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ dehi, evaṃ dentā
sāmikassa piyā bhavissasi manāpā cā 'ti.
anusāsati nāma apuṭṭho bhaṇati evaṃ dehi, evaṃ dentā
sāmikassa piyā bhavissasi manāpā cā 'ti.
akkosati nāma animittāsi nimittamattāsi alohitāsi dhu-
valohitāsi dhuvacolāsi paggharantī 'si sikharaṇī 'si itthi-
paṇḍakāsi vepurisikāsi sambhinnāsi ubhatovyañjanāsīti. ||1||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati
avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati . . . akkosati pi, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu
canaṃ dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ
saṃghādisesānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca, ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī
sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ ubhinnaṃ vaccamaggaṃ . . .
āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. ||2||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
vaccamaggaṃ passāvamaggaṃ ṭhapetvā adhakkhakaṃ ubbha-
jānumaṇḍalaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati avaṇṇaṃ pi bhaṇati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 130]
130 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 3. 3-4. 5.
--pa-- akkosati pi, āpatti thullaccayassa. dve itthiyo . . .
āpatti dvinnaṃ thullaccayānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . .
āpatti thullaccayena dukkaṭassa. ||3||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
ubbhakkhakaṃ adhojānumaṇḍalaṃ ādissa vaṇṇaṃ pi . . .
āpatti dukkaṭassa. dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ. ||4||
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
kāyapaṭibaddhaṃ ādissa vaṇṇam pi . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dve itthiyo . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. itthi ca
paṇḍako ca . . . āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. ||5||
anāpatti atthapurekkhārassa, dhammapurekkhārassa, anu-
sāsanīpurekkhārassa, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti.
||6||3||
lohitaṃ, kakkas'; -ākiṇṇaṃ, kharaṃ, dīghañ ca, vāpitaṃ,
kacci saṃsīdati maggo, saddhā, dānena, kammunā 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi navarattaṃ kamba-
laṃ pārutā hoti. aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad
avoca: lohitaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya
navaratto kambalo 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu
kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā
itthi kharakambalaṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: kakkasalomaṃ
kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya kharakamba-
lako 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi navāvutaṃ kambalaṃ
pārutā . . . etad avoca: ākiṇṇalomaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā
na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya navāvuto kambalo 'ti. tassa kukku-
ccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||3|| tena kho pana samayena
aññatarā itthi kharakambalaṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: kha-
ralomaṃ kho . . . ām'; ayya kharakambalako 'ti . . .
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi
pāvāraṃ pārutā . . . etad avoca: dīghalomaṃ kho . . .
ām'; ayya pāvāro 'ti . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 131]
III. 4. 6-IV. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV. 131
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi khettaṃ vapāpetvā
āgacchati. aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca:
vāpitaṃ kho te bhaginīti. sā na paṭivijāni, ām'; ayya no ca
kho paṭivuttan ti.1 tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- anāpatti
bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||6||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paribbājikaṃ
paṭipathe passitvā sāratto taṃ paribbājikaṃ etad avoca:
kacci bhagini maggo saṃsīdatīti. sā na paṭivijāni, āma
bhikkhu paṭipajjissasīti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . thullacca-
yassā 'ti. ||7||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto aññata-
raṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: saddhāsi tvaṃ bhagini, api ca yaṃ
sāmikassa desi taṃ n'; amhākaṃ desīti. kiṃ bhante 'ti. me-
thunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||8||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu sāratto añña-
taraṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: saddhāsi tvaṃ bhagini, api ca yaṃ
aggadānaṃ taṃ n'; amhākaṃ desīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan
ti. methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghā-
disesan ti. ||9|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi
kammaṃ karoti, aññataro bhikkhu sāratto taṃ itthiṃ etad
avoca: tiṭṭha bhagini ahaṃ karissāmīti --pa-- nisīda bha-
gini ahaṃ karissāmīti --pa-- nipajja bhagini ahaṃ ka-
rissāmīti --pa-- sā na paṭivijāni. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . .
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||10||4||
tatiyasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti bahu-
kāni kulāni upasaṃkamati. tena kho pana samayena añña-
tarā itthi matapatikā abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā.
atha kho āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacī-
varaṃ ādāya yena tassā itthiyā nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 paṭivuttan ti AC, paṭivatthan ti B. paṭivutta=Sansc. pratyupta?

[page 132]
132 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1. 1-2.
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. atha kho sā itthi
yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyas-
mantaṃ Udāyiṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinnaṃ kho taṃ itthiṃ āyasmā Udāyi dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. atha kho
sā itthi āyasmatā Udāyinā dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampa-
haṃsitā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: vadeyyātha bhante
yena attho, paṭibalā mayaṃ ayyassa dātuṃ yad idaṃ cīvara-
piṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti. na
kho te bhagini amhākaṃ dullabhā yad idaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapāta-
senāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā, api ca yo amhākaṃ
dullabho taṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante 'ti. methunadhamman ti.
attho bhante 'ti. attho bhaginīti. ehi bhante 'ti ovarakaṃ
pavisitvā sāṭakaṃ nikkhipitvā mañcake uttānā nipajji. atha
kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā itthi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ duggandhaṃ āmasissatīti niṭṭhuhitvā
pakkāmi. atha kho sā itthi ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti:
alajjino ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā dussīlā musāvādino. ime
hi nāma dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino
sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā paṭijānissanti. n'; atthi imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ, n'; atthi imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ, naṭṭhaṃ imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, kuto imesaṃ
sāmaññaṃ kuto imesaṃ brāhmaññaṃ, apagatā ime sāmaññā,
apagatā ime brāhmaññā. kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Udāyi
maṃ sāmaṃ methunadhammaṃ yācitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ
duggandhaṃ āmasissatīti niṭṭhuhitvā pakkamissati. kiṃ me
pāpakaṃ, kiṃ me duggandhaṃ, kassāhaṃ kena hāyāmīti.
aññāpi itthiyo ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: alajjino ime
. . . kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇo Udāyi imissā sāmaṃ methuna-
dhammaṃ yācitvā ko imaṃ vasalaṃ duggandhaṃ āmasissa-
tīti niṭṭhuhitvā pakkamissati. kiṃ imissā pāpakaṃ, kiṃ
imissā duggandhaṃ, kassāyaṃ kena hāyatīti. ||1|| assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tāsaṃ itthīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khīyantīnaṃ
vipācentīnaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khī-
yanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi mātugāmassa
santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissatīti. atha kho
te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 133]
IV. 1. 2-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IV. 133
sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmassa santike attakāmapāricariyāya
vaṇṇaṃ bhāsīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā: ananucchaviyaṃ moghapurisa ananulomikaṃ
appaṭirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. ka-
thaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmassa santike
attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsissasi. nanu mayā mo-
ghapurisa anekapariyāyena virāgāya dhammo desito no sarā-
gāya --pa-- kāmapariḷāhānaṃ vūpasamo akkhāto. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu otiṇṇo vipariṇatena cittena mātugāmassa
santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya etad
aggaṃ bhagini pāricariyānaṃ yā mādisaṃ sīlavantaṃ kalyā-
ṇadhammaṃ brahmacāriṃ etena dhammena paricareyyā 'ti
methunupasaṃhitena, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . (see Saṃghād., III.2) . . . duṭṭhullā-
duṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
mātugāmassa santike 'ti, mātugāmassa sāmantā mātugā-
massa avidūre.
attakāman ti attano kāmaṃ attano hetuṃ attano adhippā-
yaṃ attano pāricariyaṃ.
etad aggan ti etaṃ aggaṃ etaṃ seṭṭhaṃ etaṃ mokkhaṃ
etaṃ uttamaṃ etaṃ pavaraṃ.
yā 'ti khattiyī vā brāhmaṇī vā vessī vā suddī vā.
mādisan ti khattiyaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā vessaṃ vā
suddaṃ vā.
sīlavantan ti pāṇātipātā paṭivirataṃ adinnādānā paṭivira-
taṃ musāvādā paṭivirataṃ. brahmacārin ti methunadhammā
paṭivirataṃ.
kalyāṇadhammo nāma tena ca sīlena tena ca brahmacari-
yena kalyāṇadhammo hoti.
etena dhammenā 'ti methunadhammena.
paricareyyā 'ti abhirameyya.
methunupasaṃhitenā 'ti methunadhammapaṭisaṃyuttena.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 134]
134 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 3. 1-4. 6.
itthi ca hoti, itthisaññī sāratto ca, bhikkhu canaṃ itthiyā
santike attakāmapāricariyāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa. dve itthiyo, dvinnaṃ itthīnaṃ itthisaññī . . .
āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesānaṃ. itthi ca paṇḍako ca,
ubhinnaṃ itthisaññī . . . āpatti saṃghādisesena dukka-
ṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjapa-
rikkhārena upaṭṭhahā 'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammi-
kassā 'ti. ||2||3||
kathaṃ vañjhā, labhe puttaṃ, piyā ca, subhagā siyaṃ,
kiṃ dajjaṃ, ken'; upaṭṭheyyaṃ, kathaṃ gaccheyyaṃ
sugatin ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vañjhā itthi kulūpakaṃ
bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante vijāyeyyan ti. tena
hi bhagini aggadānaṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti.
methunadhamman ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan
ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā vijāyinī itthi
kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante puttaṃ
labheyyan ti. tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ . . . saṃghā-
disesan ti. ||2|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi
kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante sāmi-
kassa piyā assan ti . . . kathāhaṃ bhante subhagā assan ti.
tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||3|| tena
kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: ky āhaṃ bhante ayyassa dajjāmīti. aggadānaṃ
bhaginīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti. methunadhamman
ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||4|| tena kho
pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad
avoca: kenāhaṃ bhante ayyaṃ upaṭṭhemīti. aggadānena
bhaginīti. kiṃ bhante aggadānan ti . . . saṃghādisesan
ti. ||5|| tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi kulūpakaṃ
bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kathāhaṃ bhante sugatiṃ gaccheyyan
ti. tena hi bhagini aggadānaṃ dehīti. kiṃ bhante agga-
dānan ti . . . saṃghādisesan ti. ||6||4||
catutthasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 135]
V. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 135
SAṂGHĀDISESA, V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti,
bahukāni kulāni upasaṃkamati. yattha passati kumārakaṃ
vā apajāpatikaṃ kumārikaṃ vā apatikaṃ, kumārakassa mā-
tāpitūnaṃ santike kumārikāya vaṇṇaṃ bhaṇati: amukassa
kulassa kumārikā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā paṇḍitā vyattā
medhāvinī dakkhā analasā, channā sā kumārikā imassa ku-
mārakassā 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ete kho bhante amhe na
jānanti ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti. sace bhante ayyo dāpeyya
ānema1 mayaṃ taṃ kumārikaṃ imassa kumārakassā 'ti.
kumārikāya mātāpitūnaṃ santike kumārakassa vaṇṇaṃ bha-
ṇati: amukassa kulassa kumārako abhirūpo dassanīyo pāsā-
diko paṇḍito vyatto medhāvī dakkho analaso, channāyaṃ
kumārikā tassa kumārakassā 'ti. te evaṃ vadanti: ete kho
bhante amhe na jānanti ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, kismiṃ viya
kumārikāya vatthuṃ. sace bhante ayyo yācāpeyya dajjeyyā-
ma mayaṃ imaṃ kumārikaṃ tassa kumārakassā 'ti. eten'
eva upāyena āvāhāni pi kārāpeti vivāhāni pi kārāpeti {vārey-
yāni}2 pi vattāpeti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarissā purāṇagaṇakiyā dhītā
abhirūpā hoti dassanīyā pāsādikā. tirogāmakā ājīvakasāvakā
āgantvā taṃ gaṇakiṃ etad avocuṃ: deh'; ayye imaṃ kumā-
rikaṃ amhākaṃ kumārakassā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv
ayyo3 tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me
ekadhītikā tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. manussā
te ājīvakasāvake etad avocuṃ: kissa tumhe ayyo āgat'; atthā
'ti. idha mayaṃ ayyo amukaṃ nāma gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ
yācimhā amhākaṃ kumārakassa, sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv
ayyo4 tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me
ekadhītikā tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. kissa
tumhe ayyo taṃ gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ yācittha, nanu ayyo
Udāyi vattabbo, ayyo Udāyi dāpessatīti. atha kho te

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 āneyyāma A, ānema BC.
2 vāreyyāni pi kārāpeti A, v- pi vattāpeti B, v- pi vattāpeti
(corrected into pavattāpeti) C.
3 ahañ cayyo C, ahañ ca khv ayyo and ahaṃ khv ayyo A, ahaṃ khv ayyo B.

[page 136]
136 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 2- .
ājīvakasāvakā yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ: idha
mayaṃ bhante amukaṃ nāma gaṇakiṃ . . . nāhaṃ dassā-
mīti. sādhu bhante ayyo taṃ gaṇakiṃ dhītaraṃ dāpetu
amhākaṃ kumārakassā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā
gaṇakī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ gaṇakiṃ etad
avoca: kiss'; imesaṃ dhītaraṃ na desīti. ahaṃ khv'; ayya
ime na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti ayañ ca me ekadhītikā
tirogāmo ca gantabbo, nāhaṃ dassāmīti. deh'; imesaṃ, ahaṃ
ime jānāmīti. sace bhante ayyo jānāti dassāmīti. atha kho
sā gaṇakī tesaṃ ājīvakasāvakānaṃ dhītaraṃ adāsi. ||2|| atha
kho te ājīvakasāvakā taṃ kumārikaṃ netvā māsaṃ yeva
suṇisabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena bhuñ-
janti. atha kho sā kumārikā mātuyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi:
aham hi duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāmi, māsaṃ yeva
maṃ suṇisabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena
bhuñjanti. āgacchatu me mātā nessatū 'ti. atha kho sā
gaṇakī yena te ājīvakasāvakā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā te ājīvakasāvake etad avoca: māyyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ
dāsibhogena bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena imaṃ kumārikaṃ
bhuñjathā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: n'; atth'; amhākaṃ tayā
saddhiṃ āhārūpahāro, samaṇena saddhiṃ amhākaṃ āhārūpa-
hāro. gaccha tvaṃ, na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā 'ti. atha kho
sā gaṇakī tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasāditā punad eva Sāvatthiṃ
paccāgañchi. dutiyam pi kho sā kumārikā mātuyā santike
dūtaṃ pāhesi: aham hi duggatā . . . nessatū 'ti. atha kho
sā gaṇakī yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: sā kira bhante kumārikā
duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhati, māsaṃ yeva naṃ suṇi-
sabhogena bhuñjiṃsu, tato aparena dāsibhogena bhuñjanti.
vadeyyātha bhante: māyyo imaṃ kumārikaṃ dāsibhogena
bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena imaṃ kumārikaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena te ājīvakasāvakā ten'; upasaṃka-
mi, upasaṃkamitvā te ājīvakasāvake etad avoca: māyyo
imaṃ kumārikaṃ dāsibhogena bhuñjittha, suṇisabhogena
imaṃ kumārikaṃ bhuñjathā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: n'; atth'
amhākaṃ tayā saddhiṃ āhārūpahāro, gaṇakiyā saddhiṃ
amhākaṃ āhārūpahāro. samaṇena bhavitabbaṃ, avyāvaṭena1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 abyāvaṭena AC, avyāvaṭeṇa B.

[page 137]
V. 1. 3-5.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 137
samaṇo assa sumano.1 gaccha tvaṃ, na mayaṃ taṃ jānāmā
'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasādito
punad eva Sāvatthiṃ paccāgañchi. tatiyam pi kho sā kumā-
rikā mātuyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: aham hi duggatā . . .
nessatū 'ti. dutiyam pi kho sā gaṇakī yenāyasmā Udāyi
. . . vadeyyātha bhante . . . bhuñjathā 'ti. pathamam p'
āhan tehi ājīvakasāvakehi apasādito, gaccha tvaṃ, nāhaṃ
gamissāmīti. ||3||
atha kho sā gaṇakī ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: evaṃ
duggato hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ dukkhito hotu ayyo Udāyi
evaṃ mā sukhaṃ labhatu ayyo Udāyi, yathā me kumārikā
duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhati pāpikāya sassuyā pāpa-
kena sasurena pāpakena sāmikenā 'ti. sāpi kho kumārikā
ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: evaṃ duggato hotu ayyo Udāyi
evaṃ dukkhito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ mā sukhaṃ labhatu
ayyo Udāyi yathāhaṃ duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāmi
pāpikāya sassuyā pāpakena sasurena pāpakena sāmikenā 'ti.
aññāpi itthiyo asantuṭṭhā sassūhi vā sasurehi vā sāmikehi vā
tā evaṃ oyācanti: evaṃ duggato hotu . . . yathā mayaṃ
duggatā dukkhitā na sukhaṃ labhāma pāpikāhi sassūhi pā-
pakehi sasurehi pāpakehi sāmikehīti. yā pana tā itthiyo
santuṭṭhā sassūhi vā sasurehi vā sāmikehi vā tā evaṃ
āyācanti: evaṃ sukhito hotu ayyo Udāyi evaṃ sajjito hotu
ayyo Udāyi evaṃ sukhamedho hotu ayyo Udāyi yathā ma-
yaṃ sukhitā sajjitā sukhamedhā bhaddikāhi sassūhi bhadda-
kehi sasurehi bhaddakehi sāmikehī ti. ||4||
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū ekaccānaṃ itthīnaṃ oyācantīnaṃ
ekaccānaṃ itthīnaṃ āyācantīnaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā
Udāyi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sanni-
pātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Udāyi sañcarittaṃ samāpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-
purisa sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sumaṇo A and if there is no mistake in my collation, B; susamaṇo C.

[page 138]
138 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 5-2. 2.
yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā
purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatiṃ jāyattane vā jārattane
vā, saṃghādiseso 'ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ pa-
ññattaṃ hoti. ||5||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā dhuttā uyyāne pari-
cārentā aññatarissā vesiyā santike dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ āgacchatu
uyyāne paricāressāmā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ khv'; ayyo
tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, ahañ c'; amhi ba-
hubhaṇḍā bahuparikkhārā bahinagarañ ca gantabbaṃ, nāhaṃ
gamissāmīti. atha kho so dūto tesaṃ dhuttānaṃ etam
atthaṃ ārocesi. evaṃ vutte aññataro puriso te dhutte etad
avoca: kissa tumhe ayyo taṃ vesiṃ yācittha, nanu ayyo
Udāyi vattabbo, ayyo Udāyi uyyojessatīti. evaṃ vutte
aññataro upāsako taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: mā ayyo evaṃ
avaca, na kappati samaṇānaṃ Sakyaputtiyānaṃ evarūpaṃ
kātuṃ, nāyyo Udāyi karissatīti. evaṃ vutte karissati na
karissatīti abbhutam akaṃsu. atha kho te dhuttā yenāyasmā
Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Udāyiṃ etad avocuṃ: idha mayaṃ bhante uyyāne paricā-
rentā amukāya nāma vesiyā santike dūtaṃ pahiṇimhā
āgacchatu uyyāne paricāressāmā 'ti. sā evam āha: ahaṃ
khv'; ayyo tumhe na jānāmi ke vā ime kassa vā 'ti, ahañ c'
amhi bahubhaṇḍā bahuparikkhārā bahinagarañ ca gantabbaṃ,
nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. sādhu bhante ayyo taṃ vesiṃ uyyojetū
'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā vesī ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā taṃ vesiṃ etad avoca: kissa imesaṃ na
gacchasīti. ahaṃ khv'; ayya ime na jānāmi . . . nāhaṃ
gamissāmīti. gacch'; imesaṃ, ahaṃ ime jānāmīti. sace
bhante ayyo jānāti ahaṃ gamissāmīti. atha kho te dhuttā
taṃ vesiṃ ādāya uyyānaṃ agamaṃsu. ||1|| atha kho so
upāsako ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo
Udāyi taṃkhaṇikaṃ1 sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khīyantassa
vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi taṃkhaṇikaṃ
sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhaga-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa: taṃkhaṇikan ti, ettha taṃkhaṇo'ti acirakālo vuccati,
taṃkhaṇikan ti acirakālādhikārikaṃ.

[page 139]
V. 2. 2-4. 2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 139
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi taṃ-
khaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā --la-- kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ
moghapurisa taṃkhaṇikaṃ sañcarittaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyya itthiyā vā
purisamatiṃ purisassa vā itthimatiṃ jāyattane vā jārattane
vā antamaso taṃkhaṇikāya pi, saṃghādiseso 'ti.1 ||2||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū ti --pa-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sañcarittaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti, itthiyā vā pahito purisassa
santike gacchati purisena vā pahito itthiyā santike gacchati.
itthiyā vā purisamatin ti, purisassa matiṃ itthiyā āroceti.
purisassa vā itthimatin ti, itthiyā matiṃ purisassa āroceti.
jāyattane vā 'ti jāyā bhavissasi. jārattane vā 'ti jārī
bhavissasi.
antamaso taṃkhaṇikāya pīti muhuttikā bhavissasi.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||3||
dasa itthiyo: māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpitu-
rakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginīrakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā,
gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍā.
dasa bhariyāyo: dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī,
paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhatacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā ca,
kammakārī ca bhariyā ca, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikā. ||1||
māturakkhitā nāma, mātā rakkhati gopeti issariyaṃ kāreti
vasaṃ vatteti. piturakkhitā nāma, pitā . . . vatteti. mātā-
piturakkhitā nāmā, mātāpitaro . . . vattenti. bhāturakkhitā
nāma, bhātā . . . vatteti. bhaginīrakkhitā nāma, bhaginī
. . . vatteti. ñātirakkhitā nāma, ñātakā . . . vattenti.
gottarakkhitā nāma, sagottā . . . vattenti. dhammarakkhi-
tā nāma, sahadhammikā . . . vattenti. sārakkhā nāma,
gabbhe pi pariggahitā hoti mayhaṃ esā 'ti antamaso mālā-
guḷaparikkhittāpi. saparidaṇḍā nāma, kehici daṇḍo ṭhapito
hoti yo itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ gacchati ettako daṇḍo 'ti. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 saṃghādiseso ti C, saṃghākiseso pi (sic) AB.

[page 140]
140 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 4. 3-5.
dhanakkītā nāma, dhanena kiṇitvā vāseti. chandavāsinī
nāma, piyo piyaṃ vāseti. bhogavāsinī nāma, bhogaṃ datvā
vāseti. paṭavāsinī nāma, paṭaṃ datvā vāseti. odapattakinī
nāma, udakapattaṃ āmasitvā vāseti. obhatacumbaṭā nāma,
cumbaṭaṃ oropetvā vāseti. dāsī nāma, dāsī c'; eva hoti
bhariyā ca. kammakārī nāma, kammakārī c'; eva hoti
bhariyā ca. dhajāhaṭā nāma, karamarānītā vuccati. mu-
huttikā nāma, taṃkhaṇikā vuccati. ||3||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā
dhanakkītā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ piturakkhitaṃ
brūhi . . . saparidaṇḍaṃ brūhi . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannā-
massa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghādi-
sesassa. puriso . . . māturakkhitañ ca mātāpiturakkhitañ
ca . . . māturakkhitañ ca saparidaṇḍañ ca . . . saṃghā-
disesassa.
khaṇḍacakkaṃ.
puriso . . . piturakkhitañ ca mātāpiturakkhitañ ca . . .
piturakkhitañ ca māturakkhitañ ca . . . saṃghādisesassa.
baddhacakkamūlaṃ saṃkhittaṃ.
puriso . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca māturakkhitañ ca . . . sa-
paridaṇḍañ ca sārakkhañ ca . . . saṃghādisesassa.
ekamūlakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
evaṃ dumūlakam pi timūlakam pi yāva navamūlakaṃ
kātabbaṃ. idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca
brūhi hotha kira . . . saṃghādisesassa.
dhanakkītāitthicakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||4||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā
chandavāsinī --la-- bhogavāsinī --la-- . . . muhuttikā
'ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 141]
V. 4. 5-8.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 141
māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ
ca brūhi . . . muhuttikā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati . . . saṃghā-
disesassa.
muhuttikāitthicakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||5||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā
dhanakkītā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī --la--
bhogavāsinī . . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
saparidaṇḍaṃ brūhi: hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā
dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti
. . . saṃghādisesassa. ||6||
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitaṃ brūhi hohi kira itthannāmassa bhariyā dha-
nakkītā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ
ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā
ca chandavāsinī cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
puriso . . . itthannāmaṃ māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ
ca mātāpiturakkhitañ ca brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa
bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ca chandavāsinī ca bhogavāsinī cā 'ti
. . . saṃghādisesassa.
evaṃ ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ kātabbaṃ.
puriso bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
māturakkhitañ ca piturakkhitañ ca . . . saparidaṇḍañ ca
brūhi hotha kira itthannāmassa bhariyāyo dhanakkītā ca
chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghā-
disesassa.
ubhatovaḍḍhakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||7||
purisassa mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- purisassa pitā
bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --pa-- purisassa mātāpitaro bhikkhuṃ
pahiṇanti --pa-- purisassa bhātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati
--pa-- purisassa bhaginī bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --pa--
purisassa ñātakā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa-- purisassa gottā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 142]
142 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 4. 8-12.
bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa-- purisassa sahadhammikā bhi-
kkhuṃ pahiṇanti --pa--. ||8||
māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante
itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā
'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ
pahiṇati: gaccha bhante . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī --pa--
. . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
idaṃ dasamūlakaṃ:
māturakkhitāya mātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante
itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā
ca chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghā-
disesassa. ||9||
piturakkhitāya pitā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- mātāpi-
turakkhitāya mātāpitaro bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- bhā-
turakkhitāya bhātā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- bhaginī-
rakkhitāya bhaginī bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- ñātirakkhi-
tāya ñātakā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- gottarakkhitāya
gottā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- dhammarakkhitāya saha-
dhammikā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇanti --la-- sārakkhāya yena
pariggahitā hoti so bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati --la-- saparidaṇḍā-
ya yena daṇḍo ṭhapito hoti so bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha
bhante itthannāmaṃ brūhi hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dha-
nakkītā 'ti . . . hotu itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca
chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa. ||10||
māturakkhitā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannā-
maṃ brūhi homi itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā 'ti . . .
saṃghādisesassa. māturakkhitā . . . bhariyā chandavāsinī
--la-- . . . muhuttikā 'ti . . . saṃghādisesassa.
nikkhepapadāni.
saparidaṇḍā bhikkhuṃ pahiṇati: gaccha bhante itthannā-
maṃ brūhi: homi itthannāmassa bhariyā dhanakkītā ca
chandavāsinī ca . . . muhuttikā cā 'ti, paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati
paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
sabbaṃ cakkapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ||11||
paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 143]
V. 4. 12-5. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, V. 143
paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti thullaccayassa.
na paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
na paṭigaṇhati na vīmaṃsati na paccāharati, anāpatti. ||12||
puriso sambahule bhikkhū āṇāpeti: gacchatha bhante
itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsathā 'ti. sabbe paṭigaṇhanti
sabbe vīmaṃsanti sabbe paccāharanti, āpatti sabbesaṃ
saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā 'ti. sabbe
paṭigaṇhanti sabbe vīmaṃsanti ekaṃ paccāharāpenti, āpatti
sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā 'ti.
sabbe paṭigaṇhanti ekaṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā sabbe paccāharanti,
āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. puriso . . . vīmaṃsathā
'ti. sabbe paṭigaṇhanti ekaṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā ekaṃ paccāha-
rāpenti, āpatti sabbesaṃ saṃghādisesassa. ||13|| puriso bhi-
kkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā
'ti. paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādi-
sesassa. puriso bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannā-
maṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati vīmaṃsati antevāsiṃ
paccāharāpeti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso bhikkhuṃ
. . . vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsāpetvā
attanā paccāharati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. puriso bhi-
kkhuṃ . . . vīmaṃsā 'ti. paṭigaṇhati antevāsiṃ vīmaṃsā-
peti, antevāsī vīmaṃsitvā bahiddhā paccāharati, āpatti
ubhinnaṃ thullaccayassa. ||14||
gacchanto sampādeti āgacchanto visaṃvādeti, āpatti thulla-
ccayassa. gacchanto visaṃvādeti āgacchanto sampādeti, āpatti
thullaccayassa. gacchanto sampādeti āgacchanto sampādeti,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa.1 ||15||
anāpatti saṃghassa vā cetiyassa vā gilānassa vā karaṇīyena
gacchati,2 ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||16||4||
suttā, matā ca, nikkhantā, anitthi, itthipaṇḍakā,
kalahaṃ katvāna sammodi, sañcarittañ ca paṇḍake 'ti.
tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso aññataraṃ bhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 After āpatti saṃghādisesassa adds: gacchanto na sampādeti
āgacchanto visaṃvādeti anāpatti.
2 gacchati AC, gacchantassa B.

[page 144]
144 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 5. 1-VI. 1. 1.
kkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ itthiṃ vīmaṃsā
'ti. so gantvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti.
suttā bhante 'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu kho
ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso
aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpeti: gaccha bhante itthannāmaṃ
itthiṃ vīmaṃsā 'ti. so gantvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ
itthannāmā 'ti. matā bhante 'ti --la-- nikkhantā bhante
'ti --la-- anitthi bhante 'ti --la-- itthipaṇḍakā bhante
'ti. tassa kukkuccaṃ . . . dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarā itthi sāmikena saha
bhaṇḍitvā mātugharaṃ agamāsi. kulūpako bhikkhu sammo-
danīyaṃ akāsi. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi --pa-- alaṃva-
canīyā bhikkhū 'ti. nālaṃvacanīyā bhagavā 'ti. anāpatti
bhikkhu nālaṃvacanīye 'ti.1 ||3||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu paṇḍake
sañcarittaṃ samāpajji. tassa kukkuccaṃ ahosi: kacci nu
kho ahaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno 'ti. bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. anāpatti bhikkhu saṃghādisesassa,
āpatti thullaccayassā 'ti. ||4||5||
pañcamaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
Āḷavakā bhikkhū saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo kārāpenti assāmikāyo
attuddesikāyo appamāṇikāyo, tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti.
te yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti: purisaṃ detha pu-
risatthakaraṃ detha goṇaṃ detha sakaṭaṃ detha vāsiṃ detha
pharasuṃ detha kuṭhāriṃ detha kuddālaṃ detha nikhāda-
naṃ detha valliṃ detha veḷuṃ detha muñjaṃ detha babbajaṃ
detha tiṇaṃ detha mattikaṃ dethā 'ti. manussā upaddutā
yācanāya upaddutā viññattiyā bhikkhū disvā ubbijjanti pi
uttasanti pi palāyanti pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi
mukhaṃ karonti dvāraṃ pi thakenti, gāvī pi disvā palāyanti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa: nālaṃvacanīyyā (sic) 'ti na pariccattā 'ti
attho, yā hi yathā yathā yesu yesu janapadesu pariccattā
pariccattā hoti bhariyāya bhāvaṃ atikkamati, ayaṃ alaṃva-
canīyyā 'ti vuccati.

[page 145]
VI. 1. 1-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 145
bhikkhū 'ti maññamānā. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo
Rājagahe vassaṃ vuttho yena Āḷavī tena pakkāmi.
anupubbena yena Āḷavī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ āyasmā
Mahākassapo Āḷaviyaṃ viharati Aggāḷave cetiye. atha
kho āyasmā Mahākassapo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā patta-
cīvaraṃ ādāya Āḷaviṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. manussā āyasmantaṃ
Mahākassapaṃ passitvā ubbijjanti pi uttasanti pi palāyanti
pi aññena pi gacchanti aññena pi mukhaṃ karonti dvāraṃ
pi thakenti. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo Āḷaviyaṃ
piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto bhikkhū
āmantesi: pubbāyaṃ āvuso Āḷavī subhikkhā ahosi sulabha-
piṇḍā sukarā uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. etarahi panāyaṃ
Āḷavī dubbhikkhā dullabhapiṇḍā na sukarā uñchena pagga-
hena yāpetuṃ. ko nu kho āvuso hetu ko paccayo yenāyaṃ
Āḷavī dubbhikkhā dullabhapiṇḍā na sukarā uñchena pagga-
hena yāpetun ti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Mahākassa-
passa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ||1||
atha kho bhagavā Rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena
Āḷavī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno
yena Āḷavī tad avasari. tatra sudaṃ bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ
viharati Aggāḷave cetiye. atha kho āyasmā Mahākassapo
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho
āyasmā Mahākassapo bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhu-
saṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā Āḷavake bhikkhū paṭipucchi:
saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo1 kārāpetha
assāmikāyo attuddesikāyo appamāṇikāyo, tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ
gacchanti. te tumhe yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharatha
purisaṃ detha . . . gāvī pi disvā palāyanti bhikkhū 'ti
maññamānā. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā.
kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā saṃyācikāyo kuṭiyo
kārāpessatha . . . tāyo na niṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti, te tumhe
. . . viharissatha purisaṃ detha . . . mattikaṃ dethā 'ti.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--
vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: ||2||
2bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave dve bhātaro isayo Gaṅgaṃ
nadiṃ upanissāya vihariṃsu. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Probably we ought to read constantly, saṃyācikāya kuṭiyo.
2 Comp. Jātaka, voL. ii. p.283 et seq.

[page 146]
146 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 1. 3.
kaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena kaniṭṭho isi
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ sattakkha-
ttuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari muddhani mahantaṃ pha-
ṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi. atha kho bhikkhave kaniṭṭho isi tassa
nāgassa bhayā kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍuka-
jāto dhammanisanthatagatto. addasa kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi
kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍu-
kajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ
etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ bho kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisantha-
tagatto 'ti. idha me bho Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ
nadiṃ uttaritvā yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, {upasaṃkamitvā}
maṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā upari muddhani
mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi, tassāhaṃ bho nāgassa
bhayā kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisanthatagatto 'ti. icchasi
pana tvaṃ bho tassa nāgassa anāgamanan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ
bho tassa nāgassa anāgamanan ti. api pana tvaṃ bho tassa
nāgassa kiñci passasīti. passām'; ahaṃ bho maṇissa kaṇṭhe
pilandhanan ti. tena hi tvaṃ bho taṃ nāgaṃ maṇiṃ yāca,
maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhi-
kkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttaritvā yena
kaniṭṭho isi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā ekamantaṃ
aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ
nāgarājānaṃ kaniṭṭho isi etad avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi,
maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāga-
rājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ yācati, bhikkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti
khippañ ñeva agamāsi. dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Maṇi-
kaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ . . . upasaṃkami. addasa kho
bhikkhave kaṇiṭṭho isi Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ dūrato
'va āgacchantaṃ, disvāna Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājānaṃ etad
avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me attho 'ti. atha kho
bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ yācati, bhi-
kkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti tato 'va paṭinivatti. tatiyam pi
kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarati.
addasa kho bhikkhave kaniṭṭho isi Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nāgarājā-
naṃ Gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ uttarantaṃ, disvāna Maṇikaṇṭhaṃ nā-
garājānaṃ etad avoca: maṇiṃ me bho dehi, maṇinā me
attho 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā ka-
niṭṭhaṃ isiṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 147]
VI. 1. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 147
mam'; annapānaṃ vipulaṃ uḷāraṃ uppajjat'; imassa maṇi-
kassa hetu,1
tan te na dassaṃ, atiyācako 'si, na cāpi te assamaṃ
āgamissaṃ. |
susu yathā sakkharadhotapāṇi tāsesi maṃ selaṃ yācamāno,
tan te na dassaṃ, atiyācako 'si, na cāpi te assamaṃ
āgamissan ti.
atha kho bhikkhave Maṇikaṇṭho nāgarājā bhikkhu maṇiṃ
yācati, bhikkhussa maṇinā attho 'ti pakkāmi tadā pakkanto
'va ahosi, na puna paccāgañchi. atha kho bhikkhave
kaniṭṭho isi tassa nāgassa dassanīyassa adassanena bhiyyoso-
mattāya kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto
dhamanisanthatagatto. addasa kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi
kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ bhiyyosomattāya kisaṃ lūkhaṃ . . . dhama-
nisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ etad avoca: kissa
tvaṃ bho bhiyyosomattāya kiso lūkho . . . dhamanisantha-
tagatto 'ti. tassāhaṃ bho nāgassa dassanīyassa adassanena
bhiyyosomattāya kiso lūkho . . . {dhamanisanthatagatto} 'ti.
atha kho bhikkhave jeṭṭho isi kaniṭṭhaṃ isiṃ gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi:
na taṃ yāce yassa2 piyaṃ jigiṃse, videsso hoti atiyācanāya:
nāgo maṇiṃ yācito brāhmaṇena adassanañ ñeva tad'; ajjha-
gamā 'ti.
tesaṃ hi nāma bhikkhave tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ
amanāpā bhavissati yācanā amanāpā viññatti, kim aṅga pana
manussabhūtānaṃ. ||3||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave aññataro bhikkhu Himavanta-
passe3 viharati aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe. tassa kho bhi-
kkhave4 vanasaṇḍassa avidūre mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalaṃ.
atha kho bhikkhave mahā sakuṇasaṃgho tasmiṃ pallale
divasaṃ5 gocaraṃ caritvā sāyaṃ taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ vāsāya
upagacchati. atha kho bhikkhave so bhikkhu tassa sakuṇa-
saṃghassa saddena ubbāḷho yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekam-
antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhave taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 maṇikassa hetu AB, maṇissa h- B.
2 na taṃ yāce ACD. na naṃ y- B
3 Himavantapadese A. Himavantapasse BC. Comp. Cullavagga, VI.6.3,
and the various readings (p.322).
4 tassa kho pana bhikkhave C.
5 divasaṃ AC, divā B.

[page 148]
148 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 1. 4-6.
avocaṃ: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci
'si appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu
āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā,
appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhānaṃ āgato. atthi
bhante Himavantapasse1 mahā vanasaṇḍo, tassa kho pana
bhante vanasaṇḍassa avidūre mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalaṃ.
atha kho bhante mahā sakuṇasaṃgho tasmiṃ pallale divasaṃ
gocaraṃ caritvā sāyaṃ taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ vāsāya upagacchati,
tato ahaṃ bhagavā āgacchāmi tassa sakuṇasaṃghassa sadde-
na ubbāḷho 'ti. icchasi pana tvaṃ bhikkhu tassa sakuṇa-
saṃghassa anāgamanan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ bhagavā tassa
sakuṇasaṃghassa anāgamanan ti. tena hi tvaṃ bhikkhu
tattha gantvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā2 rattiyā paṭha-
maṃ yāmaṃ tikkhattuṃ saddam anussāvehi: suṇantu me
bhonto sakuṇā yāvatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vāsaṃ upagatā,
pattena me attho, ekekaṃ me bhonto pattaṃ dadantū 'ti.
rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ --la-- rattiyā pacchimaṃ yā-
maṃ tikkhattuṃ . . . dadantū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave so
bhikkhu tattha gantvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā rattiyā
paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ tikkhattuṃ saddam anussāvesi: suṇantu
me . . . rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ . . . rattiyā pacchimaṃ
yāmaṃ . . . dadantū 'ti. atha kho bhikkhave so sakuṇa-
saṃgho bhikkhu pattaṃ yācati, bhikkhussa pattena attho 'ti
tamhā vanasaṇḍā pakkāmi tadā pakkanto 'va3 ahosi, na
puna paccāgañchi. tesañ hi nāma bhikkhave tiracchānaga-
tānaṃ pāṇānaṃ amanāpā bhavissati yācanā amanāpā viññatti,
kim aṅga pana manussabhūtānaṃ. ||4||
bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave Raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa
pitā Raṭṭhapālaṃ kulaputtaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi:
ap'; āhaṃ te na jānāmi Raṭṭhapāla bahujjanā
ye maṃ saṃgamma yācanti, kasmā maṃ tvaṃ na yācasīti. |
yācako appiyo hoti yācaṃ adadam appiyo,
tasmāhan taṃ na yācāmi mā me viddesanā ahū 'ti.
so hi nāma bhikkhave Raṭṭhapālo kulaputto sakaṃ pitaraṃ
evaṃ vakkhati, kim aṅga pana jano janaṃ. ||5||
gihīnaṃ bhikkhave4 dussaṃharāni bhogāni sambhatāni pi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Himavantapadese A, Himavantapasse BC.
2 ajjhogahetvā B.
3 tadā pakkanto va C, t- p- ca A, t- pakkamanto ca B
4 gīhinaṃ hi bhikkhave C.

[page 149]
VI. 1. 6-2. 2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 149
duranurakkhiyāni, tattha nāma tumhe moghapurisā evaṃ
dussaṃharesu bhogesu sambhatesu pi duranurakkhiyesu yāca-
nabahulā viññattibahulā viharissatha purisaṃ detha puris-
atthakaraṃ detha goṇaṃ detha sakaṭaṃ detha vāsiṃ detha
pharasuṃ detha kuṭhāriṃ detha kuddālaṃ detha nikhādanaṃ
detha valliṃ detha veḷuṃ detha muñjaṃ detha babbajaṃ
detha tiṇaṃ detha mattikaṃ dethā 'ti. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --la--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
saññācikāya pana bhikkhunā kuṭiṃ kārayamānena assā-
mikaṃ attuddesaṃ pamāṇikā kāretabbā. tatr'; idaṃ pa-
māṇaṃ: dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā tiriyaṃ
satt'; antarā. bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāya, tehi
bhikkhūhi vatthuṃ desetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkama-
naṃ. sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikkamane
saññācikāya kuṭiṃ kareyya bhikkhū vā anabhineyya
vatthudesanāya pamāṇaṃ vā atikkāmeyya, saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||6||1||
saṃyācikāya nāma, sayaṃ yācitvā purisaṃ pi purisattha-
karaṃ pi goṇaṃ pi sakaṭaṃ pi vāsiṃ pi pharasuṃ pi kuṭhā-
riṃ pi kuddālaṃ pi nikhādanaṃ pi --pa-- tiṇaṃ pi1
mattikaṃ pi.
kuṭiṃ nāma, ullittā vā hoti avalittā vā ullittāvalittā vā.
kārayamānenā 'ti, karonto vā kārāpento vā.
assāmikan ti na añño koci sāmiko hoti itthi vā puriso vā
gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
attuddesan ti attano atthāya.
pamāṇikā kāretabbā, tatr'; idaṃ pamāṇaṃ: dīghaso dvādasa
vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā 'ti, bāhirimena mānena. tiriyaṃ
satt'; antarā 'ti, abbhantarimena mānena. ||1||
bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyā 'ti: tena kuṭikā-
rakena bhikkhunā kuṭivatthuṃ sodhetvā saṃghaṃ upasaṃ-
kamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ pagga-
hetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ
kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ
kuṭivatthuolokanaṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 nikhādanam pi tiṇam pi mattikam pi B; nikhād-
pi -pa- t- pi m- pi C; nikhādanaṃ pi A.

[page 150]
150 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA [VI. 2. 2.
pi yācitabbā. sace sabbo saṃgho ussahati kuṭivatthuṃ oloke-
tuṃ, sabbena saṃghena oloketabbaṃ. no ce sabbo saṃgho
ussahati kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ, ye tattha honti bhikkhū vyattā
paṭibalā sārambhaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ jānituṃ, te yācitvā sammannitabbā. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave sammannitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ
itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmi-
kaṃ attuddesaṃ, so saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthuolokanaṃ yācati.
yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmañ ca itthan-
nāmañ ca bhikkhū sammanneyya itthannāmassa bhikkhu-
no kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu . . . yācati. saṃgho
itthannāmañ ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū sammannati itthan-
nāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. yassāyasmato
khamati itthannāmassa ca itthannāmassa ca bhikkhūnaṃ
sammuti itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ
so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammatā
saṃghena itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū itthannā-
massa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ oloketuṃ. khamati saṃghassa
tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. tehi sammatehi bhi-
kkhūhi tattha gantvā kuṭivatthuṃ oloketabbaṃ, sārambhaṃ
anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ aparikkamanaṃ jānitabbaṃ.
sace sārambhaṃ hoti aparikkamanaṃ mā yidha karīti vattabbo.
sace anārambhaṃ hoti saparikkamanaṃ saṃghassa āroce-
tabbaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanan ti. tena kuṭikārakena
bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ
nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ
bhante saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attudde-
saṃ, so 'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthudesanaṃ yācāmīti.
dutiyam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃyācikāya kuṭiṃ
kattukāmo assāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so saṃghaṃ kuṭivatthude-
sanaṃ yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannā-
massa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ deseyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu . . . yācati.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 151]
VI. 2. 2-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 151
saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ deseti. yassā-
yasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthussa
desanā so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. desi-
taṃ saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kuṭivatthuṃ. kha-
mati . . . dhārayāmīti. ||2||
sārambhaṃ nāma, kipillikānaṃ1 vā āsayo hoti upacikānaṃ
vā āsayo hoti undurānaṃ vā āsayo hoti ahīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti
vicchikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti satapadīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti hatthī-
naṃ vā āsayo hoti assānaṃ vā āsayo hoti sīhānaṃ vā āsayo
hoti vyagghānaṃ vā āsayo hoti dīpīnaṃ vā āsayo hoti
acchānaṃ vā āsayo hoti taracchānaṃ vā āsayo hoti, yesaṃ
kesañci tiracchānagatānaṃ pāṇānaṃ āsayo 'ti, pubbaṇṇa-
nissitaṃ vā hoti aparaṇṇanissitaṃ vā hoti abbhāghātanissi-
taṃ vā hoti āghātananissitaṃ vā hoti susānanissitaṃ vā hoti
uyyānanissitaṃ vā hoti rājavatthunissitaṃ vā hoti hatthisā-
lānissitaṃ vā hoti assasālānissitaṃ vā hoti bandhanāgāra-
nissitaṃ vā hoti pānāgāranissitaṃ vā hoti sūnanissitaṃ vā
hoti racchānissitaṃ vā hoti caccaranissitaṃ vā hoti sabhānissi-
taṃ vā hoti saṃsaraṇanissitaṃ vā hoti. etaṃ sārambhaṃ nāma.
aparikkamanaṃ nāma, na sakkā hoti yathāyuttena saka-
ṭena anuparigantuṃ samantā nisseṇiyā anuparigantuṃ. etaṃ
aparikkamanaṃ nāma.
anārambhaṃ nāma, na kipillikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti na
upacikānaṃ vā āsayo hoti . . . na saṃsaraṇanissitaṃ vā
hoti, etaṃ anārambhaṃ nāma.
saparikkamanaṃ nāma, sakkā hoti yathāyuttena . . .
nisseṇiyā anuparigantuṃ. etaṃ saparikkamanaṃ nāma. ||3||
saṃyācikā nāma sayaṃ yācitvā purisaṃ pi . . . mattikaṃ pi.
kuṭī nāma, ullittā vā hoti avalittā vā ullittāvalittā vā.
kareyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā.
bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāya pamāṇaṃ vā
atikkāmeyyā 'ti, ñattidutiyena kammena kuṭivatthuṃ na
desāpetvā āyāmato vā vitthārato vā antamaso kesaggamattam
pi atikkāmetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge payoge dukka-
ṭaṃ, ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate āpatti thullaccayassa, tasmiṃ
piṇḍe āgate āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||4||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Buddhaghosa: kipillikānan ti . . . yāsaṃ kāsañci kipilikānan ti pi
pāṭho. . . yesaṃ kesañci tiracchānagatānaṃ vā pāṇānaṃ āsayo hoti.

[page 152]
152 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 3. 1-3.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ apa-
rikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ sapa-
rikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu
kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkama-
naṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ
karoti adesitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desita-
vatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu
kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ
anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||1||
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ
aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭā-
naṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ
saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhi-
kkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ
karoti pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkama-
naṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ
anārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu
kuṭiṃ karoti pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
anāpatti. ||2||
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena1
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthu-
kaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti
dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti
adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa. bhi-
kkhu kuṭiṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ
anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādise-
sānaṃ. ||3||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena AC, dvīhi saṃghādisesehi and ($$ 5,8)
dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena B.

[page 153]
VI. 3. 4-9.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VI. 153
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ sāram-
bhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ
karoti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu kuṭiṃ karoti desita-
vatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anā-
patti. ||4||
bhikkhu samādisati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ
karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti
saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . tassa kuṭiṃ
karonti desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikka-
manaṃ, anāpatti. ||5||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
na ca samādisati desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca sapa-
rikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikka-
manaṃ, anāpatti. ||6||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
na ca samādisati pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikka-
manā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ . . . pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkama-
naṃ, anāpatti. ||7||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
na ca samādisati desitavatthukā ca hotu pamāṇikā ca anā-
rambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesita-
vatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ,
āpatti dvinnaṃ saṃghādisesena dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . .
desitavatthukaṃ pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
anāpatti. ||8||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca sapa-
rikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti kuṭī kira me kayirati
adesitavatthukā sārambhā aparikkamanā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā
sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo desitavatthukā ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 154]
154 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 3. 9-12.
hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. no ce sāmaṃ vā
gaccheyya dūtaṃ vā pahiṇeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu
samādisitvā . . . karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ sapa-
rikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti . . . pāhetabbo desitavatthukā ca
hotu anārambhā cā 'ti. no ce . . . dukkaṭassa. bhikkhu
samādisitvā . . . desitavatthukā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā
'ti --la-- desitavatthukā hotū 'ti --la-- anārambhā ca
hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- anārambhā hotū 'ti
--la-- saparikkamanā hotū 'ti . . . āpatti dukkaṭassa
. . . karonti desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
anāpatti. ||9||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikka-
manā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti pamāṇātikkantaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti kuṭī kira me kayirati
pamāṇātikkantā sārambhā aparikkamanā 'ti. tena bhikkhu-
nā sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo pamāṇikā ca
hotu anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā
ca hotu anārambhā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā ca hotu sapa-
rikkamanā cā 'ti --la-- pamāṇikā hotū 'ti --la--
anārambhā ca hotu saparikkamanā cā 'ti --pa-- anā-
rambhā hotū 'ti --pa-- saparikkamanā hotū 'ti --pa--
anāpatti. ||10|| bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ
me karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu
pamāṇikā ca anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa
kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti . . . anāpatti. ||11||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu anārambhā ca sapa-
rikkamanā cā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ --pa-- sārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kāru-
kānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- anārambhaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa--
anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ1 dukkaṭassa
. . . desitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti
kārukānaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ --pa-- sārambhaṃ sapa-
rikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dukkaṭassa --pa-- anā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 et seq., kārukānaṃ AC, kārakānaṃ B.

[page 155]
VI. 3. 12-VII. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII. 155
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ dukkaṭassa
--pa-- anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||12||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca pamāṇikā ca hotu anārambhā ca saparikka-
manā cā 'ti . . . bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me
karothā 'ti, samādisati ca desitavatthukā ca hotu pamāṇikā
ca anārambhā ca saparikkamanā cā 'ti . . . anāpatti. ||13||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa
kuṭiṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ.
so ce vippakate āgacchati, tena bhikkhunā sā kuṭī aññassa
vā dātabbā bhinditvā vā puna kātabbā. no ce aññassa vā
dadeyya bhinditvā vā puna kāreyya,1 āpatti saṃghādisesena
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ . . . bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati
kuṭiṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa kuṭiṃ karonti desitavatthukaṃ
pamāṇikaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||14||
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghādise-
sassa. attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, āpatti saṃghā-
disesassa. parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, āpatti
saṃghādisesassa. parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. ||15||
anāpatti leṇe guhāya tiṇakuṭikāya aññass'; atthāya, vāsā-
gāraṃ ṭhapetvā sabbattha anāpatti, ummattakassa ādikammi-
kassā 'ti. ||16||3||
kuṭikārasaṃghādisesaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati
Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato
Channassa upaṭṭhāko gahapati āyasmantaṃ Channaṃ
etad avoca: vihāravatthuṃ bhante jānāhi, ayyassa vihāraṃ
kārāpessāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Channo vihāravatthuṃ
sodhento aññataraṃ cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpesi2 gāmapūjitaṃ
nigamapūjitaṃ nagarapūjitaṃ janapadapūjitaṃ raṭṭhapūji-
taṃ. manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi
nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpessanti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Read: puna kareyya?
2 chedāpesi A,chedāpeti BC.

[page 156]
156 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VII. 1-2.
gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitaṃ. ekindriyaṃ samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā jīvaṃ viheṭhentīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū
tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentā-
naṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Channo cetiyarukkhaṃ
chedāpessati gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitan ti. atha kho
te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Channa cetiyarukkhaṃ chedāpesi gāmapūjitaṃ . . .
raṭṭhapūjitan ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā --la-- kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa cetiya-
rukkhaṃ chedāpessasi gāmapūjitaṃ . . . raṭṭhapūjitaṃ.
jīvasaññino hi moghapurisa manussā rukkhasmiṃ. n'; etaṃ
moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca
pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
mahallakaṃ pana bhikkhunā vihāraṃ kārayamānena
sassāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanā-
ya. tehi bhikkhūhi vatthuṃ desetabbaṃ anārambhaṃ sa-
parikkamanaṃ. sārambhe ce bhikkhu vatthusmiṃ aparikka-
mane mahallakaṃ vihāraṃ kāreyya bhikkhū vā anabhineyya
vatthudesanāya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.
vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
sassāmikan ti, añño koci sāmiko hoti itthi vā puriso vā
gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
attuddesan ti attano atthāya.
bhikkhū abhinetabbā vatthudesanāyā 'ti. tena vihārakā-
rakena bhikkhunā vihāravatthuṃ sodhetvā . . . (see
Saṃghād., VI.2.2) . . . vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante mahalla-
kaṃ vihāraṃ kattukāmo sassāmikaṃ attuddesaṃ, so 'haṃ
bhante saṃghaṃ vihāravatthuolokanaṃ . . . etaṃ saparikka-
manaṃ nāma.
mahallako nāma vihāro sassāmiko vuccati.
vihāro nāma ullitto vā hoti avalitto vā ullittāvalitto vā.
kāreyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā.
bhikkhū vā anabhineyya vatthudesanāyā 'ti, ñattidutiyena
kammena vihāravatthuṃ na desāpetvā karoti vā kārāpeti vā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 157]
VII. 2-3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VII. 157
payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ, ekaṃ piṇḍaṃ anāgate āpatti
thullaccayassa, tasmiṃ piṇḍe āgate āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --pa-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||
bhikkhu vihāraṃ karoti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ
aparikkamanaṃ . . . (see Saṃghād., VI.3.1. The sections
which contain "pamāṇātikkanta" and "pamāṇika," are not
repeated here.) . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikka-
manaṃ, anāpatti. ||1||
bhikkhu samādisati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ
karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ . . .
desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||2||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti,
na ca samādisati desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca sapa-
rikkamano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ
sārambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ . . . desitavatthukam anā-
rambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||3||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca saparikka-
mano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ. so suṇāti vihāro kira me kayi-
rati adesitavatthuko sārambho aparikkamano 'ti. tena {bhi-
kkhunā} sāmaṃ vā . . . anāpatti. ||4||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti,
samādisati ca desitavatthuko ca hotu anārambho ca saparikka-
mano cā 'ti. tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sā-
rambhaṃ aparikkamanaṃ, āpatti kārukānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dukka-
ṭānaṃ . . . desitavatthukaṃ anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ,
anāpatti. ||5||
bhikkhu samādisitvā pakkamati vihāraṃ me karothā 'ti.
tassa vihāraṃ karonti adesitavatthukaṃ sārambhaṃ aparikka-
manaṃ. so ce vippakate āgacchati . . . desitavatthukaṃ
anārambhaṃ saparikkamanaṃ, anāpatti. ||6||
attanā vippakataṃ . . . (Saṃghād., VI.3.15,16) . . .
ādikammikassā 'ti. ||7||3||
vihārakārasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 158]
158 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 1-3.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana sam-
ayena āyasmatā Dabbena Mallaputtena jātiyā satta-
vassena arahattaṃ sacchikataṃ hoti, yaṃ kiñci sāvakena
{pattabbaṃ} sabbaṃ tena anuppattaṃ hoti, n'; atthi c'; assa
kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ katassa vā paticayo. atha kho
āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa
evañ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: mayā kho jātiyā satta-
vassena arahattaṃ sacchikataṃ, yaṃ kiñci sāvakena patta-
bbaṃ sabbaṃ mayā anuppattaṃ, n'; atthi ca me kiñci uttariṃ
karaṇīyaṃ katassa vā paticayo. kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ saṃghassa
veyyāvaccaṃ kareyyan ti. atha kho āyasmato Dabbassa
Mallaputtassa etad ahosi: yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghassa senā-
sanañ ca paññāpeyyaṃ bhattāni ca uddiseyyan ti. ||1|| atha
kho āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā
vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ
nisinno kho āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca: idha mayhaṃ bhante rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa . . .
veyyāvaccaṃ kareyyan ti. tassa mayhaṃ bhante etad ahosi:
yaṃ nūnāhaṃ saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññāpeyyaṃ bhattā-
ni ca uddiseyyan ti. icchām'; ahaṃ bhante saṃghassa senā-
sanañ ca paññāpetuṃ bhattāni ca uddisitun ti. sādhu sādhu
Dabba, tena hi tvaṃ Dabba saṃghassa senāsanañ ca paññā-
pehi bhattāni ca uddisā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho āyasmā
Dabbo Mallaputto bhagavato paccassosi. ||2|| atha kho bha-
gavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave saṃgho Dabbaṃ
Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññāpakañ ca bhattuddesa-
kañ ca sammannatu. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammanni-
tabbo: paṭhamaṃ Dabbo yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho āyasmantaṃ
Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññāpakañ ca bhattuddesakañ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 159]
VIII. 1. 3-4.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 159
ca sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
saṃgho āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ senāsanapaññā-
pakañ ca bhattuddesakañ ca sammannati. yassāyasmato
khamati āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa senāsanapaññā-
pakassa ca bhattuddesakassa ca sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa
na kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena āyasmā Dabbo
Mallaputto senāsanapaññāpako ca bhattuddesako ca. kha-
mati . . . dhārayāmīti. ||3||
sammato ca panāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto sabhāgānaṃ bhi-
kkhūnaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsannaṃ paññāpeti. ye te bhikkhū
suttantikā tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññam-
aññaṃ suttantaṃ saṃgāyissantīti, ye te bhikkhū vinaya-
dharā tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ
vinayaṃ vinicchissantīti, ye te bhikkhū dhammakathikā
tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ dha-
mmaṃ sākacchissantīti, ye te bhikkhū jhāyino tesaṃ
ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti te aññamaññaṃ na vyābā-
dhissantīti,1 ye te bhikkhū tiracchānakathikā kāyadaḷhībahulā2
viharanti tesam pi ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti imāya p'
ime āyasmantā ratiyā acchissantīti. ye pi te bhikkhū vikāle
āgacchanti tesam pi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā ten'; eva ālokena
senāsanaṃ paññāpeti. api ssu bhikkhū sañcicca vikāle āga-
cchanti mayaṃ āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa iddhipāṭi-
hāriyaṃ passissāmā 'ti, te āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: amhākaṃ āvuso Dabba senā-
sanaṃ paññāpehīti. te āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ va-
deti: katthāyasmantā icchanti kattha paññāpemīti. te
sañcicca dūre apadissanti,3 amhākaṃ āvuso Dabba Gijjha-
kūṭe senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Corapapāte
senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Isigilipasse Kā-
ḷasilāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Vebhā-
rapasse Sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi,
amhākaṃ āvuso Sītavane Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre senā-
sanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Gomaṭakandarāyaṃ4
senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Tindukakandā-
rāyaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Tapoda-
kandarāyaṃ5 senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Ta-
podārāme senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Jīvak-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vyāpāhissantīti A, vyābādhissantītī B, byābāhissantīti C. Comp. Cullav., IV.4.4.
2 kāyadaḷhibahulā AC, kāyadaḍḍhib- B, kāyadaḍḍibahulā D. Comp.
Cullavagga, p. 313.
3 apadissanti, the three MSS., instead of apadisanti. Comp. Cullavagga, p. 313.
4 Gotamakakandarāyaṃ A, Gotamakand- BC.
5 Tapodakand- AB, Tapotakand- C.

[page 160]
160 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 4-6.
ambavane senāsanaṃ paññāpehi, amhākaṃ āvuso Madda-
kucchismiṃ migadāye senāsanaṃ paññāpehīti. tesaṃ āya-
smā Dabbo Mallaputto tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā aṅguliyā
jalamānāya purato purato gacchati, te pi ten'; eva ālokena
āyasmato Dabbassa Mallaputtassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gacchanti.
tesaṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ senāsanaṃ paññāpeti:
ayaṃ mañco idaṃ pīṭhaṃ ayaṃ bhisī idaṃ bimbohanaṃ
idaṃ vaccaṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ passāvaṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ pāniyaṃ
idaṃ paribhojaniyaṃ ayaṃ kattaradaṇḍo idaṃ saṃghassa
katikasaṇṭhānaṃ1 imaṃ kālaṃ pavisitabbaṃ imaṃ kālaṃ
nikkhamitabban ti. tesaṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ
senāsanaṃ paññāpetvā punad eva Veḷuvanaṃ paccāgaccha-
ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena Mettiyabhummajakā bhi-
kkhū navakā c'; eva honti appapuññā ca, yāni saṃghassa
lāmakāni senāsanāni tāni tesaṃ pāpuṇanti lāmakāni ca
bhattāni. tena kho pana samayena Rājagahe manussā
icchanti therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abhisaṃkhārikaṃ piṇḍapā-
taṃ dātuṃ sappiṃ pi telaṃ pi uttaribhaṅgaṃ pi, Mettiya-
bhummajakānaṃ pana bhikkhūnaṃ pākatikaṃ denti yathā-
raddhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyaṃ. te pacchābhattaṃ
piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā there bhikkhū pucchanti: tumhākaṃ
āvuso bhattagge kiṃ ahosi, tumhākaṃ kiṃ ahosīti. ekacce
therā evaṃ vadanti: amhākaṃ āvuso sappi ahosi telaṃ ahosi
uttaribhaṅgaṃ ahosīti. Mettiyabhummajakā pana bhikkhū
evaṃ vadanti: amhākaṃ āvuso na kiñci ahosi pākatikaṃ
yathāraddhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ bilaṅgadutiyan ti. ||5||
tena kho pana samayena kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati saṃ-
ghassa catukkabhattaṃ deti niccabhattaṃ. so bhattagge sa-
puttadāro upatiṭṭhitvā parivisati, aññe odanena pucchanti
aññe sūpena pucchanti2 aññe telena pucchanti aññe uttari-
bhaṅgena pucchanti. tena kho pana samayena kalyāṇa-
bhattikassa gahapatino bhattaṃ svātanāya Mettiyabhumma-
jakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ hoti. atha kho kalyāṇa-
bhattiko gahapati ārāmaṃ agamāsi kenacid eva karaṇīyena,
so yenāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekam-
antaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho kalyāṇabhattikaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 katikasaṇṭhānaṃ AB, -sandhānaṃ C.
2 After sūpena pucchanti, BC insert, aññe sappinā pucchanti.

[page 161]
VIII. 1. 6-7.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 161
gahapatiṃ āyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto dhammiyā kathāya
sandassesi . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho kalyāṇabhattiko
gahapati āyasmatā Dabbena Mallaputtena dhammiyā kathāya
sandassito . . . sampahaṃsito āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Malla-
puttaṃ etad avoca: kassa bhante amhākaṃ ghare svātanāya
bhattaṃ uddiṭṭhan ti. Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ kho gaha-
pati bhikkhūnaṃ tumhākaṃ ghare svātanāya bhattaṃ
uddiṭṭhan ti. atha kho kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati anatta-
mano ahosi: kathaṃ hi nāma pāpabhikkhū amhākaṃ ghare
bhuñjissantīti,1 gharaṃ gantvā dāsiṃ āṇāpesi: ye je sve
bhattikā āgacchanti te koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā kaṇāja-
kena bilaṅgadutiyena parivisā 'ti. evaṃ ayyā 'ti kho sā dāsī
kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino paccassosi. ||6|| atha kho
Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū hiyyo kho āvuso amhākaṃ
kalyāṇabhattikassa gahapatino bhattaṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ, sve amhe
kalyāṇabhattiko gahapati saputtadāro upatiṭṭhitvā pari-
visissati, aññe odanena pucchissanti aññe sūpena pucchissanti2
aññe telena pucchissanti aññe uttaribhaṅgena pucchissantīti,
te ten'; eva somanassena na cittarūpaṃ rattiyā supiṃsu.
atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena kalyāṇabhattikassa gaha-
patino nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkamiṃsu. addasa kho sā dāsī
Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū dūrato 'va āgacchante, disvāna
koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū
etad avoca: nisīdatha bhante 'ti. atha kho Mettiyabhumma-
jakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: nissaṃsayaṃ kho na tāva
bhattaṃ siddhaṃ bhavissati yathā mayaṃ koṭṭhake nisīdā-
peyyāmā 'ti.3 atha kho sā dāsī kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena
upagacchi bhuñjatha bhante 'ti. mayaṃ kho bhagini nicca-
bhattikā 'ti. jānāmi ayyā niccabhattikā 'ti,4 api cāhaṃ hiyyo
'va gahapatinā āṇattā: ye je sve bhattikā āgacchanti te
koṭṭhake āsanaṃ paññāpetvā kaṇājakena bilaṅgadutiyena
parivisā 'ti. bhuñjatha bhante 'ti. atha kho Mettiya-
bhummajakā bhikkhū hiyyo kho āvuso kalyāṇabhattiko
gahapati ārāmaṃ agamāsi Dabbassa Mallaputtassa santike,
nissaṃsayaṃ kho mayaṃ Dabbena Mallaputtena gahapatino
santike paribhinnā 'ti, te ten'; eva domanassena na cittarūpaṃ
bhuñjiṃsu. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū pacchā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 amhākaṃ ghare bhattaṃ bhuñjissantīti B.
2 After sūpena pucchissanti, B inserts, sappinā p-.
3 nisīdeyyāmā ti A, nisīdāpeyyāmā ti BC. Probably it ought to be written
nisīdāpiyeyyāmā 'ti (pass. caus.).
4 niccabhattikā ti BC, niccabhattikattha A.

[page 162]
162 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1. 7-9.
bhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā ārāmaṃ gantvā pattacīvaraṃ
paṭisāmetvā bahārāmakoṭṭhake saṃghāṭipallatthikāya nisī-
diṃsu tuṇhibhūtā maṅkubhūtā pattakkhandhā adhomukhā
pajjhāyantā appaṭibhānā. ||7||
atha kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī yena Mettiyabhummajakā
bhikkhū ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā Mettiyabhumma-
jake bhikkhū etad avoca: vandāmi ayyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte
Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū nālapiṃsu. dutiyam pi kho
. . . tatiyam pi kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī Mettiyabhummajake
bhikkhū etad avoca: vandāmi ayyā 'ti. tatiyam pi kho
Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū nālapiṃsu. ky āhaṃ ayyānaṃ
aparajjhāmi, kissa maṃ ayyā nālapantīti. tathā hi pana
tvaṃ bhagini amhe Dabbena Mallaputtena viheṭhiyamāne
ajjhupekkhasīti. ky āhaṃ ayyā karomīti. sace kho tvaṃ
bhagini iccheyyāsi ajj'; eva bhagavā Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ
nāsāpeyyā 'ti. ky āhaṃ ayyā karomi, kiṃ mayā sakkā kātun
ti. ehi tvaṃ bhagini yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkama,
upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ evaṃ vadehi: idaṃ bhante na
cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ, yāyaṃ bhante disā abhayā anītikā
anupaddavā sāyaṃ disā sabhayā saītikā saupaddavā, yato
nivātaṃ tato pavātaṃ, udakaṃ maññe ādittaṃ, ayyena 'mhi
Dabbena Mallaputtena dūsitā 'ti. evaṃ ayyā 'ti kho Mettiyā
bhikkhunī Mettiyabhummajakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭissutvā
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhaga-
vantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā
kho Mettiyā bhikkhunī bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ
bhante na cchannaṃ . . . dūsitā 'ti. ||8||
atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhi-
kkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Malla-
puttaṃ paṭipucchi: sarasi tvaṃ Dabba evarūpaṃ kattā
yathāyaṃ bhikkhunī āhā 'ti. yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā
jānātīti. dutiyam pi kho bhagavā --la-- tatiyam pi kho
bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ etad avoca . . .
jānātīti. na kho Dabba Dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhenti, sace tayā
kataṃ katan ti vadehi, sace akataṃ akatan ti vadehīti. yato
ahaṃ bhante jāto nābhijānāmi supinantena pi methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevitā pag eva jāgaro 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave Mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 163]
VIII. 1. 9-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 163
nāsetha ime ca bhikkhū anuyuñjathā 'ti. idaṃ vatvā bhaga-
vā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. atha kho te bhikkhū Metti-
yaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsesuṃ. atha kho Mettiyabhummajakā
bhikkhū te bhikkhū etad avocuṃ: māvuso Mettiyaṃ bhi-
kkhuniṃ nāsetha, na sā kiñci aparajjhati, amhehi sā
ussāhitā kupitehi anattamanehi cāvanādhippāyehīti. kiṃ
pana tumhe āvuso āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amū-
lakena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. evaṃ
āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te ujjhāyanti khīyanti
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū
āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena
dhammena anuddhaṃsessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave
Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena
anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi
buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā
Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ amūlakena pārājikena dhammena
anuddhaṃsessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ
sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ duṭṭho doso appatīto amūla-
kena pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya app eva
nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti, tato aparena
samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā
amūlakañ c'; eva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti bhikkhu ca dosaṃ
patiṭṭhāti, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||9||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti. bhikkhun ti aññaṃ
bhikkhuṃ.
duṭṭho doso 'ti, kupito anattamano anabhiraddho āhata-
citto khilajāto.1 appatīto 'ti tena ca kopena tena ca
dosena tāya ca anattamanatāya tāya ca anabhiraddhiyā
appatīto hoti.
amūlakaṃ nāma adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ.
pārājikena dhammenā 'ti catunnaṃ aññatarena.
anuddhaṃseyyā 'ti codeti vā codāpeti vā.
appeva nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 khilajāto ABC. Buddhaghosa: cittathaddhabhāvacittakacavarasaṃkhātaṃ
paṭighakhīlaṃ jātam assā 'ti khīlajāto.

[page 164]
164 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 2-3. 2.
bhikkhubhāvā cāveyyaṃ samaṇadhammā cāveyyaṃ sī-
lakkhandhā cāveyyaṃ tapoguṇā cāveyyaṃ.
tato aparena samayenā 'ti yasmiṃ khaṇe1 anuddhaṃsito
hoti taṃ khaṇaṃ taṃ layaṃ taṃ muhuttaṃ vītivatte.
samanuggāhiyamāno 'ti yena vatthunā anuddhaṃsito hoti
tasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ samanuggāhiyamāno. asamanuggāhiya-
māno 'ti na kenaci vuccamāno.
adhikaraṇaṃ nāma, cattāri adhikaraṇāni vivādādhi-
karaṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhika-
raṇaṃ.
bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhātīti, tucchakaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ
musā mayā bhaṇitaṃ abhūtaṃ mayā bhaṇitaṃ ajānantena
mayā bhaṇitaṃ.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce
codeti: diṭṭho mayā pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si, asa-
maṇo 'si, asakyaputtiyo 'si, n'; atthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā
pavāraṇā vā saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhā-
panno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: suto mayā . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa. aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā . . . āpatti
vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||1||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce
codeti: diṭṭho mayā suto ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno
'si . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. adiṭṭh'; assa
hoti . . . tañ ce codeti: diṭṭho mayā parisaṅkito ca . . .
diṭṭho mayā suto ca parisaṅkito ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhā-
panno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: suto mayā parisaṅkito ca --pa--
suto mayā diṭṭho ca --pa-- suto mayā parisaṅkito ca diṭṭho
ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. aparisaṅkit'
assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti. tañ ce codeti:
parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca -- parisaṅkito mayā suto ca
--pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca suto ca . . . āpatti
vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 yasmiṃ khaṇe A, yasmiṃ samaye BC (Saṃgh. 9.2.4; yasmiṃ khaṇe ABC.).

[page 165]
VIII. 3. 3-8] SAṂGHĀDISESA, VIII. 165
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce
codeti: suto mayā . . . parisaṅkito mayā . . . suto mayā
parisaṅkito ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si . . .
āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. sut'; assa hoti pārā-
jikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'ti, tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito
mayā --pa-- diṭṭho mayā --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho
ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. parisaṅkit'
assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce codeti:
diṭṭho mayā --pa-- suto mayā --pa-- diṭṭho mayā suto
ca . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||3||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, diṭṭhe
vematiko diṭṭhaṃ n'; okappeti diṭṭhaṃ na ssarati diṭṭhaṃ
sammuṭṭho hoti, sute vematiko . . . sutaṃ sammuṭṭho1 hoti,
parisaṅkite vematiko . . . parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho1 hoti,
tañ ce codeti: parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca --pa-- pari-
saṅkito mayā suto ca --pa-- parisaṅkito mayā diṭṭho ca
suto ca pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa. ||4||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce
codāpeti: diṭṭho 'si pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si . . .
āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti . . .
aparisaṅkit'; assa hoti . . . ||5||
adiṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ
ce codāpeti: diṭṭho 'si suto 'si --pa-- diṭṭho 'si parisaṅkito
'si . . . diṭṭho 'si suto 'si parisaṅkito 'si . . . āpatti vācāya
vācāya saṃghādisesassa. asut'; assa hoti . . . aparisaṅkit'
assa hoti . . . ||6||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, tañ ce
codāpeti suto 'si --pa-- parisaṅkito 'si --pa-- suto 'si
parisaṅkito 'si . . . sut'; assa hoti . . . parisaṅkit'; assa
hoti . . . ||7||
diṭṭh'; assa hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto, diṭṭhe
vematiko . . . parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho2 hoti, tañ ce codāpeti:
parisaṅkito 'si diṭṭho 'si --pa-- parisaṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho
hoti, tañ ce codāpeti: parisaṅkito 'si suto 'si --pa-- pari-
saṅkitaṃ sammuṭṭho hoti, tañ ce codāpeti: parisaṅkito 'si
diṭṭho 'si suto 'si pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . āpatti vācāya
vācāya saṃghādisesassa. ||8||3||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 pamuṭṭho A, summuṭṭho and sammuṭṭho B, samuṭṭho and sammuṭṭho C.
2 pamuṭṭho A, sammuṭṭho (once, pammuṭṭho)
B, sam- and samm- C.

[page 166]
166 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 4-IX. 1.
asuddhe suddhadiṭṭhi, suddhe asuddhadiṭṭhi, asuddhe
asuddhadiṭṭhi, suddhe suddhadiṭṭhi. ||1||
asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
ajjhāpanno, tañ ce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā
cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti saṃghādisesena dukkaṭassa.
asuddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. asuddho hoti . . . anokāsaṃ kārā-
petvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa.
asuddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti,
āpatti omasavādassa. ||2||
suddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
anajjhāpanno, tañ ce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārā-
petvā cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. suddho
hoti . . . okāsaṃ kārāpetvā cā vanādhippāyo vadeti, anāpatti.
suddho hoti . . . anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti,
āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa. suddho hoti . . . okāsaṃ
kārāpetvā akkosādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti omasavādassa. ||3||
asuddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
ajjhāpanno, tañ ce asuddhadiṭṭhi samāno anokāsaṃ kārāpetvā
cāvanādhippāyo vadeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa . . . anāpatti . . .
āpatti omasavādena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti omasavā-
dassa. ||4||
suddho hoti puggalo aññataraṃ pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
anajjhāpanno, tañ ce suddhadiṭṭhi samāno . . . āpatti saṃghā-
disesena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti saṃghādisesassa . . . āpatti
omasavādena dukkaṭassa . . . āpatti omasavādassa. ||5||
anāpatti suddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissa, asuddhe asuddhadiṭṭhissa,
ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||6||4||
amūlakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū Gijjhakūṭā pabbatā
orohantā addasaṃsu chakalakaṃ ajikāya vippaṭipajjantaṃ,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 167]
IX. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX. 167
disvāna evam āhaṃsu: handa mayaṃ āvuso imaṃ chaka-
lakaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ nāma karoma, imaṃ ajikaṃ
Mettiyaṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ karoma, evaṃ mayaṃ voha-
rissāma: pubbe mayaṃ āvuso Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ sutena
avocumhā, idāni pana amhehi sāmaṃ diṭṭho Mettiyāya bhi-
kkhuniyā vippaṭipajjanto 'ti. te taṃ chakalakaṃ Dabbaṃ
Mallaputtaṃ nāma akaṃsu, taṃ ajikaṃ Mettiyaṃ nāma
bhikkhuniṃ akaṃsu. te bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesuṃ: pubbe
mayaṃ āvuso Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ sutena avocumhā, idāni
pana amhehi sāmaṃ diṭṭho Mettiyāya bhikkhuniyā vippaṭi-
pajjanto 'ti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: māvuso evaṃ ava-
cuttha, nāyasmā Dabbo Mallaputto evaṃ karissatīti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ paṭipucchi:
sarasi tvaṃ Dabba evarūpaṃ kattā yathā yime bhikkhū
āhaṃsū 'ti. yathā maṃ bhante bhagavā jānātīti. dutiyam
pi kho bhagavā --pa-- tatiyam pi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ
Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ etad avoca . . . jānātīti. na kho
Dabba . . . jāgaro 'ti. atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
tena hi bhikkhave ime bhikkhū anuyuñjathā 'ti. idaṃ vatvā
bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi. ||1||atha kho te bhi-
kkhū Mettiyabhummajake bhikkhū anuyuñjiṃsu. te bhi-
kkhūhi anuyuñjiyamānā bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
kiṃ pana tumhe āvuso āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ
aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upā-
dāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. evam āvuso
'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi
nāma Mettiyabhummajakā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Dabbaṃ
Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa . . . anuddhaṃsessantīti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ
kira tumhe bhikkhave Dabbaṃ Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa
. . . anuddhaṃsethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā Dabbaṃ
Mallaputtaṃ aññabhāgiyassa . . . anuddhaṃsessatha. n'
etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhuṃ duṭṭho doso appatīto añña-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 168]
168 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 1. 2-2. 3.
bhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassa kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ
upādāya pārājikena dhammena anuddhaṃseyya app eva
nāma naṃ imamhā brahmacariyā cāveyyan ti, tato aparena
samayena samanuggāhiyamāno vā asamanuggāhiyamāno vā
aññabhāgiyañ c'; eva taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ hoti koci deso lesa-
matto upādinno bhikkhu ca dosaṃ patiṭṭhāti, saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . (Saṃghād., VIII.2) . . . appatīto
hoti. ||1||
aññabhāgiyassa adhikaraṇassā 'ti, āpattaññabhāgiyaṃ vā
hoti adhikaraṇaññabhāgiyaṃ vā.
kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ {adhikaraṇassa} aññabhāgiyaṃ. vivā-
dādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa āpattādhikaraṇassa kiccā-
dhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ. anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ . . .,
āpattādhikaraṇaṃ . . ., kiccādhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikara-
ṇassa anuvādādhikaraṇassa āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgi-
yaṃ. evaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ.
kathaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ adhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. vivādā-
dhikaraṇaṃ vivādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. anuvādādhi-
karaṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. āpattādhikara-
ṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa siyā tabbhāgiyaṃ siyā aññabhāgiyaṃ.
kathaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ.
methunadhammapārājikāpatti adinnādānapārājikāpattiyā ma-
nussaviggahapārājikāpattiyā uttarimanussadhammapārājikā-
pattiyā aññabhāgiyā. adinnādānapārājikāpatti . . ., ma-
nussaviggahapārājikāpatti . . ., uttarimanussadhammapārā-
jikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā adinnādānapārāji-
kāpattiyā manussaviggahapārājikāpattiyā aññabhāgiyā. evaṃ
āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa aññabhāgiyaṃ. kathañ
ca āpattādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. me-
thunadhammapārājikāpatti methunadhammapārājikāpattiyā
tabbhāgiyā . . . uttarimanussadhammapārājikāpatti uttari-
manussadhammapārājikāpattiyā tabbhāgiyā. evaṃ āpattā-
dhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. kiccādhikara-
ṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. evaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ
adhikaraṇassa tabbhāgiyaṃ. ||2||
kiñci desaṃ lesamattaṃ upādāyā 'ti. leso nāma dasa lesā:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 169]
IX. 2. 3.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, IX. 169
jātileso nāmaleso gottaleso liṅgaleso āpattileso pattaleso
cīvaraleso upajjhāyaleso ācariyaleso senāsanaleso.
jātileso nāma: khattiyo diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ
ajjhāpajjanto, aññaṃ khattiyaṃ passitvā codeti: khattiyo
mayā diṭṭho, pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpanno 'si, asamaṇo
'si, asakyaputtiyo 'si, n'; atthi tayā saddhiṃ uposatho vā pavā-
raṇā vā saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghā-
disesassa. brāhmaṇo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- vesso diṭṭho hoti
--pa-- suddo diṭṭho hoti . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya saṃghā-
disesassa.
nāmaleso nāma: Buddharakkhito diṭṭho hoti --pa--
Dhammarakkhito diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Saṃghara-
kkhito diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto,
aññaṃ Saṃgharakkhitaṃ passitvā . . . āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa.
gottaleso nāma: Gotamo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Mogga-
llāno diṭṭho hoti --pa-- Kaccāno1 diṭṭho hoti --pa--
Vāsiṭṭho diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ ajjhāpajjanto,
aññaṃ Vāsiṭṭhaṃ passitvā . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādi-
sesassa.
liṅgaleso nāma: dīgho diṭṭho hoti --pa-- rasso diṭṭho
hoti --pa-- kaṇho diṭṭho hoti --pa-- odāto diṭṭho hoti
pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
āpattileso nāma: lahukaṃ āpattiṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho
hoti, tañ ce pārājikena codeti: asamaṇo 'si . . . vācāya vā-
cāya saṃghādisesassa.
pattaleso nāma: lohapattadharo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- sāṭa-
kapattadharo diṭṭho hoti --pa-- sumbhakapattadharo diṭṭho
hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
cīvaraleso nāma: paṃsukūliko diṭṭho hoti --pa-- gaha-
paticīvaradharo diṭṭho hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya
vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
upajjhāyaleso nāma: itthannāmassa saddhivihāriko diṭṭho
hoti pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādi-
sesassa.
ācariyaleso nāma: itthannāmassa antevāsiko diṭṭho hoti
pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
senāsanaleso nāma: itthannāmasenāsanavāsiko diṭṭho hoti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Kaccāyano A, Kaccāno BC.

[page 170]
170 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 2. 3-3. 3.
pārājikaṃ dhammaṃ . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādi-
sesassa. ||3||
pārājikena dhammenā 'ti catunnaṃ . . . (Saṃghād.,
VIII.2) . . . kiccādhikaraṇaṃ.
koci deso lesamatto upādinno 'ti, tesaṃ lesānaṃ aññataro
leso upādinno hoti.
bhikkhu ca dosaṃ . . . (Saṃghād., VIII.2) . . . tena
pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||4||2||
bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghā-
disese saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce pārājikena codeti
asamaṇo 'si . . . saṃghakammaṃ vā 'ti, evaṃ pi āpattañña-
bhāgiyaṃ hoti leso ca upādinno, āpatti vācāya vācāya
saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto
diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese thullaccayadiṭṭhi hoti --pa--
pācittiyadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- pāṭidesaniyadiṭṭhi hoti --pa--
{dukkaṭadiṭṭhi} hoti --pa-- dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce
. . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
bhikkhu thullaccayaṃ --pa-- pācittiyaṃ --pa-- pāṭi-
desaniyaṃ --pa-- dukkaṭaṃ --pa-- dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhā-
pajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhāsite dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ
ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu dubbhā-
sitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhāsite saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi
hoti, dubbhāsite thullaccayapācittiyapāṭidesaniyadukkaṭa-
diṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa.
ekekaṃ mūlaṃ kātūna cakkaṃ bandhitabbaṃ. ||1||
bhikkhu saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghā-
disese saṃghādisesadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce pārājikena codāpeti
asamaṇo 'si . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghādisesassa. bhikkhu
saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, saṃghādisese
thullaccayadiṭṭhi hoti --pa-- . . . dubbhāsitadiṭṭhi hoti
. . . bhikkhu dubbhāsitaṃ ajjhāpajjanto diṭṭho hoti, dubbhā-
site dukkaṭadiṭṭhi hoti. tañ ce . . . vācāya vācāya saṃghā-
disesassa. ||2||
anāpatti tathāsaññī codeti vā codāpeti vā, ummattakassa,
ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||3||
navamaṃ saṃghādisesaṃ samattaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 171]
X. 1. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, X. 171
SAṂGHĀDISESA, X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. atha kho Devadatto
yena Kokāliko Kaṭamorakatissako1 Khaṇḍadeviyā
putto Samuddadatto2 ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
Kokālikaṃ Kaṭamorakatissakaṃ Khaṇḍadeviyā puttaṃ Sam-
uddadattaṃ etad avoca: etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇassa
Gotamassa saṃghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabhedan ti. evaṃ
vutte Kokāliko Devadattaṃ etad avoca: samaṇo kho āvuso
Gotamo mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo. kathaṃ mayaṃ sama-
ṇassa Gotamassa saṃghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabhedan ti.
etha mayaṃ āvuso samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ upasaṃkamitvā pañca
vatthūni yācissāma: bhagavā bhante anekapariyāyena appi-
cchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apaca-
yassa viriyārambhassa vaṇṇavādī. imāni bhante pañca
vatthūni anekapariyāyena appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhā-
ya dhutatāya pāsādikatāya apacayāya viriyārambhāya saṃva-
ttanti. sādhu bhante bhikkhū yāvajīvaṃ āraññakā assu, yo
gāmantaṃ osareyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ piṇḍa-
pātikā assu, yo nimantanaṃ sādiyeyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya.
yāvajīvaṃ paṃsukūlikā assu, yo gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyeyya
vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ rukkhamūlikā assu, yo
channaṃ upagaccheyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyya. yāvajīvaṃ
macchamaṃsaṃ na khādeyyuṃ, yo macchamaṃsaṃ khādeyya
vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. imāni samaṇo Gotamo nānujā-
nissati. te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi janaṃ saññā-
pessāmā 'ti. sakkā kho āvuso imehi pañcahi vatthūhi sama-
ṇassa Gotamassa saṃghabhedo kātuṃ cakkabhedo, lūkhappa-
sannā hi āvuso manussā 'ti. ||1|| atha kho Devadatto sapariso
yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho De-
vadatto bhagavantaṃ etad avoca: bhagavā bhante anekapa-
riyāyena appicchassa . . . yo macchamaṃsaṃ khādeyya
vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. alaṃ Devadatta, yo icchati
āraññako hotu, yo icchati gāmante viharatu, yo icchati

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Kadamodakat- AC, Kaṭacorakat- B. Comp Cullavagga, VII.3.14,
and the various readings, Cullav., p. 324.
2 Samuddadattiko, Samuddadattikaṃ A.

[page 172]
172 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 2-3.
piṇḍapātiko hotu, yo icchati nimantanaṃ sādiyatu, yo icchati
paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu.
aṭṭha māse kho mayā Devadatta rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ
anuññātaṃ. tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ macchamaṃsaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ
asutaṃ aparisaṅkitan ti. atha kho Devadatto na bhagavā
imāni pañca vatthūni anujānātīti haṭṭho udaggo sapariso
uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
pakkāmi. atha kho Devadatto Rājagahaṃ pavisitvā pañcahi
vatthūhi janaṃ saññāpesi: mayaṃ āvuso samaṇaṃ Gotamaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā pañca vatthūni yācimhā: bhagavā bhante
anekapariyāyena appicchassa . . . yo macchamaṃsaṃ khā-
deyya vajjaṃ naṃ phuseyyā 'ti. imāni samaṇo Gotamo
nānujānāti. te mayaṃ imehi pañcahi vatthūhi samādāya
vattāmā 'ti. ||2|| tattha ye te manussā assaddhā appasannā
dubbuddhino te evam āhaṃsu: ime kho samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
dhutā sallekhavuttino, samaṇo pana Gotamo bāhulliko bā-
hullāya cetetīti. ye pana te manussā saddhā pasannā paṇḍitā
buddhimanto te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi
nāma Devadatto bhagavato saṃghabhedāya parakkamissati
cakkabhedāyā 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ
ujjhāyantānaṃ khīyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Devadatto
saṃghabhedāya parakkamissati cakkabhedāyā 'ti. atha kho
te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Devadatta saṃghabhedāya parakkamasi cakkabhedāyā
'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ
hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa saṃghabhedāya parakkamissasi
cakkabhedāya. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpa-
daṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya
parakkameyya bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ sam-
ādāya paggayha tiṭṭheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam
assa vacanīyo: māyasmā samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya
parakkami bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya
paggayha aṭṭhāsi, samet'; āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi
saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viha-
ratīti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'; eva

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 173]
X. 1. 3-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA. X. 173
paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanu-
bhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyaṃ ce samanu-
bhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce
paṭinissajjeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||3||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
samaggo nāma saṃgho samānasaṃvāsako samānasīmāya
ṭhito.
bhedāya parakkameyyā 'ti, kathaṃ ime nānā assu vinā assu
vaggā assū 'ti pakkhaṃ pariyesati gaṇaṃ bandhati.
bhedanasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇan ti aṭṭhārasa bheda-
karavatthūni.
samādāyā 'ti ādāya. paggayhā 'ti dīpeyya. tiṭṭheyyā 'ti
na paṭinissajjeyya.
so bhikkhū 'ti yo so saṃghabhedako bhikkhu. bhikkhū-
hīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo:
māyasmā samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkami bheda-
nasaṃvattanikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha
aṭṭhāsi, samet'; āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho
sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti.
dutiyam pi vattabbo --la-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --la--.
sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so
bhikkhu saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā
samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkami bhedanasaṃvatta-
nikaṃ vā adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya paggayha aṭṭhāsi, samet'
āyasmā saṃghena, samaggo hi . . . viharatīti. dutiyam pi
vattabbo --la-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --la--. sace paṭi-
nissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthan-
nāmo bhikkhu samaggassa saṃghassa bhedāya parakkamati.
so taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjati. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya
tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo . . . na paṭinissajjati. saṃgho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 174]
174 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 2-XI. 1.
itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭi-
nissaggāya. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno
samanubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya so tuṇh'; assa,
yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ
vadāmi --pa-- tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi . . . so
bhāseyya. samanubhaṭṭho saṃghena itthannāmo bhikkhu
tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. khamati saṃghassa . . .
dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kamma-
vācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhā-
pajjantassa ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā
paṭippassambhanti.
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso
'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko na paṭi-
nissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme adham-
makammasaññī na paṭinissajjati, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
adhammakamme vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. adhamma-
kamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummatta-
kassa, khittacittassa, vedanaṭṭassa,1 ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
saṃghabhedasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
Devadatto saṃghabhedāya parakkamati cakkabhedāya.
bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: adhammavādī Devadatto avinaya-
vādī Devadatto, kathaṃ hi nāma Devadatto saṃghabhedāya
parakkamissati cakkabhedāyā 'ti. evaṃ vutte Kokāliko
Kaṭamorakatissako2 Khaṇḍadeviyā putto Samudda-
datto3 te bhikkhū etad avocuṃ:4 māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 C omits khittacittassa vedanaṭṭassa.
2 Katamodakatissako A, Kadamodakat- C, Kadamorakatissako B.
3 Samuddadattiko A.
4 avocuṃ A, avoca B, avoca corrected into avocuṃ C.

[page 175]
XI. 1-2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XI. 175
dhammavādī Devadatto vinayavādī Devadatto, amhākañ ca
Devadatto chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya voharati, jānāti no
bhāsati, amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū Devadattassa
saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā bhavissanti
vaggavādakā 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū Devadat-
tassa saṃghabhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā vaggavā-
dakā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ
hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā Devadattassa saṃghabhe-
dāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā bhavissanti vaggavādakā.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
tass'; eva kho pana bhikkhussa bhikkhū honti anuvatta-
kā vaggavādakā eko vā dve vā tayo vā, te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ:
māyasmanto etaṃ bhikkhuṃ kiñci avacuttha, dhammavādī c'
eso bhikkhu vinayavādī c'; eso bhikkhu amhākañ c'; eso bhi-
kkhu chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya voharati, jānāti no bhāsati,
amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi evam
assu vacanīyā: māyasmanto evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso bhi-
kkhu dhammavādī na c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī, māyasmantā-
naṃ pi saṃghabhedo ruccittha, samet'; āyasmantānaṃ saṃ-
ghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammodamāno avivadamāno
ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti. evañ ca te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi
vuccamānā tath'; eva paggaṇheyyuṃ, te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi
yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbā tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāva-
tatiyañ ce samanubhāsiyamānā taṃ paṭinissajjeyyuṃ icc etaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyyuṃ, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
tass'; eva kho panā 'ti, tassa saṃghabhedakassa bhikkhuno.
bhikkhū hontīti, aññe bhikkhū honti.
anuvattakā 'ti, yaṃdiṭṭhiko hoti yaṃkhantiko1 yaṃruciko
te pi taṃdiṭṭhikā honti taṃkhantikā taṃrucikā. vaggavā-
dakā 'ti, tassa vaṇṇāya pakkhāya ṭhitā honti.2
eko vā dve vā tayo vā 'ti, eko vā hoti dve vā tayo vā.
te evaṃ vadeyyuṃ: māyasmanto etaṃ bhikkhuṃ kiñci
avacuttha, dhammavādī c'; eso bhikkhu vinayavādī c'; eso
bhikkhu amhākaṃ c'; eso bhikkhu chandañ ca ruciñ ca ādāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 saṃdiṭṭhiko so hoti yaṃkhantiko B.
2 ṭhitā honti AB, diṭṭhikā honti C.

[page 176]
176 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XI. 2.
voharati, jānāti no bhāsati, amhākaṃ p'; etaṃ khamatīti. te
bhikkhū 'ti, ye te anuvattakā bhikkhū. bhikkhūhīti aññehi
bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbā: māyasmanto
evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso bhikkhu dhammavādī na c'; eso bhi-
kkhu vinayavādī, māyasmantānaṃ pi saṃghabhedo ruccittha,
samet'; āyasmantānaṃ saṃghena, samaggo hi saṃgho sammo-
damāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharatīti. dutiyam
pi vattabbā --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbā --pa--; sace
paṭinissajjanti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjanti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. te bhi-
kkhū saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbā: māyasmanto
evaṃ avacuttha, na c'; eso . . . phāsu viharatīti. dutiyam
pi vattabbā --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbā --pa--; sace paṭi-
nissajjanti, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjanti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. te bhikkhū samanubhāsitabbā. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbā: vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo
ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū itthannāmassa bhikkhuno saṃgha-
bhedāya parakkamantassa anuvattakā vaggavādakā. te taṃ
vatthuṃ na paṭinissajjanti. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho itthannāmañ ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū samanu-
bhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. itthannāmo ca . . . na paṭinissajjanti.
saṃgho {itthannāmañ} ca itthannāmañ ca bhikkhū samanu-
bhāsati tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. yassāyasmato kha-
mati itthannāmassa ca itthannāmassa ca bhikkhūnaṃ sam-
anubhāsanā tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya so tuṇh'; assa, yassa
na kkhamati so bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi.
tatiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi . . . so bhāseyya. samanu-
bhaṭṭhā saṃghena itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca bhikkhū tassa
vatthussa paṭinissaggāya. khamati saṃghassa . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kam-
mavācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ
ajjhāpajjantānaṃ ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi
thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti.
dve tayo ekato samanubhāsitabbā, taduttari1 na samanu-
bhāsitabbā.2
saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 tatuttari A, taduttari BC.
2 na samanubhāsitabbā A, samanubhāsitabbā B; in C "na" has been
added secunda manu.

[page 177]
XI. 3-XII. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XII. 177
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjanti,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematikā na paṭi-
nissajjanti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme adhamma-
kammasaññī na paṭinissajjanti, āpatti saṃghādisesassa.
adhammakamme dhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
adhammakamme vematikā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. adhamma-
kamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantānaṃ, paṭinissajjantānaṃ, umma-
ttakānaṃ, khittacittānaṃ, vedanaṭṭānaṃ, ādikammikānan
ti. ||2||3||
bhedānuvattakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ekādasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ viharati
Ghositārāme. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Channo
anācāraṃ ācarati. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: māvuso Channa
evarūpaṃ akāsi,1 n'; etaṃ kappatīti. so evaṃ vadeti: kiṃ nu
kho nāma tumhe āvuso maṃ vattabbaṃ maññatha, ahaṃ
kho nāma tumhe vadeyyaṃ. amhākaṃ buddho amhākaṃ
dhammo amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito. seyya-
thāpi nāma mahāvāto vāyanto tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇakasaṭaṃ2 ekato
ussāreyya,3 seyyathā vā pana nadī pabbateyyā saṅkhasevāla-
paṇakaṃ4 ekato ussāreyya, evam eva tumhe nānānāmā nānā-
gottā nānājaccā nānākulā pabbajitā ekato ussāritā.5 kiṃ nu
kho nāma tumhe āvuso maṃ vattabbaṃ maññatha. ahaṃ
kho nāma tumhe vadeyyaṃ. amhākaṃ buddho amhākaṃ
dhammo amhākaṃ ayyaputtena dhammo abhisamito 'ti. ye
te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
āyasmā Channo bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attā-
naṃ avacanīyaṃ karissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Channa bhikkhūhi
sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karosīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ
hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ
vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karissasi. n'; etaṃ mogha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 āvuso Channa mā evarūpaṃ akāsi A.
2 tiṇakaṭṭhapaṇṇasaṭā A, -paṇṇakasaṭaṃ BC, -paṇṇasatan ti D.
3 ussāreyya ABC, ussādeyyā 'ti rāsiṃ kareyya D.
4 Buddhaghosa: saṃkhasevālapaṇakan ti, ettha saṃkbo 'ti
dīghamūlako paṇṇasevālo vuccati, sevālo 'ti nīlasevālo, ava-
seso udakapappaṭakanīlabījakādi sabbo 'ti panako 'ti saṃkhaṃ
gacchati.
5 ekato ussāditā 'ti D.

[page 178]
178 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XII. 1-2.
purisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhu pan'; eva dubbacajātiko hoti, uddesapariyā-
pannesu sikkhāpadesu bhikkhūhi sahadhammikaṃ vucca-
māno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, mā maṃ āyasmanto kiñci
avacuttha kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, ahaṃ p'; āyasmante na
kiñci vakkhāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, viramathāyasmanto
mama vacanāyā 'ti: so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa va-
canīyo: māyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi, vacanīyaṃ
eva āyasmā attānaṃ karotu, āyasmāpi bhikkhū vadetu
saha dhammena, bhikkhū pi āyasmantaṃ vakkhanti
saha dhammena, evaṃ saṃvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato
parisā yad idaṃ aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhā-
panenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno
tath'; eva paggaṇheyya, so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvata-
tiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa paṭinissaggāya. yāvatati-
yañ ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjeyya, saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||1||
bhikkhu pan'; eva dubbacajātiko hotīti, dubbaco hoti dova-
cassa karaṇehi dhammehi samannāgato akkhamo appadakkhi-
ṇaggāhī anusāsaniṃ.1
uddesapariyāpannesu sikkhāpadesū 'ti pātimokkhapariyā-
pannesu sikkhāpadesu.
bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi.
sahadhammikaṃ nāma, yaṃ bhagavatā paññattaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ etaṃ sahadhammikaṃ nāma. tena vuccamāno attā-
naṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, mā maṃ āyasmanto kiñci avacuttha
kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, ahaṃ p'; āyasmante na kiñci vakkhā-
mi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā, viramathāyasmanto mama vaca-
nāyā 'ti, sobhikkhū 'ti, yo so dubbacajātiko bhikkhu.
bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi
vattabbo: māyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi, vacanīyam
eva āyasmā attānaṃ karotu, āyasmāpi bhikkhū vadetu saha
dhammena, bhikkhū pi āyasmantaṃ vakkhanti saha dhamme-
na, evaṃ saṃvaddhā hi tassa bhagavato parisā yad idaṃ
aññamaññavacanena aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā 'ti. dutiyam
pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 anusāsani A, anusāsaniṃ CD, anusāsati B.

[page 179]
XII. 2-XIII. 1. 1.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 179
paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. sutvā na vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhi-
kkhu saṃghamajjham pi ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā
attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi --pa-- aññamaññavuṭṭhāpanenā
'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi vattabbo
--pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no ce paṭi-
nissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanubhāsitabbo.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo: vyattena bhi-
kkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu bhikkhūhi sahadhammi-
kaṃ vuccamāno attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ karoti, so taṃ vatthuṃ
na paṭinissajjati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho
itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa
paṭinissaggāya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā, kamma-
vācāpariyosāne āpatti saṃghādisesassa. saṃghādisesaṃ ajjhā-
pajjantassa ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ dvīhi kammavācāhi thullaccayā
paṭippassambhanti. saṃghādiseso 'ti --la-- tena pi vucca-
ti saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko . . .
adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
dubbacasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dvādasamaṃ.
SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena Assajipunabbasukā nāma Kiṭāgirismiṃ
āvāsikā honti alajjino pāpabhikkhū. te evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ
ācaranti: mālāvacchaṃ ropenti pi ropāpenti pi siñcanti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 180]
180 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 1-3.
pi siñcāpenti pi ocinanti pi ocināpenti pi ganthenti pi
ganthāpenti pi1 ekatovaṇṭikamālaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi
ubhatovaṇṭikamālaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi mañjarikaṃ
karonti pi kārāpenti pi vidhutikaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi
vaṭaṃsakaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi āveḷaṃ karonti pi
kārāpenti pi uracchadaṃ karonti pi kārāpenti pi, te kulitthī-
naṃ kuladhītānaṃ kulakumārīnaṃ kulasuṇhānaṃ kula-
dāsīnaṃ ekatovaṇṭikamālaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi ubha-
tovaṇṭikamālaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi mañjarikaṃ haranti
pi harāpenti pi vidhutikaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi vaṭaṃsa-
kaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi āveḷaṃ haranti pi harāpenti
pi uracchadaṃ haranti pi harāpenti pi, te kulitthīhi
kuladhītāhi kulakumārīhi kulasuṇhāhi kuladāsīhi saddhiṃ
ekabhājane pi bhuñjanti ekathālake pi pivanti ekāsane pi
nisīdanti ekamañce pi tuvaṭṭenti ekattharaṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti
ekapāvuraṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti ekattharaṇapāvuraṇāpi tuvaṭṭenti
vikāle pi bhuñjanti majjam pi pivanti mālāgandhavilepanam
pi dhārenti naccanti pi gāyanti pi vādenti pi lāsenti pi
naccantiyāpi naccanti naccantiyāpi gāyanti naccantiyāpi vā-
denti naccantiyāpi lāsenti gāyantiyāpi naccanti . . . vādenti-
yāpi naccanti . . . lāsentiyāpi naccanti . . . lāsentiyāpi lā-
senti ||1|| aṭṭhapade pi kīḷanti dasapade pi kīḷanti ākāse pi
kīḷanti parihārapathe pi kīḷanti santikāya pi kīḷanti khalikāya
pi kīḷanti ghaṭikena pi kīḷanti salākahatthena pi kīḷanti
akkhena pi kīḷanti paṅgacīrena pi kīḷanti vaṅkakena2 pi
kīḷanti mokkhacikāya pi kīḷanti ciṅgulakena pi kīḷanti
pattāḷhakena pi kīḷanti rathakena pi kīḷanti dhanukena pi
kīḷanti akkharikāya pi kīḷanti manesikāya pi kīḷanti yathā-
vajjena pi kīḷanti hatthismim pi sikkhanti assasmim pi
sikkhanti rathasmim pi sikkhanti dhanusmim pi sikkhanti
tharusmim pi sikkhanti hatthissa pi purato dhāvanti assassa
pi purato dhāvanti rathassa pi purato dhāvanti dhāvanti pi
ādhāvanti pi usseḷhenti pi appoṭhenti pi nibbujjhanti pi
muṭṭhīhi pi yujjhanti raṅgamajjhe3 pi saṃghāṭiṃ patthar-
itvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vadanti idha bhagini naccassū 'ti nalā-
ṭikam pi denti vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti. ||2|| tena
kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kāsīsu vassaṃ vuttho
Sāvatthiṃ gacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya yena Kiṭā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 gandhenti pi gandhāpenti pi AC, ganthenti pi ganthāpenti pi B.
"ganthanādisu" D. Comp. Cullavagga, I.13.1.
2 vaṅkakena BCD, caṅgakena and vaṅgakena A.
3 raṅgamajjhe AB, -majjhe and -majjha C.

[page 181]
XIII. 1. 3-5.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 181
giri tad avasari. atha kho so bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kiṭāgiriṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi
pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena
sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno.
manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ passitvā evaṃ āhaṃsu: kv āyaṃ
abalabalo viya mandamando viya bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viya,
ko imassa upagatassa piṇḍakam pi dassati. amhākaṃ pana
ayyā Assajipunabbasukā saṇhā sakhilā sukhasambhāsā mihi-
tapubbaṃgamā ehisvāgatavādino abbhākuṭikā1 uttānamukhā
pubbabhāsino, tesaṃ kho nāma piṇḍo dātabbo 'ti. addasa
kho aññataro upāsako taṃ bhikkhuṃ Kiṭāgirismiṃ piṇḍāya
carantaṃ, disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā etad avoca: api
bhante piṇḍo labbhatīti. na kho āvuso piṇḍo labbhatīti.
ehi bhante gharaṃ gamissāmā 'ti. ||3|| atha kho so {upāsako}
taṃ bhikkhuṃ gharaṃ netvā bhojetvā etad avoca: kahaṃ
bhante ayyo gamissatīti. Sāvatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso ga-
missāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā 'ti. tena hi bhante mama
vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vanda evañ ca vadehi:
duṭṭho bhante Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāso; Assajipunabbasukā nāma
Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāsikā alajjino pāpabhikkhū, te evarūpaṃ
anācāraṃ ācaranti . . . vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti, ye
pi te bhante manussā pubbe saddhā ahesuṃ pasannā te pi
etarahi assaddhā appasannā, yāni pi tāni saṃghassa pubbe
dānapathāni tāni pi etarahi upacchinnāni, riñcanti pesalā
bhikkhū nivasanti pāpabhikkhū. sādhu bhante bhagavā
Kiṭāgiriṃ bhikkhū pahiṇeyya yathāyaṃ Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāso
saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. ||4|| evaṃ āvuso 'ti kho so bhikkhu tassa
upāsakassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Sāvatthi tena pakkā-
mi, anupubbena yena Sāvatthi Jetavanaṃ Anātha-
piṇḍikassa ārāmo yena bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upa-
saṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantu-
kehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. atha kho bhagavā
taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kacci bhikkhu khamanīyaṃ,
kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato,
kuto ca tvaṃ bhikkhu āgacchasīti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā,
yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena cāhaṃ bhante addhā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 abhākuṭikā D.

[page 182]
182 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 5-6.
naṃ āgato. idhāhaṃ bhante Kāsīsu vassaṃ vuttho Sāvatthiṃ
āgacchanto bhagavantaṃ dassanāya yena Kiṭāgiri tad avasa-
riṃ. atha khv'; āhaṃ bhante pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Kiṭāgiriṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. addasa kho
maṃ bhante aññataro upāsako Kiṭāgirismiṃ piṇḍāya caran-
taṃ, disvāna yenāhaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
maṃ abhivādetvā etad avoca: api bhante piṇḍo labbhatīti.
na kho āvuso piṇḍo labbhatīti. ehi bhante gharaṃ gamissā-
mā 'ti. atha kho bhante so upāsako maṃ gharaṃ netvā
bhojetvā etad avoca: kahaṃ bhante ayyo gamissatīti. Sā-
vatthiṃ kho ahaṃ āvuso gamissāmi bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā
'ti. tena hi . . . saṇṭhaheyyā 'ti. tato ahaṃ bhagavā
āgacchāmīti. ||5|| atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhi-
kkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira bhikkhave Assajipunabba-
sukā nāma Kiṭāgirismiṃ āvāsikā alajjino pāpabhikkhū, te
evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācaranti: mālāvacchaṃ ropenti pi
--la-- vividham pi anācāraṃ ācaranti, ye pi te bhikkhave
manussā . . . nivasanti pāpabhikkhū 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave
moghapurisā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissanti, mālāvacchaṃ
ropessanti pi ropāpessanti pi siñcissanti pi siñcāpessanti pi
ocinissanti pi ocināpessanti pi ganthessanti pi ganthāpessanti
pi . . . karissanti pi kārāpessanti pi . . . harissanti pi harā-
pessanti pi . . . bhuñjissanti . . . pivissanti . . . nisī-
dissanti . . . tuvaṭṭissanti . . . bhuñjissanti . . . pivissanti
. . . dhārissanti naccissanti pi gāyissanti pi vādissanti pi
lāsessanti pi . . . kīḷissanti . . . sikkhissanti . . . dhā-
vissanti . . . ādhāvissanti pi usseḷhissanti pi appoṭhissanti
pi nibbujjhissanti pi muṭṭhīhi pi yujjhissanti raṅgamajjhe
pi saṃghāṭiṃ pattharitvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vakkhanti idha
bhagini naccassū 'ti, nalāṭikam pi dassanti vividham pi anā-
cāraṃ ācarissanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ . . . viga-
rahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā Sāriputtamoggallāne
āmantesi: gacchatha tumhe Sāriputtā Kiṭāgiriṃ gantvā
Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbā-
janiyakammaṃ karotha, tumhākaṃ ete saddhivihārino
'ti. kathaṃ mayaṃ bhante Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 183]
XIII. 1. 6-8.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 183
kkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ karoma, caṇḍā
te bhikkhū pharusā 'ti. tena hi tumhe Sāriputtā bahukehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ gacchathā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho
Sāriputtamoggallānā bhagavato paccassosuṃ. ||6|| evañ ca
pana bhikkhave kātabbaṃ. paṭhamaṃ Assajipunabbasukā
bhikkhū codetabbā, codetvā sāretabbā, sāretvā āpattiṃ rope-
tabbā, āpattiṃ ropetvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho
ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ime Assajipunabba-
sukā bhikkhū kuladūsakā pāpasamācārā, imesaṃ pāpakā
{samācārā} dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni ca imehi duṭṭhā-
ni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā
pabbājaniyakammaṃ kareyya na Assajipunabbasukehi bhi-
kkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. esā ñatti. suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. ime . . . suyyanti ca. saṃgho Assaji-
punabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniya-
kammaṃ karoti na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭā-
girismiṃ vatthabban ti. yassāyasmato khamati Assaji-
punabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbājaniyassa
kammassa karaṇaṃ na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭā-
girismiṃ vatthabban ti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so
bhāseyya. dutiyam pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi --la-- tatiyam
pi etam atthaṃ vadāmi: suṇātu me . . . so bhāseyya. ka-
taṃ saṃghena Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgi-
rismā pabbājaniyakammaṃ na Assajipunabbasukehi bhi-
kkhūhi Kiṭāgirismiṃ vatthabban ti. khamati saṃghassa,
tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti. ||7|| atha kho Sāri-
puttamoggallānapamukho bhikkhusaṃgho Kiṭāgiriṃ gantvā
Assajipunabbasukānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ Kiṭāgirismā pabbāja-
niyakammaṃ akāsi na Assajipunabbasukehi bhikkhūhi Kiṭā-
girismiṃ vatthabban ti. te saṃghena pabbājaniyakamma-
katā na sammāvattanti na lomaṃ pātenti na netthāraṃ
vattanti bhikkhū na khamāpenti akkosanti paribhāsanti
chandagāmitā dosagāmitā mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpenti
pakkamanti pi vibbhamanti pi. yete bhikkhū appicchā te
. . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma Assajipunabbasukā bhi-
kkhū saṃghena pabbājaniyakammakatā na sammāvattissanti
na lomaṃ pātessanti na netthāraṃ vattissanti bhikkhū na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 184]
184 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 1. 8-2.
khamāpessanti akkosissanti paribhāsissanti chandagāmitā
dosagāmitā mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpessanti pakka-
missanti pi vibbhamissanti pīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave
Assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū saṃghena pabbājaniyakamma-
katā na sammāvattanti --pa-- vibbhamanti pīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā --pa--, evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhu pan'; eva aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā
upanissāya viharati kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, tassa kho
pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni ca tena
duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi
evam assa vacanīyo: āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro,
āyasmato kho pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca
kulāni cāyasmatā duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca.
pakkamat'; āyasmā imamhā āvāsā, alan te idhavāsenā 'ti.
evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno te bhikkhū evaṃ
vadeyya: chandagāmino ca bhikkhū dosagāmino ca bhikkhū
mohagāmino ca bhikkhū bhayagāmino ca bhikkhū, tādisi-
kāya āpattiyā ekaccaṃ pabbājenti ekaccaṃ na pabbājentīti,
so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi evam assa vacanīyo: māyasmā evaṃ
avaca, na ca bhikkhū chandagāmino na ca bhikkhū dosagā-
mino na ca bhikkhū mohagāmino na ca bhikkhū bhayagā-
mino, āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho
pāpakā samācārā dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca kulāni cāyasmatā
duṭṭhāni dissanti c'; eva suyyanti ca. pakkamat'; āyasmā
imamhā āvāsā, alan te idhavāsenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhi-
kkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno tath'; eva paggaṇheyya, so
bhikkhu bhikkhūhi yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo tassa
paṭinissaggāya. yāvatatiyaṃ ce samanubhāsiyamāno taṃ
paṭinissajjeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce paṭinissajjeyya,
saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||8||1||
bhikkhu pan'; eva aññataraṃ gāmaṃ va nigamaṃ vā 'ti,
gāmo pi nigamo pi nagaraṃ pi gāmo c'; eva nigamo ca.
upanissāya viharatīti, tattha paṭibaddhā honti cīvarapiṇḍa-
pātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā.
kulaṃ nāma cattāri kulāni khattiyakulaṃ brāhmaṇaku-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 185]
XIII.2.] SAṂGHĀDISESA, XIII. 185
laṃ vessakulaṃ suddakulaṃ. kuladūsako 'ti, kulāni dūseti
pupphena vā phalena vā cuṇṇena vā mattikāya vā danta-
kaṭṭhena vā veḷuyā vā vejjikāya vā jaṅghapesanikena vā.
pāpasamācāro 'ti, mālāvacchaṃ ropeti pi ropāpeti pi siñcati
pi siñcāpeti pi ocināti pi ocināpeti pi gantheti pi ganthā-
peti pi.
dissanti c'; eva suyyanti cā 'ti, ye sammukhā te passanti ye
tirokkhā te suṇanti.
kulāni ca tena duṭṭhānīti, pubbe saddhā hutvā taṃ āgamma
assaddhā honti, pasannā hutvā appasannā honti.
dissanti c'; eva suyyanti cā 'ti, ye sammukhā te passanti ye
tirokkhā te suṇanti.
so bhikkhū 'ti yo so kuladūsako bhikkhu. bhikkhūhīti
aññehi bhikkhūhi ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo:
āyasmā kho kuladūsako pāpasamācāro, āyasmato kho . . .
idhavāsenā 'ti. evañ ca so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno
te bhikkhū evaṃ vadeyya . . . na pabbājentīti, so bhikkhū
'ti yo so kammakato bhikkhu, bhikkhūhīti aññehi bhikkhūhi
ye passanti ye suṇanti, tehi vattabbo: māyasmā evaṃ avaca
. . . alan te idhavāsenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa--
tatiyam pi vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ
kusalaṃ, no ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sutvā na
vadanti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu saṃghamajjham pi
ākaḍḍhitvā vattabbo: māyasmā evaṃ avaca . . . alan te
idhavāsenā 'ti. dutiyam pi vattabbo --pa-- tatiyam pi
vattabbo --pa--; sace paṭinissajjati, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ, no
ce paṭinissajjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. so bhikkhu samanu-
bhāsitabbo. evañ ca pana bhikkhave samanubhāsitabbo:
vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu
me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu saṃghena
pabbājaniyakammakato bhikkhū chandagāmitā dosagāmitā
mohagāmitā bhayagāmitā pāpeti, so taṃ vatthuṃ na paṭi-
nissajjati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ
bhikkhuṃ samanubhāseyya tassa vatthussa paṭinissaggāya.
esā ñatti. suṇātu me . . . dhārayāmīti.
ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ . . . thullaccayā paṭippassambhanti.
saṃghādiseso 'ti, saṃgho 'va tassā āpattiyā parivāsaṃ deti
mūlāya paṭikassati mānattaṃ deti abbheti, na sambahulā na

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 186]
186 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIII. 2-3.
ekapuggalo, tena vuccati saṃghādiseso 'ti. tass'; eva āpatti-
nikāyassa nāma kammaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tena pi vuccati
saṃghādiseso 'ti. ||2||
dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī na paṭinissajjati,
āpatti saṃghādisesassa. dhammakamme vematiko . . .
adhammakamme adhammakammasaññī, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ||1||
anāpatti asamanubhāsantassa, paṭinissajjantassa, ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||3||
kuladūsakasaṃghādisesaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ terasamaṃ.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto terasa saṃghādisesā dhammā, nava
paṭhamāpattikā cattāro yāvatatiyakā, yesaṃ bhikkhu aññata-
raṃ vā aññataraṃ vā āpajjitvā yāvatihaṃ jānaṃ paṭicchādeti
tāvatihaṃ tena bhikkhunā akāmā parivatthabbaṃ, parivuttha-
parivāsena bhikkhunā uttariṃ chārattaṃ bhikkhumānattāya
paṭipajjitabbaṃ. ciṇṇamānatto bhikkhu yattha siyā vīsa-
tigaṇo bhikkhusaṃgho tattha so bhikkhu abbhetabbo.
ekena pi ce ūno vīsatigaṇo bhikkhusaṃgho taṃ bhikkhuṃ
abbheyya, so ca bhikkhu anabbhito te ca bhikkhū gārayhā.
ayaṃ tattha sāmīci. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi kacci 'ttha
parisuddhā. dutiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā.
tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'
etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī, evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
terasakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. tass'; uddānaṃ:1
visaṭṭhi-kāyasaṃsaggaṃ, duṭṭhullo, attakāmañ ca,
sañcarittaṃ, kuṭī c'; eva, vihāro ca, amūlakaṃ, |
kiñcidesañ ca, bhedo ca, tass'; eva anuvattakā,
dubbacaṃ, kuladūsañ ca, saṃghādisesā terasā 'ti.
terasakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The uddāna at the end of the Saṃghādisesa section is omitted in BC.

[page 187]
187
Ime kho panāyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā uddesaṃ
āgacchanti.
ANIYATA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi Sāvatthiyaṃ kulūpako hoti bahukā-
ni kulāni upasaṃkamati. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato
Udāyissa upaṭṭhākakulassa kumārikā aññatarassa kulassa
kumārakassa dinnā hoti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇha-
samayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya yena taṃ kulaṃ
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā manusse pucchi: kahaṃ
itthannāmā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: dinnā bhante amukassa
kulassa kumārakassā 'ti. taṃ pi kho kulaṃ āyasmato
Udāyissa upaṭṭhākaṃ hoti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena
taṃ kulaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā manusse
pucchi: kahaṃ itthannāmā 'ti. te evam āhaṃsu: es'; ayya
ovarake nisinnā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi yena sā kumā-
rikā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tassā kumārikāya
saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkamma-
ṇiye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ
dhammaṃ bhaṇanto. tena kho pana samayena Visākhā Mi-
gāramātā bahuputtā hoti bahunattā arogaputtā aroganattā
abhimaṅgalasammatā. manussā yaññesu chaṇesu ussavesu Vi-
sākhaṃ Migāramātaraṃ paṭhamaṃ bhojenti. atha kho Vi-
sākhā Migāramātā nimantitā taṃ kulaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho
Visākhā Migāramātā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ tassā kumārikāya
saddhiṃ eko ekāya1 raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye
nisinnaṃ, disvāna āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ
bhante na cchannaṃ na paṭirūpaṃ yaṃ ayyo mātugāmena
saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 addasa kho. . . ekaṃ ekāya A, add- kho. . . eko ekāya BC. The same Aniyata, 2.1.

[page 188]
188 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 1-2.
nisajjaṃ kappeti. kiñ cāpi bhante ayyo anatthiko tena
dhammena api ca dussaddhāpayā appasannā manussā 'ti.
evam pi kho āyasmā Udāyi Visākhāya Migāramātuyā vucca-
māno nādiyi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā nikkhamitvā
bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā
Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne
āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappessatīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Udāyi mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho pa-
ṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappesīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma
tvaṃ moghapurisa mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho
paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappessasi. n'
etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya
raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye nisajjaṃ kappeyya,
tam enaṃ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ
aññatarena vadeyya pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pācitti-
yena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ
aññatarena kāretabbo pārājikena vā saṃghādisesena vā pā-
cittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya,
tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo. ayaṃ dhammo aniyato
'ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na
tiracchānagatā, antamaso tadahujātāpi dārikā, pag eva
mahattarī.
saddhin ti ekato.
eko ekāyā 'ti, bhikkhu c'; eva hoti mātugāmo ca.
raho nāma cakkhussa raho sotassa raho. cakkhussa raho
nāma, na sakkā hoti akkhiṃ vā nikhaṇiyamāne bhamu-
kaṃ vā ukkhipiyamāne sīsaṃ vā ukkhipiyamāne passituṃ.
sotassa raho nāma, na sakkā hoti pakatikathā sotuṃ.
paṭicchannaṃ nāma āsanaṃ kuḍḍena vā kavāṭena vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 189]
I. 2. 1-2.] ANIYATA, I. 189
kilañjena vā sāṇipākārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā
kotthaḷiyā vā yena kenaci paṭicchannaṃ hoti.
alaṃkammaṇiye 'ti sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevituṃ.
nisajjaṃ kappeyyā 'ti, mātugāme nisinne bhikkhu upani-
sinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, bhikkhu nisinne mātugāmo
upanisinno vā hoti upanipanno vā, ubho vā nisinnā honti
ubho vā nipannā.
saddheyyavacasā nāma āgataphalā abhisametāvinī viññā-
tasāsanā.
upāsikā nāma buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ
gatā saṃghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā.
disvā 'ti passitvā. ||1||
tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya, pārājikena vā
saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijā-
namāno tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo pārājikena
vā saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā sā saddheyya-
vacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa
methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti,
āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho
nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti,
so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ
vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa methunaṃ
dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ
nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce
evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmassa
methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya:
nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugā-
massa methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijā-
nāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . .
paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nipanno no
ca kho methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevin ti, nipajjāya kāre-
tabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . paṭisevanto 'ti, so
ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti,
nisajjāya kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 190]
190 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 2. 2-3.
paṭisevanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: nāhaṃ nipanno api ca
kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugā-
mena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ
paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nisinno no
ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na
kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugā-
mena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ
paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nipanno no
ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na
kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena
saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkamma-
ṇiye nisinno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na
kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā . . . alaṃkammaṇiye
nipanno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti, nipajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na
kāretabbo.
aniyato 'ti, na niyato pārājikaṃ vā saṃghādiseso vā
pācittiyaṃ vā. ||2||2||
gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti,
āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭi-
jānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ
paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya
kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti
āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭi-
jānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kā-
retabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 191]
I. 3-II. 1.] ANIYATA, II. 191
āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭi-
jānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya
kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti
āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo 'ti. ||3||
paṭhamo aniyato niṭṭhito.
ANIYATA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Udāyi bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ mātugā-
mena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkamma-
ṇiye nisajjaṃ kappetun ti tassā yeva kumārikāya saddhiṃ
eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto
kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto. dutiyam pi kho Visākhā
Migāramātā nimantitā taṃ kulaṃ agamāsi. addasa kho
Visākhā Migāramātā āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ tassā yeva
kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisinnaṃ, disvāna
āyasmantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: idaṃ bhante na cchannaṃ
na paṭirūpaṃ yaṃ ayyo mātugāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya
raho nisajjaṃ kappeti. kiñ cāpi bhante ayyo anatthiko tena
dhammena api ca dussaddhāpayā appasannā manussā 'ti.
evam pi kho āyasmā Udāyi Visākhāya Migāramātuyā vucca-
māno nādiyi. atha kho Visākhā Migāramātā nikkhamitvā
bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū . . .
(Aniy. I.1; the words paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaṇiye
are omitted here) . . . evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
na h'; eva kho pana paṭicchannaṃ āsanaṃ hoti nālaṃ-
kammaṇiyaṃ, alañ ca kho hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi
vācāhi obhāsituṃ. yo pana bhikkhu tathārūpe āsane mātu-
gāmena saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisajjaṃ kappeyya,
tam enaṃ saddheyyavacasā upāsikā disvā dvinnaṃ dhammā-
naṃ aññatarena vadeyya saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā,
nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ añña-
tarena kāretabbo saṃghādisesena vā pācittiyena vā yena vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 192]
192 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1-2. 2.
sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so bhikkhu kāre-
tabbo. ayaṃ pi dhammo aniyato 'ti. ||1||
na h'; eva kho pana paṭicchannaṃ āsanaṃ hotīti, apaṭi-
cchannaṃ hoti kuḍḍena vā kavāṭena vā kilañjena vā sāṇipā-
kārena vā rukkhena vā thambhena vā kotthaḷikāya vā yena
kenaci apaṭicchannaṃ hoti.
nālaṃkammaṇiyan ti, na sakkā hoti methunaṃ dhammaṃ
paṭisevituṃ.
alañ ca kho hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsitun
ti, sakkā hoti mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsituṃ.
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --la--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
tathārūpe āsane 'ti evarūpe āsane.
mātugāmo nāma manussitthi, na yakkhī na petī na
tiracchānagatā, viññū paṭibalā subhāsitadubbhāsitaṃ du-
ṭṭhullāduṭṭhullaṃ ājānituṃ.
saddhin ti ekato . . . (Aniy. I.2.1) . . . pakatikathā
sotuṃ.
nisajjaṃ kappeyyā 'ti, mātugāme nisinne . . . disvā 'ti
passitvā. ||1||
dvinnaṃ dhammānaṃ aññatarena vadeyya, saṃghādisesena
vā pācittiyena vā, nisajjaṃ bhikkhu paṭijānamāno dvinnaṃ
dhammānaṃ aññatarena kāretabbo saṃghādisesena vā pācitti-
yena vā yena vā sā saddheyyavacasā upāsikā vadeyya, tena so
bhikkhu kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nisinno mātugāmena
saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijā-
nāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo . . . sa-
māpajjanto 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ nisinno no ca kho
kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa--
nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho nipanno mātugā-
mena saddhiṃ kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjanto 'ti, so ca taṃ
paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo --pa-- saccāhaṃ nipanno
no ca kho kāyasaṃsaggaṃ samāpajjin ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo
--pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 193]
II. 2. 2-3.] ANIYATA, II. 193
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho ṭhito 'ti,
na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa mayā sutaṃ nisinnassa
mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsantassā 'ti, so ca taṃ
paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa
mayā . . . obhāsantassā 'ti, so ce evaṃ vadeyya: saccāhaṃ
nisinno no ca kho duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsin ti, nisajjāya
kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho nipanno 'ti,
nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho ṭhito
'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyassa mayā sutaṃ nipannassa
mātugāmaṃ duṭṭhullāhi vācāhi obhāsantassā 'ti . . . api ca
kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena
saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nisinno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti,
nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api ca kho
nipanno 'ti, nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nisinno api
ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
sā ce evaṃ vadeyya: ayyo mayā diṭṭho mātugāmena
saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho nipanno 'ti, so ca taṃ paṭijānāti,
nipajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno api ca kho
nisinno 'ti, nisajjāya kāretabbo --pa-- nāhaṃ nipanno
api ca kho ṭhito 'ti, na kāretabbo.
ayaṃ pīti purimaṃ upādāya vuccati. aniyato 'ti, na niyato
saṃghādiseso vā pācittiyaṃ vā. ||2||2||
gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti,
āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijā-
nāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ paṭi-
jānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāre-
tabbo. gamanaṃ paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ
na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ
paṭijānātiāpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na
paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ paṭijānāti, āpattiyā kā-
retabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti nisajjaṃ paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na
paṭijānāti, nisajjāya kāretabbo. gamanaṃ na paṭijānāti ni-
sajjaṃ na paṭijānāti āpattiṃ na paṭijānāti, na kāretabbo 'ti. ||3||
dutiyo aniyato niṭṭhito.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 194]
194 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto dve aniyatā dhammā. tatthā-
yasmante pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. dutiyam pi
pucchāmi kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. tatiyam pi pucchāmi kacci
'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto, tasmā tuṇhī,
evam etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
tass'; uddānaṃ:
alaṃkammaṇiyañ c'; eva tath'; eva ca, na h'; eva kho,
aniyatā supaññattaṃ buddhaseṭṭhena tādinā 'ti.
aniyataṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 195]
195
Ime kho panāyasmanto tiṃsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā dhammā
uddesaṃ āgacchanti.
NISSAGGIYA, I.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati
Gotamake cetiye. tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā
bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū bhagavatā ticīvaraṃ anuññātan ti aññen'; eva
ticīvarena gāmaṃ pavisanti aññena ticīvarena ārāme acchanti
aññena ticīvarena nahānaṃ otaranti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhi-
kkhave atirekacīvaraṃ dhārethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe mogha-
purisā atirekacīvaraṃ dhāressatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu atirekacīvaraṃ dhāreyya, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atirekacī-
varaṃ uppannaṃ hoti āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ cīvaraṃ
āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti āyasmā ca Sāri-
putto Sākete viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad
ahosi: bhagavatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na atirekacīvaraṃ
dhāretabban ti, idañ ca me atirekacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ ahañ
c'; imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 196]
196 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [I. 2-3. 2.
ca Sāriputto Sākete viharati. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajji-
tabban ti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesi. kīvaciraṃ panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. na-
vamaṃ vā bhagavā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ
kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave
dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā1 ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine dasā-
haparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ, taṃ atikkāma-
yato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā
hoti naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā
upacchinnā.
ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine 'ti, aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññata-
rāya mātikāya ubbhataṃ hoti saṃghena vā antarā ubbhataṃ
hoti.
dasāhaparaman ti dasāhaparamatā dhāretabbaṃ.
atirekacīvaraṃ nāma anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ. cīva-
raṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappan-
upagapacchimaṃ.2 ||1||
taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotīti, ekādase aruṇugga-
mane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa
vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ:
tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ utta-
rāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo:
idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ dasāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ,
imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. nissajjitvā āpatti dese-
tabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahe-
tabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ: suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. idaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggi-
yaṃ saṃghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ,
saṃgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyā 'ti.
tena bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṃkamitvā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ . . . pagga-
hetvā evam assu vacanīyā: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ dasāhā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ pana bh- B.
2 vikappanūpagaṃ pacchimaṃ C, vikappanupagapacchimaṃ A,
vikappanupagacchimaṃ B. Buddhaghosa: idāni pamāṇaṃ
dassetuṃ vikappanupakapacchiman ti āha, tassa pamāṇaṃ
dīghato dve vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ vidatthi.

[page 197]
I. 3. 2-5.] NISSAGGIYA, I. 197
tikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ āyasmantānaṃ nissajjā-
mīti. nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā
paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dā-
tabbaṃ: suṇantu me āyasmantā. idaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannā-
massa bhikkhuno nissaggiyaṃ āyasmantānaṃ nissaṭṭhaṃ.
yad'; āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, āyasmantā imaṃ cīvaraṃ
itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyun ti.
tena bhikkhunā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ pagga-
hetvā evam assa vacanīyo: idaṃ me āvuso cīvaraṃ dasāhā-
tikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ āyasmato nissajjāmīti.
nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. tena bhikkhunā āpatti paṭigga-
hetabbā, nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ: imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato
dammīti. ||2||3||
dasāhātikkante atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
dasāhātikkante vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. dasāhā-
tikkante anatikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ana-
dhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avikappite
vikappitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avissajjite vissajji-
tasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. dasāhānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dasāhānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhāna-
tikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto dasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati
vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti,
ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissa-
ṭṭhacīvaraṃ na denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
na bhikkhave nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ na dātabbaṃ. yo na dadeyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||5||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 198]
198 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 1-2.
NISSAGGIYA, II.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā
santaruttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamanti, tāni cīvarāni
ciraṃ nikkhittāni kaṇṇakitāni honti, tāni bhikkhū otāpenti.
addasā kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto te
bhikkhū tāni cīvarāni otāpente. disvāna yena te bhikkhū
ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te bhikkhū etad avoca:
kass'; imāni āvuso cīvarāni kaṇṇakitānīti. atha kho te bhi-
kkhū āyasmato Ānandassa etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. āyasmā
Ānando ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū
bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santaruttarena jana-
padacārikaṃ pakkamissantīti. atha kho āyasmā Ānando
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave
bhikkhū bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santarutta-
rena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave
moghapurisā bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā santar-
uttarena janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissanti. n'; etaṃ bhi-
kkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā1 ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine eka-
rattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosambi-
yaṃ gilāno hoti. ñātakā tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ
pāhesuṃ: āgacchatu bhaddanto mayaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmā 'ti.
bhikkhū pi evam āhaṃsu: gacchāvuso ñātakā taṃ upaṭṭha-
hissantīti. so evam āha: bhagavatāvuso sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ na ticīvarena vippavasitabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi
gilāno na sakkomi ticīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, nāhaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ pana bhikkhunā B. The same ch. 2.

[page 199]
II. 2-3. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, II. 199
gamissāmīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa
bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave dātabbā. tena gilānena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ
paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante gilāno na
sakkomi ticīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, so 'haṃ bhante
saṃghaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ yācāmīti. dutiyam
pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭi-
balena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ
itthannāmo bhikkhu gilāno na sakkoti ticīvaraṃ ādāya
pakkamituṃ. so saṃghaṃ ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ
yācati. yadi saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa
bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ dadeyya. esā
ñatti. suṇātu me . . . yācati. saṃgho itthannāmassa bhi-
kkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsasammutiṃ deti. yassāyasmato
khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticīvarena avippavāsa-
sammutiyā dānaṃ, so tuṇh'; assa; yassa na kkhamati so
bhāseyya. dinnā saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno ticī-
varena avippavāsasammuti, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine eka-
rattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyya aññatra
bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti, bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ kataṃ vā hoti
naṭṭhaṃ vā vinaṭṭhaṃ vā daḍḍhaṃ vā cīvarāsā vā upacchinnā.
ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine 'ti, aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññatarāya
mātikāya ubbhataṃ hoti saṃghena vā antarā ubbhataṃ hoti.
ekarattaṃ pi ce bhikkhu ticīvarena vippavaseyyā 'ti,
saṃghāṭiyā vā uttarāsaṅgena vā antaravāsakena vā.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusam-
mutiṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ hotīti saha aruṇuggamanā1 nissaggiyaṃ hoti
nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 aruṇuggamanā AC, aruṇuggamenā (sic) B.

[page 200]
200 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 1-5.
bhante ticīvaraṃ rattiṃ vippavutthaṃ aññatra bhikkhu-
sammutiyā nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti
--pa-- dadeyyā 'ti --pa-- dadeyyun ti, āyasmato
dammīti. ||1||
gāmo ekupacāro nānupacāro, nivesanaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānu-
pacāraṃ, uddosito ekupacāro nānupacāro, aṭṭo ekupacāro
nānupacāro, mālo ekupacāro nānupacāro, pāsādo ekupacāro
nānupacāro, hammiyaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, nāvā
ekupacārā nānupacārā, sattho ekupacāro nānupacāro, khettaṃ
ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, dhaññakaraṇaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānu-
pacāraṃ, ārāmo ekupacāro nānupacāro, vihāro ekupacāro nān-
upacāro, rukkhamūlaṃ ekupacāraṃ nānupacāraṃ, ajjhokāso
ekupacāro nānupacāro. ||2||
gāmo ekupacāro nāma, ekakulassa gāmo hoti parikkhitto
ca: anto gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto gāme vatthabbaṃ.
aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti
tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
nānākulassa gāmo hoti parikkhitto ca: yasmiṃ ghare
cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ghare vatthabbaṃ sabhāye
vā dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. sabhāyaṃ
gacchantena hatthapāse cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā sabhāye vā
vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
sabhāye cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā sabhāye vā vatthabbaṃ dvāra-
mūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti:
yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ghare
vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||3||
ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca nānāgabbhā
nānāovarakā: anto nivesane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto
nivesane vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: yasmiṃ gabbhe
cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ hattha-
pāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
nānākulassa nivesanaṃ hoti parikkhittaṃ ca nānāgabbhā
nānāovarakā: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti
tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā
na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīva-
raṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā
vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||4||
ekakulassa uddosito hoti parikkhitto ca nānāgabbhā nānā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 201]
II. 3. 5-14.] NISSAGGIYA, II. 201
ovarakā: anto uddosite cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto uddosite
vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti . . . (see 4) . . . nānāku-
lassa uddosito . . . aparikkhitto hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||5||
ekakulassa aṭṭo hoti: anto aṭṭe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto
aṭṭe vatthabbaṃ. nānākulassa aṭṭo hoti nānāgabbhā nānā-
ovarakā: yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ
gabbhe vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā na vijahi-
tabbaṃ. ||6||
ekakulassa mālo hoti: anto māle . . . (see 6) . . .
nānākulassa mālo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||7||
ekakulassa pāsādo hoti: anto pāsāde . . . nānākulassa
pāsādo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||8||
ekakulassa hammiyaṃ hoti: anto hammiye . . . nānāku-
lassa hammiyo hoti . . . na vijahitabbaṃ. ||9||
ekakulassa nāvā hoti: anto nāvāya . . .; nānākulassa
nāvā hoti nānāgabbhā nānāovarakā: yasmiṃ ovarake cīva-
raṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ ovarake vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā
vā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||10||
ekakulassa sattho hoti: satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purato
vā pacchato vā satt'; abbhantarā na vijahitabbā, passato
abbhantaraṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa sattho hoti:
satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||11||
ekakulassa khettaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto khette
cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto khette vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ
hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa khettaṃ1
hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto khette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā
dvāramūle vā vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||12||
ekakulassa dhaññakaraṇaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca: anto
dhaññakaraṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā anto dhaññakaraṇe
vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahi-
tabbaṃ. nānākulassa dhaññakaraṇaṃ hoti parikkhittañ ca:
anto dhaññakaraṇe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā dvāramūle2 vā
vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhittaṃ
hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||13||
ekakulassa ārāmo hoti parikkhitto ca . . . (see 13)3 . . .
aparikkhitto hoti . . . nānākulassa ārāmo hoti . . . apari-
kkhitto hoti: hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||14||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 (case of nānākulassa khettaṃ), nikkhipitvā anto khette
vattabbaṃ dvāramūle vā A, nikkh- dvāramūle vā vattabbaṃ C,
nikkh- anto khette v- dvāramūle vā vatthabbaṃ B.
2 Before dvāramūle B inserts anto dhaññakaraṇe vatthabbaṃ.
3 Before dvāramūle AB insert anto ārāme v-.

[page 202]
202 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [II. 3. 15-III. 1. 1.
ekakulassa vihāro hoti parikkhitto ca: anto vihāre cīvaraṃ
nikkhipitvā anto vihāre vatthabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti:
yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vihāre
vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. nānākulassa
vihāro hoti parikkhitto ca: yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ
hoti tasmiṃ vihāre vatthabbaṃ dvāramūle vā hatthapāsā vā
na vijahitabbaṃ. aparikkhitto hoti: yasmiṃ vihāre cīvaraṃ
nikkhittaṃ hoti tasmiṃ vihāre vatthabbaṃ hatthapāsā vā na
vijahitabbaṃ. ||15||
ekakulassa rukkhamūlaṃ hoti: yaṃ majjhantike kāle
samantā chāyā pharati anto chāyāya cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā
anto chāyāya vatthabbaṃ. nānākulassa rukkhamūlaṃ hoti:
hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. ||16||
ajjhokāso ekupacāro nāma: agāmake araññe samantā satt'
abbhantarā ekupacāro, tato paraṃ nānupacāro. ||17||
vippavutthe vippavutthasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vippavutthe vematiko aññatra bhi-
kkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vippavutthe avippa-
vutthasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. apaccuddhaṭe paccuddhaṭasaññī --la-- avissajjite
vissajjitasaññī --la-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --la-- avinaṭṭhe
vinaṭṭhasaññī --la-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --la-- avilutte
viluttasaññī aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. avippavutthe {vippavutthasaññī,} āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. avippavutthe vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avippa-
vutthe avippavutthasaññī, anāpatti. ||18||
anāpatti anto aruṇe paccuddharati vissajjeti nassati vinassati
ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti, bhikkhu-
sammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||19||3||
NISSAGGIYA, III.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ
hoti. tassa taṃ cīvaraṃ kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti. atha

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 203]
III. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, III. 203
kho so bhikkhu taṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjati.
addasā kho bhagavā senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ taṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjantaṃ,
disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: kissa tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ cīva-
raṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjasīti. idaṃ me bhante
akālacīvaraṃ uppannaṃ kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti, tenāhaṃ
imaṃ cīvaraṃ ussāpetvā punappunaṃ vimajjāmīti. atthi
pana te bhikkhu cīvarapaccāsā 'ti. atthi bhagavā 'ti. atha
kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ
kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave
akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitun1 ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā anuññātaṃ
akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitun ti, te
akālacīvarāni paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipanti, tāni
cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhanti.2 addasā
kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍanto tāni cīva-
rāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhante, disvāna bhi-
kkhū āmantesi: kass'; imāni āvuso cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse
bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhantīti. amhākaṃ āvuso akālacīvarāni
cīvarapaccāsā nikkhittānīti. kīvaciraṃ panāvuso imāni cīva-
rāni nikkhittānīti. atirekamāsaṃ āvuso 'ti. āyasmā Ānando
ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū akāla-
cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipissantīti. atha
kho āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ
kira bhikkhave bhikkhū akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atireka-
māsaṃ nikkhipantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā
akālacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā atirekamāsaṃ nikkhipissantīti.
n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ
ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā3 ubbhatasmiṃ kaṭhine bhi-
kkhuno pan'; eva akālacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, ākaṅkhamā-
nena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā khippam
eva kāretabbaṃ. no c'; assa pāripūrī māsaparaman tena bhi-
kkhunā taṃ cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ūnassa pāripūriyā satiyā
paccāsāya, tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāya,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cīvarapaccāsā nikkh- AC, cīvarapaccāsāya n- and cīvarapaccāsā n- B.
2 tiṭṭhante ABC.
3 niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ pana bhikkhunā B.

[page 204]
204 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [III. 2. 1-2.
niṭṭhitacīvarasmin ti . . . ( Nissagg. II. 3) . . . antarā
ubbhataṃ hoti.
akālacīvaraṃ nāma anatthate kaṭhine ekādasa māse {uppan-
naṃ} atthate kaṭhine satta māsi uppannaṃ kāle pi ādissa
dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvaraṃ nāma.
uppajjeyyā 'ti uppajjeyya saṃghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito
vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā dhanena.
ākaṅkhamānenā 'ti icchamānena paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭigga-
hetvā khippam eva kāretabban ti, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ.
no c'; assa pāripūrīti, kayiramānaṃ na ppahoti. māsapara-
man tena bhikkhunā taṃ cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabban ti māsapa-
ramatā nikkhipitabbaṃ. ūnassa pāripūriyā 'ti ūnassa pāri-
pūratthāya.1
satiyā paccāsāyā 'ti, paccāsā hoti saṃghato vā gaṇato vā
ñātito vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā dhanena. ||1||
tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya satiyāpi paccāsāyā 'ti, tad-
ahuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāre-
tabbaṃ, dvīhuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati,
dasāhā kāretabbaṃ, tīhuppanne mūlacīvare --pa-- catū-
huppanne --pa-- {pañcāhuppanne} --pa-- chāhuppanne
--pa-- sattāhuppanne --pa-- aṭṭhāhuppanne --pa--
navāhuppanne --pa-- dasāhuppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācī-
varaṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ. ekādase uppanne
--pa-- dvādase uppanne --pa-- terase uppanne --pa--
cuddase uppanne --pa-- pannarase uppanne --pa--
soḷase uppanne --pa-- sattarase uppanne --pa-- aṭṭhārase
uppanne --pa-- ekūnavīse uppanne --pa-- vīse uppanne
mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, dasāhā kāretabbaṃ.
ekavīse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, navāhā
kāretabbaṃ. dvāvīse uppanne --pa-- tevīse uppanne
--pa-- catuvīse uppanne --pa-- pañcavīse uppanne
--pa-- chabbīse uppanne catūhā kāretabbaṃ. sattavīse
uppanne --pa-- aṭṭhavīse uppanne --pa-- ekūnatiṃse
uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati, ekāhā
kāretabbaṃ. tiṃse uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ
uppajjati, tadah'; eva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ vikappetabbaṃ vissajje-
tabbaṃ. no ce adhiṭṭheyya vā vikappeyya vā vissajjeyya
vā, ekatiṃse aruṇuggamane nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajji-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 pāripuritthāya corrected to pāripurattāya A, pāripūritthāya B. pāripuratthāya.

[page 205]
III. 2. 2-IV. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, IV. 205
tabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante akālacī-
varaṃ māsātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissa-
jjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||2||
visabhāge uppanne mūlacīvare paccāsācīvaraṃ uppajjati
rattiyo ca sesā honti, na akāmā kāretabbaṃ. māsātikkante
atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. māsātikkante vema-
tiko --la-- māsātikkante anatikkantasaññī --la-- ana-
dhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī --la-- avikappite vikappitasaññī
--la-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --la-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī
--la-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --la-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī
--la-- avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. nissa-
ggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
māsānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. māsāna-
tikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. māsānatikkante ana-
tikkantasaññī, anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti anto māse1 adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti nassati
vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti,
ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||2||
NISSAGGIYA, IV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmato Udāyissa purāṇadutiyikā bhikkhunīsu
pabbajitā hoti, sā āyasmato Udāyissa santike abhikkhaṇaṃ
āgacchati, āyasmāpi Udāyi tassā bhikkhuniyā santike abhi-
kkhaṇaṃ gacchati. tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Udāyi
tassā bhikkhuniyā santike bhattavissaggaṃ karoti. atha kho
āyasmā Udāyi pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ
ādāya yena sā bhikkhunī ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā
tassā bhikkhuniyā purato aṅgajātaṃ vivaritvā āsane nisīdi,
sāpi kho bhikkhunī āyasmato Udāyissa purato aṅgajātaṃ
vivaritvā āsane nisīdi. atha kho āyasmā Udāyi sāratto tassā
bhikkhuniyā aṅgajātaṃ upanijjhāyi, tassa asuci mucci. atha
kho āyasmā Udāyi taṃ bhikkhuniṃ etad avoca: gaccha
bhagini udakaṃ āhara antaravāsakaṃ dhovissāmīti. āhar'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 anto māsaṃ B, anto māse AC.

[page 206]
206 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IV. 1-2. 1.
ayya, aham eva dhovissāmīti taṃ asuciṃ ekadesaṃ mukhena
aggahesi ekadesaṃ aṅgajāte pakkhipi. sā tena gabbhaṃ
gaṇhi. bhikkhuniyo evam āhaṃsu: abrahmacārinī ayaṃ
bhikkhunī gabbhinīti. nāhaṃ ayye abrahmacārinīti bhi-
kkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Udāyi bhikkhu-
niyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpessatīti. atha kho tā bhikkhuniyo
bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi bhikkhu-
niyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Udāyi
bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā
'ti. ñātikā te Udāyi aññātikā 'ti. aññātikā bhagavā 'ti.
aññātako moghapurisa aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā
apatirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā.1 tattha nāma
tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīvaraṃ
dhovāpessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā purāṇacīva-
raṃ dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā ākoṭāpeyya vā, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmaha-
yugā asambaddhā.
bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṃghe upasampannā.
purāṇacīvaraṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthaṃ pi sakiṃ pārutaṃ
pi. dhovā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, dhotaṃ nissaggiyaṃ
hoti. rajā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, rattaṃ nissaggiyaṃ
hoti. ākoṭehīti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, sakiṃ pāṇippa-
hāraṃ vā muggarappahāraṃ vā dinne nissaggiyaṃ hoti
nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante purāṇa-
cīvaraṃ aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā dhovāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ,
imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti,
āyasmato dammīti. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā AC, pasantaṃ vā apasanta (sic) vā B.

[page 207]
IV. 2. 2-V. 1. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, V. 207
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīva-
raṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti ākoṭā-
peti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātika-
saññī purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpeti rajāpeti ākoṭāpeti, nissaggi-
yena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātika-
saññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti ākoṭāpeti,
nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī
purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ rajāpeti
ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññīpurāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purāṇacīvaraṃ
ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññā-
tikāya aññātikasaññīpurāṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti rajāpeti, nissa-
ggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī purā-
ṇacīvaraṃ ākoṭāpeti dhovāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya vematiko --pa-- aññā-
tikāya ñātikasaññī --pa--. aññassa purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovā-
peti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ dhovāpeti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ekato upasampannāya dhovāpeti, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñāti-
kāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anā-
patti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātikāya dhovantiyā aññātikā dutiyā hoti, avuttā
dhovati, aparibhuttaṃ dhovāpeti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ
parikkhāraṃ dhovāpeti, sikkhamānāya, {sāmaṇeriyā,} ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, V.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. atha
kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 208]
208 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 1. 1-2.
pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi, Sāvatthiyaṃ
piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena
Andhavanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami divāvihārāya, Andhava-
naṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ
nisīdi. tena kho pana samayena corā katakammā gāviṃ1
vadhitvā maṃsaṃ gahetvā Andhavanaṃ pavisiṃsu. addasā
kho coragāmaṇiko Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ aññatarasmiṃ
rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinnaṃ, disvān'; assa etad ahosi:
sace me puttabhātukā passissanti viheṭhayissanti imaṃ bhi-
kkhunin ti, aññena maggena agamāsi. atha kho so coragā-
maṇiko maṃse pakke varamaṃsāni gahetvā paṇṇapuṭaṃ2
bandhitvā Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā avidūre rukkhe
ālaggetvā yo passati samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā dinnaṃ yeva
haratū 'ti vatvā pakkāmi. assosi kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhi-
kkhunī samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā tassa coragāmaṇikassa imaṃ
vācaṃ bhāsamānassa. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī taṃ
maṃsaṃ gahetvā upassayaṃ agamāsi. atha kho Uppala-
vaṇṇā bhikkhunī tassā rattiyā accayena taṃ maṃsaṃ sampā-
detvā uttarāsaṅgena bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā vehāsaṃ abbhug-
gantvā Veḷuvane paccuṭṭhāsi. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
bhagavā gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho hoti, āyasmā Udāyi
ohiyyako hoti vihārapālo. atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī
yenāyasmā Udāyi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyas-
mantaṃ Udāyiṃ etad avoca: kahaṃ bhante bhagavā 'ti.
paviṭṭho bhagini bhagavā gāmaṃ piṇḍāyā 'ti. imaṃ bhante
maṃsaṃ bhagavato dehīti. santappito tayā bhagini bhagavā
maṃsena; sace me tvaṃ antaravāsakaṃ dadeyyāsi, evaṃ aham
pi santappito bhaveyyaṃ antaravāsakenā 'ti. mayaṃ kho
bhante mātugāmā nāma kicchalābhā, idañ ca me antimaṃ
pañcamaṃ cīvaraṃ,3 nāhaṃ dassāmīti. seyyathāpi bhagini
puriso hatthiṃ datvā kacche sajjeyya evam eva kho tvaṃ
bhagini bhagavato maṃsaṃ datvā mayi antaravāsakaṃ na
sajjesīti.4 atha kho Uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī āyasmatā
Udāyinā nippīḷiyamānā antaravāsakaṃ datvā {upassayaṃ}
agamāsi. bhikkhuniyo Uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā patta-
cīvaraṃ paṭigaṇhantiyo Uppalavaṇṇaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etad
avocuṃ: kahan te ayye antaravāsako 'ti. Uppalavaṇṇā
bhikkhunī bhikkhunīnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. bhikkhuniyo

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 gāvi corrected to gāviṃ C. gāviṃ B, gāvī A.
2 paṇṇe puṭaṃ A, paṇṇapuṭaṃ BC.
3 idaṃ ca me antimacīvaraṃ B.
4 na sajjatīti A, na sajjesīti C, sajjesīti B

[page 209]
V. 1. 2-3. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, V. 209
. . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Udāyi bhikkhuniyā
cīvaraṃ paṭiggahessati, kicchalābho mātugāmo 'ti. atha kho
tā bhikkhuniyo bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te
bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā
Udāyi bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahessatīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Udāyi bhikkhuniyā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahesīti. saccaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. ñātikā te Udāyi aññātikā 'ti. aññātikā bhagavā
'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātikāya na jānāti patirūpaṃ
vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma
tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato cīvaraṃ
paṭiggahessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hattha-
to cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yan ti.
evañ c'; edaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kukkuccāyantā bhi-
kkhunīnaṃ pārivattakacīvaraṃ na paṭiggaṇhanti. bhikkhu-
niyo . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma ayyā amhākaṃ pāri-
vattakacīvaraṃ na paṭiggahessantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū
tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ujjhāyantīnaṃ khīyantīnaṃ vipācentī-
naṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ āroce-
suṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ, bhikkhussa
bhikkhuniyā sikkhamānāya sāmaṇerassa sāmaṇeriyā. anujā-
nāmi bhikkhave imesaṃ pañcannaṃ pārivattakaṃ paṭigga-
hetuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddi-
seyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato
cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyan ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti . . . (see Nissagg. IV.2.1) . . . upasampannā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 210]
210 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [V. 3. 1-VI. 1. 1.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ
vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.1
aññatra pārivattakā 'ti ṭhapetvā pārivattakaṃ.
paṭiggaṇhāti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ
hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante
cīvaraṃ aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā hatthato paṭiggahitaṃ
aññatra pārivattakā nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjā-
mīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra
pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya vematiko
cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya ñātikasaññī cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti
aññatra pārivattakā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ekato upa-
sampannāya hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhāti aññatra pāri-
vattakā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātikasaññī, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya
{ñātikasaññī,} anāpatti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātikāya, pārivattakaṃ, parittena vā vipulaṃ vipu-
lena vā parittaṃ, bhikkhu vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, tāvakālikaṃ gaṇ-
hāti, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ gaṇhāti, sikkhamā-
nāya, sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||3||
NISSAGGIYA, VI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paṭṭho2 hoti
dhammiṃ kathaṃ kātuṃ. atha kho aññataro seṭṭhiputto
yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃ-
kamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi
. . . sampahaṃsesi. atha kho so seṭṭhiputto āyasmatā
Upanandena Sakyaputtena dhammiyā kathāya sandassito
. . . sampahaṃsito āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ
etad avoca: vadeyyātha bhante yena attho, paṭibalā mayaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vikappanūpagaṃ pacchimaṃ C, vikappanupagapacchimaṃ A,
vikappanūpagacchimaṃ B.
2 paṭṭho AB, maṭṭho C. Buddhagh.: paddho 'ti cheko samattho paṭibalo
sarasampanno.

[page 211]
VI. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, VI. 211
ayyassa dātuṃ yad idaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapacca-
yabhesajjaparikkhārānan ti. sace me tvaṃ āvuso dātukāmo
'si, ito ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ dehīti. āgamehi bhante yāva gharaṃ
gacchāmi, gharaṃ gato ito vā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ pahiṇissāmi ito
vā sundarataran ti. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Upanando
Sakyaputto taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ etad avoca . . . tatiyam pi kho
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ seṭṭhiputtaṃ etad avoca:
sace . . . dehīti. amhākaṃ kho bhante kulaputtakānaṃ
kismiṃ viya ekasāṭakaṃ gantuṃ, āgamehi bhante yāva
gharaṃ gacchāmi, gharaṃ gato ito vā ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ pahi-
ṇissāmi ito vā sundarataran ti. kiṃ pana tayā āvuso adātu-
kāmena pavāritena yaṃ tvam pavāretvā na desīti. atha kho
so seṭṭhiputto āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena nippīḷiya-
māno ekaṃ sāṭakaṃ datvā agamāsi. ||1|| manussā taṃ
seṭṭhiputtaṃ passitvā etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ ayyo ekasā-
ṭako āgacchasīti. atha kho so seṭṭhiputto tesaṃ manussānaṃ
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. manussā . . . vipācenti: mahicchā
ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yimesaṃ sukarā
dhammanimantanāpi kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma seṭṭhiputtena
dhammanimantanāya kayiramānāya sāṭakaṃ gahessantīti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīvaraṃ viññā-
pessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīva-
raṃ viññāpesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā. ñātako te Upananda
aññātako 'ti. aññātako bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa
aññātakassa na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ
vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa aññātakaṃ
seṭṭhiputtaṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pe--; evañ ca pana bhi-
kkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ
vā cīvaraṃ viññāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ pañña-
ttaṃ hoti. ||2||1||
tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū Sāketā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 212]
212 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VI. 2-3. 1.
Sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggapaṭipannā honti. antarā magge
corā nikkhamitvā te bhikkhū acchindiṃsu. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā
gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetun ti kukkuccāyantā
na viññāpesuṃ, yathā naggā 'va Sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhi-
kkhū abhivādenti. bhikkhū evam āhaṃsu: sundarā kho
ime āvuso ājīvakā ye ime bhikkhū abhivādentīti. te evam
āhaṃsu: na mayaṃ āvuso ājīvakā, bhikkhū mayan ti.
bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upāliṃ etad avocuṃ: iṅghāvuso
Upāli ime anuyuñjāhīti. atha kho āyasmā Upāli te bhikkhū
anuyuñjitvā bhikkhū etad avoca: bhikkhū ime āvuso, detha
nesaṃ cīvarānīti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū naggā āgacchissanti, nanu nāma
tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabban ti. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ
katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave acchinnacī-
varassa vā naṭṭhacīvarassa vā aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gaha-
patāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetuṃ yaṃ āvāsaṃ, paṭhamaṃ
upagacchati sace tattha hoti saṃghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā
uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā bhisicchavi vā
taṃ gahetvā pārupituṃ labhitvā odahissāmīti. no ce hoti
saṃghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhummattha-
raṇaṃ vā bhisicchavi vā, tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā
āgantabbaṃ, na tv eva naggena āgantabbaṃ. yo āgaccheyya,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ
vā cīvaraṃ viññāpeyya aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. tatthāyaṃ samayo: acchinnacīvaro vā hoti
bhikkhu naṭṭhacīvaro vā, ayaṃ tattha samayo 'ti. ||2||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --pa--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāma-
hayugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī
nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 213]
VI. 3. 1-VII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, VII. 213
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ
vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
aññatra samayā 'ti ṭhapetvā samayaṃ.
acchinnacīvaro nāma, bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ acchinnaṃ
hoti rājūhi vā corehi vā dhuttehi vā yehi kehici vā
acchinnaṃ hoti.
naṭṭhacīvaro nāma, bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ agginā vā daḍḍhaṃ
hoti udakena vā vuḷhaṃ hoti undurehi vā upacikāhi vā khā-
yitaṃ hoti paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vā hoti. ||1||
aññatra samayā viññāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena
nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā
puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ
--pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ
aññatra samayā viññāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa
nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||2||
aññātake aññātakasaññī aññatra samayā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko aññatra sama-
yā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake
ñātakasaññī aññatra samayā cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake
vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti samaye, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya,
attano dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||3||
NISSAGGIYA, VII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū acchinnacīvarake bhi-
kkhū upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadanti: bhagavatā āvuso anuññā-
taṃ acchinnacīvarassa vā naṭṭhacīvarassa vā aññātakaṃ ga-
hapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpetuṃ, viññāpetha
āvuso cīvaran ti. alaṃ āvuso laddhaṃ amhehi cīvaran ti.
mayaṃ āyasmantānaṃ viññāpemā 'ti. viññāpetha āvuso 'ti.
atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā
etad avocuṃ: acchinnacīvarakā āvuso bhikkhū āgatā, detha
nesaṃ cīvarānīti, bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpesuṃ. tena kho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 214]
214 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VII. 1-2. 1.
pana samayena aññataro puriso sabhāyaṃ nisinno aññataraṃ
purisaṃ etad avoca: acchinnacīvarakā ayyo1 bhikkhū āgatā,
tesaṃ mayā cīvaraṃ dinnan ti. so pi evam āha: mayāpi
dinnan ti. aparo pi evam āha: mayāpi dinnan ti. te . . .
vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ
jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessanti. dussavaṇijjaṃ vā
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā karissanti paggāhikasālaṃ vā pasā-
ressantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . .
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā
bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhi-
kkhave na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpethā 'ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi
nāma tumhe moghapurisā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahuṃ cīvaraṃ
viññāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
tañ ce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi
cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparaman
tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbaṃ, tato ce uttariṃ
sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
tañ ce 'ti, acchinnacīvarakaṃ bhikkhuṃ.
aññātako . . . (see Nissagg. VI.3.1) . . . yā kāci
agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
bahūhi cūvarehīti bahukehi cīvarehi.
abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā 'ti, yāvatakaṃ icchasi tāvatakaṃ
gaṇhāhīti.
santaruttaraparaman tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sādi-
tabban ti. sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni honti dve sāditabbāni, dve
naṭṭhāni ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ na kiñci sādi-
tabbaṃ.
tato ce uttariṃ sādiyeyyā 'ti, tat'; uttariṃ viññāpeti, payoge
dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ
saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante cīva-
raṃ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā tat'; uttariṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ayo A, ayyā BC.

[page 215]
VII. 2. 1-VIII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, VIII. 215
viññāpitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti,
dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1|| aññātake
aññātakasaññī tat'; uttariṃ cīvaraṃ viññāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko . . . (see Nissagg., VI.3.3)
. . . anāpatti. ||2|| anāpatti sesakaṃ āharissāmīti haranto
gacchati, sesakaṃ tuyh'; eva hotū 'ti denti, na acchinnakāraṇā
denti, na naṭṭhakāraṇā denti, ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, attano
dhanena, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, VIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca: ayyaṃ
Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro
piṇḍacāriko bhikkhu tassa purisassa imaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamā-
nassa. atha kho so bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakya-
putto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upa-
nandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso
Upananda; amukasmiṃ okāse aññataro puriso pajāpatiṃ
etad avoca: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti.
atth'; āvuso maṃ so upaṭṭhāko 'ti. atha kho āyasmā
Upanando Sakyaputto yena so puriso ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā taṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: saccaṃ kira maṃ
tvaṃ āvuso cīvarena acchādetukāmo 'sīti. api me 'yya1 evaṃ
hoti: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. sace kho
maṃ tvaṃ āvuso cīvarena acchādetukāmo 'si evarūpena cīva-
rena acchādehi, ky āhaṃ tena acchanno pi2 karissāmi yāhaṃ
na paribhuñjissāmīti3 atha kho so puriso . . . vipāceti:
mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime
sukarā cīvarena acchādetuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upa-
nando mayā pubbe appavārito maṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare
vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa purisassa
. . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto pubbe
appavārito gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ
āpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 api meyya BC, api mayya A. Buddhagh.: api mayhaṃ (sic) evaṃ hotīti
api me ayya evaṃ hoti. api mayyā evaṃ ti pi pāṭho.
2 tenu acchando pi A, tena acchadento pi B, tena acchanno pi C.
3 yāhaṃ pana paribh- B.

[page 216]
216 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [VIII. 1-2. 1.
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda pubbe appavārito
gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjasīti.
saccaṃ bhagavā. ñātako te Upananda aññātako 'ti. aññā-
tako bhagavā 'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakassa na
jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ
vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa pubbe appavārito
aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ
āpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa aññātakassa gahapatissa vā
gahapatāniyā vā cīvaracetāpanaṃ upakkhaṭaṃ hoti iminā
cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ
cīvarena acchādessāmīti. tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appa-
vārito upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya
sādhu vata maṃ āyasmā iminā cīvaracetāpanena evarūpaṃ
vā evarūpaṃ vā cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā acchādehīti, kalyāṇa-
kamyataṃ upādāya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhuss'; atthāya bhi-
kkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāma-
hayugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī
nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
cīvaracetāpanaṃ nāma hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā muttā
vā maṇi vā pavāḷo vā phālo vā paṭako vā suttaṃ vā
kappāso vā.
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena. cetāpetvā 'ti
parivattetvā. acchādessāmi dassāmi.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetā-
panaṃ upakkhaṭaṃ hoti so bhikkhu. pubbe appavārito 'ti
pubbe avutto hoti kīdisena te bhante cīvarena attho, kīdisan
te cīvaraṃ cetāpemīti.
upasaṃkamitvā 'ti gharaṃ gantvā yattha katthaci upasaṃ-
kamitvā.
cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti āyataṃ vā hotu vitthataṃ vā
appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 217]
VIII. 2. 1-IX. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, IX. 217
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena.
evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ vā 'ti, āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā
appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ vā.
cetāpetvā 'ti parivattetvā. acchādehīti dajjehi.
kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyā 'ti sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko.
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ
vā cetāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti
nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante
cīvaraṃ pubbe appavārito aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ upasaṃ-
kamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpannaṃ nissaggiyaṃ. imāhaṃ
saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato
dammīti. ||1||
aññātake aññātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapatikaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko pubbe appavārito gahapati-
kaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. aññātake ñātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapa-
tikaṃ upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake
vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti. ||2||
anāpatti ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano
dhanena, mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ cetāpeti,
ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||2||
NISSAGGIYA, IX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro puriso aññataraṃ purisaṃ etad avoca:
ahaṃ ayyaṃ1 Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ cīvarena acchā-
dessāmīti. so pi evam āha: ahaṃ pi ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ
cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro piṇḍacāriko
bhikkhu tesaṃ purisānaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. atha kho so
bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad
avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda; amukasmiṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ahaṃ ayyaṃ C, ahayyaṃ B, ayyaṃ A:

[page 218]
218 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [IX. 1.
okāse aññataro puriso aññataraṃ purisaṃ etad avoca: ahaṃ
ayyaṃ1 Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ cīvarena acchādessā-
mīti. so pi evam āha: ahaṃ pi ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena
acchādessāmīti. atth'; āvuso maṃ te upaṭṭhākā 'ti. atha
kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena te purisā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā te purise etad avoca: saccaṃ
kira maṃ tumhe āvuso cīvarehi acchādetukām'; atthā 'ti.
api n'; ayya evaṃ hoti: ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarehi acchā-
dessāmā 'ti. sace kho maṃ tumhe āvuso cīvarehi acchāde-
tukām'; atthā evarūpena cīvarena acchādetha, ky āhaṃ tehi
acchanno pi karissāmi yān'; āhaṃ na paribhuñjissāmīti. atha
kho te purisā . . . vipācenti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime sukarā cīvarehi acchādetuṃ.
kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upanando amhehi pubbe appavārito
upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tesaṃ purisānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhi-
kkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā
Upanando Sakyaputto pubbe appavārito gahapatike upasaṃ-
kamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upa-
nanda pubbe appavārito gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā cīvare
vikappaṃ āpajjasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātakā te Upa-
nanda aññātakā 'ti. aññātakā bhagavā 'ti. aññātako mogha-
purisa aññātakānaṃ na jānāti patirūpaṃ vā appatirūpaṃ vā
santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa
pubbe appavārito aññātake gahapatike upasaṃkamitvā cīvare
vikappaṃ āpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ mohapurisa appasannānaṃ
vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa ubhinnaṃ aññātakānaṃ gaha-
patīnaṃ vā gahapatānīnaṃ vā paccekacīvaracetāpanā upa-
kkhaṭā2 honti imehi mayaṃ paccekacīvaracetāpanehi pacceka-
cīvarāni cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarehi acchā-
dessāmā 'ti. tatra ce so bhikkhu pubbe appavārito upasaṃkam-
itvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyya sādhu vata maṃ āyas-
manto imehi paccekacīvaracetāpanehi evarūpaṃ vā evarūpaṃ
vā cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā acchādetha ubho 'va santā ekenā 'ti, kal-
yāṇakamyataṃ upādāya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ahaṃ ayyaṃ B, ayyaṃ A, ahaṃ C.
2 -cetāpanā upakkhatā A, -cetāpannāni upakkhaṭāni C, -cetāpanāni
upakkhaṭāni B.

[page 219]
IX. 2-X. 1. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 219
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva . . . (see Nissagg. VIII. 2. 1) . . .
bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmā.
ubhinnan ti dvinnaṃ.
aññātakā nāma . . . asambaddhā.
gahapatikā nāma ye keci agāraṃ ajjhāvasanti. gahapa-
tāniyo nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasanti.
cīvaracetāpanā nāma hiraññā vā suvaṇṇā vā1 muttā vā
maṇī vā pavāḷā vā phālā vā paṭakā vā suttā vā kappāsā vā.
imehi cīvaracetāpanehīti paccupaṭṭhitehi. cetāpetvā 'ti
parivattetvā. acchādessāmā 'ti dassāma.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetā-
panā upakkhaṭā honti so bhikkhu. pubbe appavārito 'ti
. . . cīvaraṃ cetāpemā 'ti.
upasaṃkamitvā 'ti . . . cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti
āyataṃ . . . imehi cīvaracetāpanehīti paccupaṭṭhitehi.
evarūpaṃ . . . acchādethā 'ti dajjetha.
ubho 'vā santā ekenā 'ti, dve pi janā ekena.
kalyāṇakamyataṃ upādāyā 'ti sādhatthiko mahagghatthiko.
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā saṇhaṃ
vā cetāpenti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ . . . (Nissagg. VIII.2.
1-3; instead oḍ aññātakaṃ gahapatikaṃ, gahapatikaṃ, read,
aññātake gahapatike, gahapatike) . . . mahagghaṃ cetāpetu-
kāmānaṃ appagghaṃ cetāpeti, ummattakassa, ādikammi-
kassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, X.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana sam-
ayena āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa dūtena cī-
varacetāpanaṃ pāhesi iminā cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetā-
petvā ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādehīti. atha kho so
dūto yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad
avoca: idaṃ kho bhante āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpa-
naṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti. evaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā B.

[page 220]
220 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 1-2.
vutte āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ dūtaṃ etad avoca:
na kho mayaṃ āvuso cīvaracetāpanaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañ
ca kho mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena kappiyan ti. evaṃ
vutte so dūto āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad
avoca: atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena aññataro upāsako ārāmaṃ agamāsi kenacid
eva karaṇīyena. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto
taṃ dūtaṃ etad avoca: eso kho āvuso upāsako bhikkhūnaṃ
veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. atha kho so dūto taṃ upāsakaṃ saññā-
petvā yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad
avoca: yaṃ kho bhante āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi
saññatto so mayā, upasaṃkamatu āyasmā kālena, cīvarena
taṃ acchādessatīti. tena kho pana samayena so mahāmatto
āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi:
paribhuñjatu ayyo taṃ cīvaraṃ, icchāma mayaṃ ayyena taṃ
cīvaraṃ paribhuttan ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakya-
putto taṃ upāsakaṃ na kiñci avacāsi. dutiyam pi kho so
mahāmatto āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike
dūtaṃ pāhesi: paribhuñjatu . . . paribhuttan ti. dutiyam
pi kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto taṃ upāsakaṃ na
kiñci avacāsi. tatiyam pi kho so mahāmatto āyasmato
Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: pari-
bhuñjatu . . . paribhuttan ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena
negamassa samayo hoti negamena ca katikā katā hoti yo
pacchā āgacchati paññāsaṃ bandho1 'ti. atha kho āyasmā
Upanando Sakyaputto yena so upāsako ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā taṃ upāsakaṃ etad avoca: attho me āvuso
cīvarenā 'ti. ajjuṇho bhante āgamehi, ajja negamassa sam-
ayo hoti negamena ca katikā katā hoti yo pacchā āgacchati
paññāsaṃ bandho 'ti. ajj'; eva me āvuso cīvaraṃ dehīti
ovaṭṭikāya parāmasi. atha kho so upāsako āyasmatā
Upanandena Sakyaputtena nippīḷiyamāno āyasmato Upa-
nandassa Sakyaputtassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā pacchā agamāsi.
manussā taṃ upāsakaṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ ayyo
pacchā āgato, paññāsaṃ jino 'sīti.2 atha kho so upāsako
tesaṃ manussānaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesi. manussā . . .
vipācenti: mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 paññāsam bandho A, paññāsaṃ bandho C, paññāsaṃ baddho B.
Buddhagh.: paññāsaṃ bandho 'tipaññāsaṃ kahāpanadaṇḍo 'ti vuttaṃ hoti. paññā-
sam bandho (sic, read baddho?) ti pi pāṭho, paññāsaṃ pito
hoti paññāsan dhāpetabbo (read dāpetabbo?) 'ti attho.
2 jino ti B, jino sīti A, jino siti C. Probably we ought to
read, jīno 'sīti, see Pāṇini, VIII.2.44, schol.

[page 221]
X. 1. 2-3.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 221
na yimesaṃ sukaraṃ veyyāvaccaṃ pi kātuṃ. kathaṃ hi
nāma upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamānā
nāgamissantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ
. . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto
upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamāno nāgamissa-
tīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante
āgamehīti vuccamāno nāgamesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-
purisa upāsakena ajjuṇho bhante āgamehīti vuccamāno
nāgamissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha: ||2||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa rājā vā rājabhoggo vā
brāhmaṇo vā gahapatiko vā dūtena cīvaracetāpanaṃ
pahiṇeyya iminā cīvaracetāpanena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthan-
nāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarena acchādehīti. so ce dūto taṃ
bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: idaṃ kho bhante
āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu
āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti, tena bhikkhunā so dūto evam
assa vacanīyo: na kho mayaṃ āvuso cīvaracetāpanaṃ
paṭiggaṇhāma, cīvarañ ca kho mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma kālena
kappiyan ti. so ce dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ evaṃ vadeyya:
atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro 'ti, cīvaratthikena
bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo ārāmiko
vā upāsako vā eso kho āvuso bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro
'ti. so ce dūto taṃ veyyāvaccakaraṃ saññāpetvā taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: yaṃ kho bhante
āyasmā veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi saññatto so mayā, upasaṃ-
kamatu āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṃ acchādessatīti, cīvar-
atthikena bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṃ-
kamitvā dvittikkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo attho me āvuso
cīvarenā 'ti; dvittikkhattuṃ codiyamāno sāriyamāno taṃ
cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce abhi-
nipphādeyya, catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattupa-
ramaṃ tuṇhibhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṃ; catukkhattuṃ
pañcakkhattuṃ chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhibhūto uddissa

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 222]
222 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [X. 1. 3-2. 1.
tiṭṭhamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeyya, icc etaṃ kusa-
laṃ. tato ce uttariṃ vāyamamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphā-
deyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. noce abhinipphā-
deyya, yat 'assa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ tattha sāmaṃ vā
gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo: yaṃ kho tumhe āyasmanto
bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ pahiṇittha na taṃ tassa
bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhoti, yuñjant'; āyasmanto sakaṃ,
mā vo sakaṃ vinassā 'ti. ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti. ||3||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhuss'; atthāya bhi-
kkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
rājā nāma yo koci rajjaṃ kāreti. rājabhoggo nāma yo
koci rañño bhattavetanāhāro. brāhmaṇo nāma jātiyā
brāhmaṇo. gahapatiko nāma ṭhapetvā rājaṃ rājabhoggaṃ
brāhmaṇaṃ avaseso gahapatiko nāma.
cīvaracetāpanaṃ nāma hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā muttā
vā maṇi vā.
iminā cīvaracetāpanenā 'ti paccupaṭṭhitena. cetāpetvā 'ti
parivattetvā. acchādehīti dajjehi.
so ce dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya:
idaṃ kho bhante āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābha-
taṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanan ti, tena bhikkhu-
nā so dūto evaṃ assa vacanīyo . . . eso kho āvuso bhikkhū-
naṃ veyyāvaccakaro 'ti. na vattabbo: tassa dehīti vā so vā
nikkhipissati so vā parivattissati so vā cetāpessatīti.
so ce dūto taṃ veyyāvaccakaraṃ saññāpetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya: yaṃ kho bhante āyasmā
veyyāvaccakaraṃ niddisi saññatto so mayā, upasaṃkamatu
āyasmā kālena, cīvarena taṃ acchādessatīti, cīvaratthikena
bhikkhave bhikkhunā veyyāvaccakaro upasaṃkamitvā dvitti-
kkhattuṃ codetabbo sāretabbo attho me āvuso cīvarenā 'ti.
na vattabbo: dehi me cīvaraṃ āhara me cīvaraṃ parivattehi
me cīvaraṃ cetāpehi me cīvaran ti. dutiyaṃ pi vattabbo
--pa-- tatiyaṃ pi vattabbo --pa--. sace abhinipphādeti,
icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce abhinipphādeti, tattha gantvā tuṇhi-
bhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṃ, na āsane nisīditabbaṃ na āmisaṃ
paṭiggahetabbaṃ na dhammo bhāsitabbo, kiṃkāraṇā āgato
'sīti pucchiyamāno jānāhi āvuso 'ti vattabbo. sace āsane vā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 223]
X. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, X. 223
nisīdati āmisaṃ vā paṭiggaṇhāti dhammaṃ vā bhāsati, ṭhā-
naṃ bhañjati. dutiyam pi ṭhātabbaṃ. tatiyam pi thātabbaṃ.
catukkhattuṃ codetvā catukkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, pañca-
kkhattuṃ codetvā dvikkhattuṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, chakkhattuṃ
codetvā na ṭhātabbaṃ. ||1||
tato ce uttariṃ vāyamamāno taṃ cīvaraṃ abhinipphādeti,
payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajji-
tabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ me bhante
cīvaraṃ atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ
ṭhānena abhinipphāditaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa
nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
no ce abhinipphādeyya yat'; assa cīvaracetāpanaṃ ābhataṃ
tattha sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ dūto vā pāhetabbo: yaṃ kho
tumhe āyasmanto bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpanaṃ pahi-
ṇittha na taṃ tassa bhikkhuno kiñci atthaṃ anubhoti,
yuñjant'; āyasmanto sakaṃ mā vo sakaṃ vinassā 'ti; ayaṃ
tattha sāmīcīti, ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā. ||2||
atirekatikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena
atirekasaññī abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atire-
katikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena vema-
tiko abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atireka-
tikkhattuṃ codanāya atirekachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena ūnaka-
saññī abhinipphādeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ūnaka-
tikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena atireka-
saññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnaka-
chakkhattuṃ ṭhānena vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnaka-
tikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena ūnakasaññī,
anāpatti. ||3||
anāpatti tikkhattuṃ codanāya chakkhattuṃ ṭhānena,
ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakachakkhattuṃ ṭhānena,
acodiyamāno deti, sāmikā codetvā denti, ummattakassa,
ādikammikassā 'ti. ||4||2||
kaṭhinavaggo paṭhamo. tass'; uddānaṃ:
das', ekaratti, māso ca,1 dhovanañ ca, paṭiggaho,
aññātakāni tīṇ'; eva, ubhinnaṃ, dūtakena ca.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Instead of das'. . . māso ca, A reads, ubhataṃ kathinaṃ tiṇi.

[page 224]
224 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XI. 1-2. 1.
NISSAGGIYA, XI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Āḷaviyaṃ viharati
Aggāḷave cetiye. tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā
bhikkhū kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadenti: bahū
āvuso kosakārake pacatha, amhākaṃ pi dassatha, mayam pi
icchāma kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kātun ti. te ujjhāyanti
khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā
amhe upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhanti: bahū āvuso . . .
santhataṃ kātun ti. amhākaṃ pi alābhā amhākaṃ pi
dulladdhaṃ ye mayaṃ ājīvassa hetu puttadārassa kāraṇā
bahū khuddake pāṇe saṃghātaṃ āpādemā 'ti. assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhi-
kkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggi-
yā bhikkhū kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhanti:
bahū āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhi-
kkhave kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vadetha: bahū
āvuso . . . santhataṃ kātun ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. viga-
rahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā
kosiyakārake upasaṃkamitvā evaṃ vakkhatha: bahū āvuso
. . . santhataṃ kātun ti. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannā-
naṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ
sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kārā-
peyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --la--. bhikkhū 'ti --la-- ayaṃ
imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārāpeyyā 'ti, ekena pi kosiyaṃsunā missitvā karoti
vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ
hoti nissajjitabbaṃ saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa
vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ --pa-- idaṃ
me bhante kosiyamissakaṃ santhataṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggi-
yaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun
ti, āyasmato dammīti. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 225]
XI. 2-XII. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, XII. 225
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ. attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. parehi vippakataṃ parehi pari-
yosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññass'; atthāya karoti
vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññena kataṃ paṭila-
bhitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anāpatti vitānaṃ vā
bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ
vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ viharati
Mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ
santhataṃ kārāpenti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā
passitvā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārā-
pessanti, seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te
bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ san-
thataṃ kārāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave suddhakā-
ḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma
tumhe moghapurisā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santha-
taṃ kārāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ
santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
kāḷakaṃ nāma dve kāḷakāni jātiyā kāḷakaṃ vā rajanakā-
ḷakaṃ vā.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 226]
226 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XII. 2-XIII. 2.
kārāpeyyā 'ti karoti vā kārāpeti vā. payoge . . . pugga-
lassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me
bhante suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpitaṃ
. . . ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ
suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpetun ti te
thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'; eva suddhakāḷakānaṃ
eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'; eva suddhakāḷakā-
naṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessantīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tumhe bhikkhave thokaṃ yeva odātaṃ ante ādiyitvā tath'
eva suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpethā
'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. ka-
thaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā thokaṃ yeva . . . santha-
taṃ kārāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārayamānena dve
bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ ādātabbā tatiyaṃ
odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānaṃ. anādā ce bhikkhu dve
bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ
catutthaṃ gocariyānaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ kārāpeyya, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
navaṃ nāma karaṇaṃ upādāya vuccati.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
dve bhāgā suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ ādātabbā 'ti,
dhārayitvā dve tulā ādātabbā. tatiyaṃ odātānan ti tulaṃ
odātānaṃ. catutthaṃ gocariyānan ti tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 227]
XIII. 2-XIV. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XIV. 227
anādā ce bhikkhu1 dve bhāge suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomā-
naṃ tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānan ti, anādiyitvā
tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ karoti
vā kārāpeti vā, payoge dukkaṭaṃ paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ
hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhi-
kkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante santhataṃ anādi-
yitvā tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggi-
yaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun
ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti . . . (see Nissaggi-
ya, XI) . . . paribhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā
karoti, bahutaraṃ odātānaṃ bahutaraṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā
karoti, suddhaṃ odātānaṃ suddhaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā
karoti, vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā
bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammi-
kassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti, te yāca-
nabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti eḷakalomāni detha eḷaka-
lomehi attho 'ti. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti
yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti eḷakalomāni detha
eḷakalomehi attho 'ti. amhākaṃ pana sakiṃ katāni santha-
tāni pañca pi cha pi vassāni honti yesaṃ no dārakā ūha-
nanti pi ummihanti pi undurehi pi khajjanti, ime pana samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpenti yācanabahulā
viññattibahulā viharanti eḷakalomāni detha eḷakalomehi attho
'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipā-
centānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: ka-
thaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārāpessanti
yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti . . . attho 'ti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 anādā ce bhikkhu. . . gocariyānan ti anādiyitvā tulaṃ etc. B;
here AC insert after anādiyitvā: dve tule suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ.

[page 228]
228 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIV. 1-2.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārā-
penti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti . . . attho 'ti.
saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi
nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā anuvassaṃ santhataṃ kārā-
pessanti yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharissanti . . . attho
'ti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā chabba-
ssāni dhāretabbaṃ. orena ce1 channaṃ vassānaṃ taṃ santha-
taṃ vissajjetvā vā avissajjetvā vā aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ
kārāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu Kosambiyaṃ
gilāno hoti. ñātakā tassa bhikkhuno santike dūtaṃ pāhe-
suṃ: āgacchatu bhaddanto, mayaṃ upaṭṭhahissāmā 'ti.
bhikkhū pi evam āhaṃsu: gacchāvuso, ñātakā taṃ upaṭṭha-
hissantīti. so evam āha: bhagavatā āvuso sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ: navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā
chabbassāni dhāretabban ti, ahañ c'; amhi gilāno na sakkomi
santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ mayhañ ca vinā santhatā na
phāsu hoti, nāhaṃ gamissāmīti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ
pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anu-
jānāmi bhikkhave gilānassa bhikkhuno santhatasammu-
tiṃ dātuṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave dātabbā: tena gilānena
bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ
nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ
bhante gilāno na sakkomi santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, so
'haṃ bhante saṃghaṃ santhatasammutiṃ yācāmīti. duti-
yam pi yācitabbā, tatiyam pi yācitabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā
paṭibalena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho.
ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu gilāno na sakkoti santhataṃ ādāya
pakkamituṃ, so saṃghaṃ santhatasammutiṃ yācati. yadi
saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmassa bhikkhuno
santhatasammutiṃ dadeyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 orena ce bhikkhu B; AC omit bhikkhu.

[page 229]
XIV. 2-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XIV. 229
saṃgho. ayaṃ . . . santhatasammutiṃ yācati. saṃgho
itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammutiṃ deti. yassā-
yasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammu-
tiyā dānaṃ so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na kkhamati so bhāseyya.
dinnā saṃghena itthannāmassa bhikkhuno santhatasammuti,
khamati . . . dhārayāmīti.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
navaṃ pana bhikkhunā santhataṃ kārāpetvā chabbassā-
ni dhāretabbaṃ. orena ce channaṃ vassānaṃ taṃ santhataṃ
vissajjetvā vā avissajjetvā vā aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ kārā-
peyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yan ti. ||2||
navaṃ nāma . . . avāyimaṃ.
kārāpetvā 'ti karitvā vā kārāpetvā vā.
chabbassāni dhāretabban ti chabbassaparamatā dhāre-
tabbaṃ. orena ce channaṃ vassānan ti ūnakachabbassāni.
taṃ santhataṃ vissajjetvā 'ti aññesaṃ datvā. avissajjetvā
'ti na kassaci datvā.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ
aññaṃ navaṃ santhataṃ karoti vā kārāpeti vā, payoge
dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ
saṃghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana
bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante santhataṃ
ūnakachabbassāni kārāpitaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā
nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti,
dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ . . . parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
anāpatti chabbassāni karoti, atirekachabbassāni karoti,
aññass'; atthāya karoti vā kārāpeti vā, aññena kataṃ paṭila-
bhitvā paribhuñjati, vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇi-
pākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, bhikkhu-
sammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 230]
230 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XV. 1. 1.
NISSAGGIYA, XV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. atha kho bhagavā
bhikkhū āmantesi: icchām'; ahaṃ bhikkhave temāsaṃ paṭi-
salliyituṃ, n'; amhi kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena
piṇḍapātanīhārakenā 'ti. evaṃ bhante 'ti kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato paṭisuṇitvā nāssu'; dha koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṃ-
kamati aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. tena kho pana
samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ saṃghena katikā katā hoti: icchat'
āvuso bhagavā temāsaṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, na bhagavā kenaci
upasaṃkamitabbo aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. yo
bhagavantaṃ upasaṃkamati, so pācittiyaṃ desāpetabbo 'ti.
atha kho āyasmā Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto sapariso yena
bhagavā ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ
abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. āciṇṇaṃ kho pan'; etaṃ
buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
paṭisammodituṃ. ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ
Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci vo
Upasena1 khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci 'ttha appaki-
lamathena addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. khamanīyaṃ bhagavā,
yāpanīyaṃ bhagavā, appakilamathena ca mayaṃ bhante
addhānaṃ āgatā 'ti. tena kho pana samayena āyasmato
Upasenassa Vaṅgantaputtassa saddhivihāriko bhikkhu bha-
gavato avidūre nisinno hoti. atha kho bhagavā taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ etad avoca: manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti.
na kho me bhante manāpāni paṃsukūlānīti. kissa pana
tvaṃ bhikkhu paṃsukūliko 'ti. upajjhāyo me bhante paṃsu-
kūliko, evaṃ ahaṃ pi paṃsukūliko 'ti. atha kho bhagavā
āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avoca: pāsā-
dikā kho ty āyaṃ Upasena parisā. kathaṃ tvaṃ Upasena
parisaṃ vinesīti. yo maṃ bhante upasampadaṃ yācati tāhaṃ
evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kho āvuso āraññako piṇḍapātiko
paṃsukūliko. sace tvaṃ pi āraññako bhavissasi piṇḍapātiko
paṃsukūliko, evāhan taṃ upasampādessāmīti. sace me paṭi-
suṇāti upasampādemi, no ce me paṭisuṇāti na upasampādemi.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kicci kho Upasena A, kacci vo Vupasena B, kacci Upasena C.

[page 231]
XV. 1. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XV. 231
yo maṃ nissayaṃ yācati tāhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kho
āvuso āraññako piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko. sace tvaṃ pi
āraññako bhavissasi piṇḍapātiko paṃsukūliko, evāhan te
nissayaṃ dassāmīti. sace me paṭisuṇāti nissayaṃ demi, no
ce me paṭisuṇāti na nissayaṃ demi. evaṃ kho ahaṃ bhante
parisaṃ vinemīti. ||1|| sādhu sādhu Upasena, sādhu kho
tvaṃ Upasena parisaṃ vinesi. jānāsi pana tvaṃ Upasena
Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. na kho ahaṃ bhante
jānāmi Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. Sāvatthiyā kho
Upasena saṃghena katikā katā: icchat'; āvuso bhagavā temā-
saṃ paṭisalliyituṃ, na bhagavā kenaci upasaṃkamitabbo
aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena. yo bhagavantaṃ
upasaṃkamati, so pācittiyaṃ desāpetabbo 'ti. paññāyissati
bhante Sāvatthiyā saṃgho sakāya katikāya: na mayaṃ
appaññattaṃ paññāpessāma paññattaṃ vā na samucchindissā-
ma yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissāmā 'ti.
sādhu sādhu Upasena, na apaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ
paññattaṃ vā na samucchinditabbaṃ yathāpaññattesu
sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattitabbaṃ. anujānāmi Upasena
ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapātikā1 paṃsukūlikā yathāsu-
khaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantū 'ti. tena kho pana
samayena sambahulā bhikkhū bahi dvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā honti
mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ Vaṅgantaputtaṃ pācittiyaṃ
desāpessāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upaseno Vaṅgantaputto
sapariso uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Upasenaṃ
Vaṅgantaputtaṃ etad avocuṃ: jānāsi tvaṃ āvuso Upasena
Sāvatthiyā saṃghassa katikan ti. bhagavāpi maṃ āvuso
evaṃ āha: jānāsi pana tvaṃ . . . samādāya vattissāmā 'ti.
anuññātāvuso bhagavatā ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapā-
tikā paṃsukūlikā yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃka-
mantū 'ti. atha kho te bhikkhū saccaṃ kho āyasmā Upa-
seno āha, na apaññattaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ paññattaṃ vā na
samucchinditabbaṃ yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya
vattitabban ti. ||2|| assosuṃ kho bhikkhū anuññātā kira
bhagavatā ye te bhikkhū āraññakā piṇḍapātikā paṃsukūlikā
yathāsukhaṃ maṃ dassanāya upasaṃkamantū 'ti. te bhaga-
vantaṃ dassanaṃ pihantā santhatāni ujjhitvā āraññakaṅgaṃ

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Before piṇḍapātiko, piṇḍapātikā B constantly inserts
rukkhamūliko, rukkhamūlikā, but before piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ
it does not insert rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ. Comp. Milindap., p.361

[page 232]
232 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XV. 1. 3-2.
piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyiṃsu. atha kho
bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ senāsanacārikaṃ
āhiṇḍanto addasa santhatāni tahaṃ tahaṃ ujjhitāni, passitvā
bhikkhū āmantesi: kass'; imāni bhikkhave santhatāni tahaṃ
tahaṃ ujjhitānīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: tena hi bhikkhave bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññāpessāmi dasa atthavase paṭicca saṃghasuṭṭhutāya
saṃghaphāsutāya --pa-- evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ
sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
nisīdanasanthataṃ pana bhikkhunā kārayamānena pu-
rāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthi ādātabbā dubbaṇṇa-
karaṇāya. anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā
sugatavidatthiṃ navaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ kārāpeyya, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||3||1||
nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati.
santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ hoti avāyimaṃ.
kārayamānenā 'ti karonto vā kārāpento vā.
purāṇasanthataṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthaṃ pi sakiṃ pā-
rutaṃ pi.
sāmantā sugatavidatthi ādātabbā dubbaṇṇakaraṇāyā 'ti,
thirabhāvāya vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā chinditvā ekadese
vā santharitabbaṃ vijaṭetvā vā santharitabbaṃ.
anādā ce bhikkhu purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugata-
vidatthin ti, anādiyitvā purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugata-
vidatthiṃ navaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ karoti vā kārāpeti vā,
payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajji-
tabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante nisīdanasanthataṃ anādi-
yitvā purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ kārāpitaṃ
nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti,
dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ . . . (see Nissaggiya, XI.) . . . aññass'; atthāya karoti
vā kārāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ ādi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 233]
XV. 2-XVI. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XVI. 233
yitvā karoti, alabhanto thokataraṃ ādiyitvā karoti, alabhanto
anādiyitvā karoti, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjati,
vitānaṃ vā bhummattharaṇaṃ vā sāṇipākāraṃ vā bhisiṃ
vā bimbohanaṃ vā karoti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā
'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno Kosalesu janapadesu
Sāvatthiṃ gacchantassa antarā magge eḷakalomāni uppa-
jjiṃsu. atha kho so bhikkhu tāni eḷakalomāni uttarāsaṅgena
bhaṇḍikaṃ bandhitvā agamāsi. manussā taṃ bhikkhuṃ
passitvā uppaṇḍesuṃ kittakena te bhante kītāni kittako
udayo bhavissatīti. so bhikkhu tehi manussehi uppaṇḍiya-
māno maṅku ahosi. atha kho so bhikkhu Sāvatthiṃ gantvā
tāni eḷakalomāni ṭhitako 'va āsumbhi.1 bhikkhū taṃ bhi-
kkhuṃ etad avocuṃ: kissa tvaṃ āvuso imāni eḷakalomāni
ṭhitako 'va āsumbhasīti.1 tathā hi panāhaṃ āvuso imesaṃ
eḷakalomānaṃ kāraṇā manussehi uppaṇḍito 'ti. kīva dūrato
pana tvaṃ āvuso imāni eḷakalomāni āharasīti. atirekatiyo-
janaṃ āvuso 'ti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhu atirekatiyojanaṃ eḷakalomāni
āharissatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ bhikkhu atirekatiyojanaṃ
eḷakalomāni āharasīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa atirekatiyo-
janaṃ eḷakalomāni āharissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuno pan'; eva addhānamaggapaṭipannassa eḷakalo-
māni uppajjeyyuṃ. ākaṅkhamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahe-
tabbāni, paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṃ sahatthā hāretabbāni
asante hārake, tato ce uttariṃ hareyya asante pi hārake
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 āsumbhi, āsumbhasīti AC; āsumhi, āsumhasīti B. Buddhaghosa (MSḌ):
ṭhitako va āsumhi ti yathā manussā araññato mahantaṃ dārubhāraṃ ānetvā
kilantā ṭhitakā'va pātenti evaṃ pātesīti attho.

[page 234]
234 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVI. 2-XVII. 1.
bhikkhuno pan'; eva addhānamaggapaṭipannassā 'ti, pan-
thaṃ1 gacchantassa.
eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyun ti, uppajjeyyuṃ saṃghato vā
gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā paṃsukūlaṃ vā attano vā
dhanena.
ākaṅkhamānenā 'ti icchamānena.
paṭiggahetabbāni paṭiggahetvā tiyojanaparamaṃ sahatthā
hāretabbānīti, tiyojanaparamatā sahatthā hāretabbāni.
asante hārake 'ti, nāñño koci hārako hoti itthi vā puriso
vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā.
tato ce uttariṃ hareyya asante pi hārake 'ti, paṭhamaṃ
pādaṃ tiyojanaṃ atikkāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. dutiyaṃ
pādaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anto tiyojane
ṭhito bahi tiyojanaṃ pāteti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññassa
yāne vā bhaṇḍe vā ajānantassa pakkhipitvā tiyojanaṃ atikkā-
meti, nissaggiyāni honti nissajjitabbāni . . . puggalassa vā.
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbāni: imāni me bhante
eḷakalomāni tiyojanaṃ atikkāmitāni nissaggiyāni, imān'; āhaṃ
saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato
dammīti.
atirekatiyojane atirekasaññī atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ. atirekatiyojane vematiko atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. atirekatiyojane ūnakasaññī atikkāmeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ūnakatiyojane atirekasaññī, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ūnakatiyojane vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnaka-
tiyojane ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti tiyojanaṃ harati, ūnakatiyojanaṃ harati, tiyoja-
naṃ harati pi paccāharati pi, tiyojanaṃ vāsādhippāyo gantvā
tato paraṃ harati, acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvā harati, nissaṭṭhaṃ
paṭilabhitvā harati, aññaṃ harāpeti katabhaṇḍaṃ, ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Ka-
pilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme. tena kho pana sam-
ayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 panthaṃ B, pantaṃ A, pandha C.

[page 235]
XVII. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XVII. 235
dhovāpenti pi rajāpenti pi vijaṭāpenti pi. bhikkhuniyo
eḷakalomāni dhovantiyo rajantiyo vijaṭentiyo riñcanti
uddesaṃ paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññaṃ.
atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī yena bhagavā ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho Mahāpajāpa-
tiṃ Gotamiṃ bhagavā etad avoca: kacci Gotami bhikkhu-
niyo appamattā ātāpiniyo pahitattā viharantīti. kuto bhante
bhikkhunīnaṃ appamādo, ayyā chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhi-
kkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpenti pi . . . riñcanti uddesaṃ
paripucchaṃ adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ adhipaññan ti. atha kho
bhagavā Mahāpajāpatiṃ Gotamiṃ dhammiyā kathāya . . .
sampahaṃsesi. atha kho Mahāpajāpatī Gotamī bhagavatā
dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṃghaṃ sanni-
pātāpetvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū paṭipucchi: saccaṃ kira
tumhe bhikkhave bhikkhunīhi eḷakalomāni dhovāpetha pi
rajāpetha pi vijaṭāpetha pīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. ñātikāyo
tumhākaṃ bhikkhave aññātikāyo 'ti. aññātikāyo bhagavā
'ti. aññātakā moghapurisā aññātikānaṃ na jānanti paṭirū-
paṃ vā appaṭirūpaṃ vā pāsādikaṃ vā apāsādikaṃ vā. tattha
nāma tumhe moghapurisā aññātikāhi bhikkhunīhi eḷaka-
lomāni dhovāpessatha pi rajāpessatha pi vijaṭāpessatha pi.
n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--;
evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā eḷakalomāni
dhovāpeyya vā rajāpeyya vā vijaṭāpeyya vā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso --pa--. bhikkhū 'ti --la--
ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
aññātikā nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmaha-
yugā asambaddhā.
bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṃghe upasampannā.
dhovā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, dhotāni nissaggiyāni
honti. rajā 'ti āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, rattāni nissaggi-
yāni honti. vijaṭehīti1 āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa, vijaṭitāni2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vijaṭehīti A, vijaṭā ti BC.
2 vijatāni AC, vijaṭitāni B.

[page 236]
236 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVII. 2-XVIII. 1.
nissaggiyāni honti nissajjitabbāni . . . puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbāni: imāni me bhante eḷaka-
lomāni aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā dhovāpitāni nissaggiyāni,
imān'; āhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun
ti, āyasmato dammīti.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dho-
vāpeti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya
aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena
āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni
dhovāpeti rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ
dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalo-
māni rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa.
aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni rajāpeti dhovāpeti,
nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī
eḷakalomāni rajāpeti vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti
dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni
vijaṭāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātikāya aññātika-
saññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti
dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭā-
peti rajāpeti, nissaggiyena āpatti dukkaṭassa. aññātikāya
aññātikasaññī eḷakalomāni vijaṭāpeti dhovāpeti rajāpeti,
nissaggiyena āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. aññātikāya ve-
matiko --pa-- aññātikāya ñātikasaññī --pa--. aññassa
eḷakalomāni dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ekato upasam-
pannāya dhovāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya aññātika-
saññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātikāya vematiko, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ñātikāya ñātikasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ñātikāya dhovantiyā aññātikā dutiyā hoti, avuttā
dhovati, aparibhuttaṃ katabhaṇḍaṃ dhovāpeti, sikkhamānāya,
sāmaṇeriyā, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XVIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 237]
XVIII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XVIII. 237
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto Rājagahe aññatarassa
kulassa kulūpako hoti niccabhattiko, yaṃ tasmiṃ kule
uppajjati khādaniyaṃ vā bhojaniyaṃ vā tato āyasmato
Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa paṭiviso1 ṭhapiyyati. tena kho
pana samayena sāyaṃ tasmiṃ kule maṃsaṃ uppannaṃ hoti,
tato āyasmato Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa paṭiviso ṭhapito
hoti. tassa kulassa dārako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhā-
ya rodati maṃsaṃ me dethā 'ti. atha kho so puriso pajāpa-
tiṃ etad avoca: ayyassa paṭivisaṃ dārakassa dehi, aññaṃ
cetāpetvā ayyassa dassāmā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando
Sakyaputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya
yena taṃ kulaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte
āsane nisīdi. atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā Upanando
Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ
Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca: hiyyo kho bhante sāyaṃ maṃsaṃ
uppannaṃ ahosi, tato ayyassa paṭiviso ṭhapito. ayaṃ bhante
dārako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodati maṃsaṃ
me dethā 'ti, ayyassa paṭiviso dārakassa dinno. kahāpaṇena
bhante kiṃ āhariyyatū 'ti. pariccatto me āvuso kahāpaṇo 'ti.
āma bhante pariccatto 'ti. tañ ñeva me āvuso kahāpaṇaṃ
dehīti. atha kho so puriso āyasmato Upanandassa Sakya-
puttassa kahāpaṇaṃ datvā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti: yath'
eva mayaṃ rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāma evam ev'; ime samaṇā
Sakyaputtiyā rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū
tassa purisassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā
. . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakya-
putto rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahessatīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bha-
gavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccam kira tvaṃ Upananda
rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahesīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa rūpiyaṃ
paṭiggahessasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu jātarūparajataṃ uggaṇheyya vā
uggaṇhāpeyya vā upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyeyya, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 paṭiviso AC, -viṃso B constantly.

[page 238]
238 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XVIII. 2.
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
jātarūpaṃ nāma satthuvaṇṇo vuccati. rajataṃ nāma kahāpa-
ṇo lohamāsako dārumāsako jatumāsako ye vohāraṃ gacchanti.
uggaṇheyyā 'ti sayaṃ gaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
uggaṇhāpeyyā 'ti aññaṃ gāhāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyeyyā 'ti, idaṃ ayyassa hotū 'ti
upanikkhittaṃ vā sādiyati,1 nissaggiyaṃ hoti saṃghamajjhe
nissajjitabbaṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ:
tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vaca-
nīyo: ahaṃ bhante rūpiyaṃ paṭiggahesiṃ, idaṃ me nissa-
ggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, nissajjitvā āpatti
desetabbā. vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭigga-
hetabbā. sace tattha āgacchati ārāmiko vā upāsako vā, so
vattabbo: āvuso imaṃ jānāhīti. sace so bhaṇati iminā kiṃ
āhariyyatū 'ti, na vattabbo imaṃ vā imaṃ vā āharā 'ti,
kappiyaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ sappiṃ vā telaṃ vā madhuṃ vā
phāṇitaṃ vā. sace so tena parivattetvā kappiyaṃ āharati,
rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbeh'; eva paribhuñjitabbaṃ.
evañ ce taṃ labhetha, icc etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce labhetha, so
vattabbo: āvuso imaṃ chaḍḍehīti. sace so chaḍḍeti, icc
etaṃ kusalaṃ. no ce chaḍḍeti, pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato
bhikkhu rūpiyachaḍḍako sammannitabbo: yo na chandāga-
tiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ
gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, chaḍḍitāchaḍḍitañ ca
jāneyya. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭha-
maṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo. yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭi-
balena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi
saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ rū-
piyachaḍḍakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me bhante
saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ rūpiyachaḍḍakaṃ
sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhu-
no rūpiyachaḍḍakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na
kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo
bhikkhu rūpiyachaḍḍako, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. tena
sammatena bhikkhunā animittaṃ katvā pātetabbaṃ. sace
nimittaṃ katvā pāteti, āpatti dukkaṭassa.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 AC omit vā before sādiyati.

[page 239]
XVIII. 2-XIX. 2.] NISSAGGIYA, XIX. 239
rūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. rūpiye vematiko rūpiyaṃ paṭigaṇhāti, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ paṭi-
gaṇhāti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
arūpiye rūpiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye vematiko,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā uggahetvā vā ugga-
hāpetvā vā nikkhipati yassa bhavissati so harissatīti, ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XIX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nānappakārakaṃ rūpiya-
saṃvohāraṃ samāpajjanti. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ
hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvo-
hāraṃ samāpajjissanti seyyathāpi gihikāmabhogino 'ti. asso-
suṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ
samāpajjissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam
atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave nānappa-
kārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjathā 'ti. saccaṃ bha-
gavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma
tumhe moghapurisā nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ
samāpajjissatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohā-
raṃ samāpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
nānappakārakaṃ nāma kataṃ pi akataṃ pi katākataṃ pi.
kataṃ nāma sīsūpagaṃ gīvūpagaṃ hatthūpagaṃ pādūpagaṃ
kaṭūpagaṃ. akataṃ nāma ghanakataṃ vuccati. katākataṃ
nāma tadubhayaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 240]
240 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XIX. 2-XX. 1.
rūpiyaṃ nāma satthuvaṇṇo kahāpaṇo lohamāsako dārumā-
sako jatumāsako ye vohāraṃ gacchanti.
samāpajjeyyā 'ti, katena kataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. katena akataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. katena katākataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
akatena kataṃ . . . akatena akataṃ . . . akatena katāka-
taṃ . . . katākatena kataṃ . . . katākatena akataṃ . . .
katākatena katākataṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
saṃghamajjhe nissajjitabbaṃ. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
nissajjitabbaṃ: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā
ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ
pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā
evam assa vacanīyo: ahaṃ bhante nānappakārakaṃ rūpiya-
saṃvohāraṃ samāpajjiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ
saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. vyattena
bhikkhunā paṭibalena āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. sace tattha
āgacchati ārāmiko vā upāsako vā . . . (see Nissaggiya,
XVIII.2; instead of rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ, rūpiyaṃ paṭi-
gaṇhāti read, rūpiyacetāpakaṃ, rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti.) . . .
arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. arūpiye vematiko rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. arūpiye rūpiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
arūpiye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. arūpiye arūpiyasaññī,
anāpatti.
anāpatti ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paṭṭho1 hoti
cīvarakammaṃ kātuṃ. so paṭapilotikānaṃ saṃghāṭiṃ ka-
ritvā surattaṃ suparikammakataṃ katvā pārupi. atha kho
aññataro paribbājako mahagghaṃ paṭaṃ pārupitvā yenā-
yasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad avoca:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 paṭho AB, maṭṭho C.

[page 241]
XX. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XX. 241
sundarā kho ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī, dehi me paṭenā 'ti.
jānāhi āvuso 'ti. āmāvuso jānāmīti. handāvuso 'ti adāsi.
atha kho so paribbājako taṃ saṃghāṭiṃ pārupitvā paribbā-
jakārāmaṃ agamāsi. paribbājakā taṃ paribbājakaṃ etad
avocuṃ: sundarā kho ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī, kuto tayā
laddhā 'ti. tena me āvuso paṭena parivattitā 'ti. katīhi1 pi
ty āyaṃ āvuso saṃghāṭī bhavissati, so yeva te paṭo varo 'ti.
atha kho so paribbājako saccaṃ kho paribbājakā āhaṃsu,
katīhi pi my āyaṃ2 saṃghāṭī bhavissati, so yeva me paṭo
varo 'ti yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ etad
avoca: handa te āvuso saṃghāṭiṃ, dehi me paṭan ti. nanu
tvaṃ āvuso mayā vutto jānāhi āvuso 'ti, nāhaṃ dassāmīti.
atha kho so paribbājako . . . vipāceti: gihī nam pi3 gihissa
vippaṭisārissa denti, kiṃ pana pabbajito pabbajitassa na
dassatīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa paribbājakassa . . .
vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto paribbājakena
saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjissatīti. atha kho te bhi-
kkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tvaṃ
Upananda paribbājakena saddhiṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajja-
sīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: ka-
thaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ moghapurisa paribbājakena saddhiṃ
kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu nānappakārakaṃ kayavikkayaṃ sam-
āpajjeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
nānappakārakaṃ nāma, cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilāna-
paccayabhesajjaparikkhārā antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi danta-
kaṭṭhaṃ pi dasikasuttaṃ pi.
kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjeyyā 'ti, iminā imaṃ dehi iminā
imaṃ āhara iminā imaṃ parivattehi iminā imaṃ cetāpehīti
ajjhācarati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. yato kayitañ ca hoti vikka-
yitañ ca4 attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ parabhaṇḍaṃ
attano hatthagataṃ, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . .

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 katihi A, katīhi BCD. Buddhagh.: athavā katiham pi ty āyan ti pi
pāṭho. tattha katihan ti kati ahāni kati divasāni ti vuttaṃ
hoti.
2 katihi kho my āyaṃ (at the second place) B.
3 gihi naṃ pi A, gihi pi naṃ B, gīhi pi C. Buddhagh.: gihī nam
pi gihissā 'ti ettha nan ti nāmatthe nipāto, gihi nāma gihissā
'ti vuttaṃ hoti.
4 vikkatañ ca A, vikkayitañ ca B, vikkitañ ca C.

[page 242]
242 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XX. 2-XXI. 1.
puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ:
ahaṃ bhante nānappakārakaṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjiṃ,
idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti,
dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
kayavikkaye vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. kaya-
vikkaye na kayavikkayasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. na
kayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na kaya-
vikkaye vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. na kayavikkaye na
kayavikkayasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti agghaṃ pucchati, kappiyakārakassa ācikkhati,
idaṃ amhākaṃ atthi amhākañ ca iminā ca iminā ca attho
'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
kosiyavaggo dutiyo.
tass'; uddānaṃ:
kosiya-suddha-dve bhāgā, chabbassāni, nisīdanaṃ,
dve ca lomāni, uggaṇhe, ubho nānappakārakā.
NISSAGGIYA, XXI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bahū patte1 sannicayaṃ
karonti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā passitvā ujjhā-
yanti khīyanti vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā bahū patte sannicayaṃ karissanti, pattavaṇijjaṃ vā
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā karissanti āmattikāpaṇaṃ vā pasā-
ressantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . .
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū atirekapattaṃ dhā-
ressantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ: saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave atirekapattaṃ
dhārethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhaga-
vā: kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā atirekapattaṃ
dhāressatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasā-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 bahu patte, the MSS. constantly.

[page 243]
XXI. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XXI. 243
dāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu atirekapattaṃ dhāreyya, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyan ti.
evañ c'; idaṃ bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
paññattaṃ hoti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Ānandassa atireka-
patto uppanno hoti, āyasmā ca Ānando taṃ pattaṃ āyasmato
Sāriputtassa dātukāmo hoti, āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete
viharati. atha kho āyasmato Ānandassa etad ahosi: bhaga-
vatā sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ na atirekapatto dhāretabbo
'ti, ayañ ca me atirekapatto uppanno ahañ c'; imaṃ pattaṃ
āyasmato Sāriputtassa dātukāmo āyasmā ca Sāriputto Sākete
viharati. kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban ti. atha kho
āyasmā Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. kīvaciraṃ
panānanda Sāriputto āgacchissatīti. navamaṃ vā bhagavā
divasaṃ dasamaṃ vā 'ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne
dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi bhi-
kkhave dasāhaparamaṃ atirekapattaṃ dhāretuṃ. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
dasāhaparamaṃ atirekapatto dhāretabbo, taṃ atikkā-
mayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||
dasāhaparaman ti dasāhaparamatā dhāretabbo.
atirekapatto nāma anadhiṭṭhito avikappito.
patto nāma dve pattā ayopatto mattikāpatto. tayo pattassa
vaṇṇā, ukkaṭṭho patto majjhimo patto omako patto. ukka-
ṭṭho nāma patto aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhāti catubhāgaṃ khā-
danaṃ tadūpiyaṃ vyañjanaṃ. majjhimo nāma patto nāḷiko-
danaṃ gaṇhāti . . . vyañjanaṃ. omako nāma patto pattho-
danaṃ gaṇhāti . . . vyañjanaṃ. tato ukkaṭṭho apatto,
omako apatto.1
taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyo hotīti, ekādase aruṇuggamane
nissaggiyo hoti nissajjitabbo . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbo: tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ
upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ
paggahetvā evam assa vacanīyo: ayaṃ me bhante patto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 tato omako apatto B, omako apatto AC.

[page 244]
244 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXI. 3-XXII. 1. 1.
dasāhātikkanto nissaggiyo, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti.
nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā, vyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
āpatti paṭiggahetabbā, nissaṭṭhapatto dātabbo: suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. ayaṃ patto itthannāmassa bhikkhuno
nissaggiyo saṃghassa nissaṭṭho. yadi saṃghassa patta-
kallaṃ, saṃgho imaṃ pattaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno
dadeyyā 'ti. tena bhikkhunā sambahule bhikkhū upasaṃ-
kamitvā . . . (see Nissagg. I.3-4) . . . avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭha-
saññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abhinne bhinnasaññī, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ pattaṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante atikkantasaññī, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. dasāhānatikkante vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
dasāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto dasāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti
nassati vinassati bhijjati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ
gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||3||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū nissaṭṭha-
pattaṃ na denti. bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. na bhi-
kkhave nissaṭṭhapatto na dātabbo. yo na dadeyya, āpatti
dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||4||
NISSAGGIYA, XXII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Ka-
pilavatthusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme. tena kho pana sam-
ayena aññatarena kumbhakārena bhikkhū pavāritā honti:
yesaṃ ayyānaṃ pattena attho ahaṃ pattenā 'ti. tena kho
pana samayena bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññā-
penti. yesaṃ khuddakā pattā te mahante patte viññāpenti,
yesaṃ mahantā pattā te khuddake patte viññāpenti. atha
kho so kumbhakāro bhikkhūnaṃ bahū patte karonto na
sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na
yāpeti puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamanti. manussā . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā
bahū patte viññāpessanti. ayaṃ imesaṃ bahū patte karonto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 245]
XXII. 1. 1-3.] NISSAGGIYA, XXII. 245
na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na
yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū
tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū na
mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessantīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
bhikkhave bhikkhū na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññā-
pentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā:
kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā na mattaṃ
jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, vigarahitvā dhammiṃ
kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: na bhikkhave patto viññā-
petabbo. yo viññāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā 'ti. ||1||
tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno patto
bhinno hoti. atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā paṭikkhittaṃ
pattaṃ viññāpetun ti kukkuccāyanto na viññāpeti, hatthesu
piṇḍāya carati. manussā . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā hatthesu piṇḍāya carissanti seyyathāpi
titthiyā 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . .
vipācentānaṃ. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etaṃ atthaṃ
ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ paka-
raṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi
bhikkhave naṭṭhapattassa vā bhinnapattassa vā pattaṃ viññā-
petun ti. ||2||
tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhaga-
vatā anuññātaṃ naṭṭhapattassa vā bhinnapattassa vā pattaṃ
viññāpetun ti, te appamattakena pi bhinnena appamattakena
pi khaṇḍena vilikhitamattena pi bahū patte1 viññāpenti.
atha kho so kumbhakāro bhikkhūnaṃ tath'; eva bahū patte
karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ,
attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kilamanti. manussā
tath'; eva . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakya-
puttiyā na mattaṃ jānitvā bahū patte viññāpessanti. ayaṃ
imesaṃ bahū patte karonto na sakkoti aññaṃ vikkāyikaṃ
bhaṇḍaṃ kātuṃ, attanāpi na yāpeti, puttadārāpi 'ssa kila-
mantīti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . .
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū appamattakena pi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 bahu patte, the MSS. constantly.

[page 246]
246 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXII. 1. 3-2. 1.
bhinnena appamattakena pi khaṇḍena vilikhitamattena pi
bahū patte viññāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave
appamattakena pi . . . bahū patte viññāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ
bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma
tumhe moghapurisā appamattakena pi . . . bahū patte
viññāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpa-
daṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu ūnapañcabandhanena pattena aññaṃ
navaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
tena bhikkhunā so patto bhikkhuparisāya nissajjitabbo, yo
ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto so tassa bhikkhuno
padātabbo ayaṃ te bhikkhu patto yāva bhedanāya dhāretabbo
'ti. ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti. ||3||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
ūnapañcabandhano nāma patto abandhano vā ekabandha-
no vā dvibandhano vā tibandhano vā catubandhano vā.
abandhanokāso nāma patto yassa dvaṅgulā rāji na hoti.
bandhanokāso nāma patto yassa dvaṅgulā rāji hoti. navo
nāma patto viññattiṃ upādāya vuccati.
cetāpeyyā 'ti viññāpeti. payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena
nissaggiyo hoti saṃghamajjhe nissajjitabbo. sabbeh'; eva
adhiṭṭhitapattaṃ gahetvā sannipatitabbaṃ. na lāmako patto
adhiṭṭhātabbo mahagghaṃ pattaṃ gahessāmīti. sace lāma-
kaṃ pattaṃ adhiṭṭheti mahagghaṃ pattaṃ gahessāmīti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbo.
tena bhikkhunā saṃghaṃ upasaṃkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarā-
saṅgaṃ karitvā vuḍḍhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam assa vaca-
nīyo: ayaṃ me bhante patto ūnapañcabandhanena pattena
cetāpito nissaggiyo, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti. nissa-
jjitvā āpatti desetabbā, yyattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena
āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. pañcah'; aṅgehi samannāgato bhi-
kkhu pattagāhāpako sammannitabbo: yo na chandāga-
tiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ
gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, gahitāgahitañ ca

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 247]
XXII. 2. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXII. 247
jāneyya. evañ ca pana bhikkhave sammannitabbo: paṭha-
maṃ bhikkhu yācitabbo, yācitvā vyattena bhikkhunā paṭi-
balena saṃgho ñāpetabbo: suṇātu me bhante saṃgho. yadi
saṃghassa pattakallaṃ, saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ
pattagāhāpakaṃ sammanneyya. esā ñatti. suṇātu me
bhante saṃgho. saṃgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattagā-
hāpakaṃ sammannati. yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa
bhikkhuno pattagāhāpakassa sammuti so tuṇh'; assa, yassa na
kkhamati so bhāseyya. sammato saṃghena itthannāmo bhi-
kkhu pattagāhāpako, khamati . . . dhārayāmīti. tena
sammatena bhikkhunā patto gāhetabbo. thero vattabbo:
gaṇhātu bhante thero pattan ti. sace thero gaṇhāti, therassa
patto dutiyassa gāhetabbo. na ca tassa anuddayatāya na ga-
hetabbo. yo na gaṇheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apattakassa na
gāhetabbo. eten'; eva upāyena yāva saṃghanavakā1 gāhetabbo.
yo ca tassā bhikkhuparisāya pattapariyanto so tassa bhi-
kkhuno padātabbo ayan te bhikkhu patto yāva bhedanāya
dhāretabbo 'ti. tena bhikkhunā so patto na adese nikkhi-
pitabbo na abhogena bhuñjitabbo na vissajjetabbo kathāyaṃ
patto nasseyya vā vinasseyya vā bhijjeyya vā 'ti. sace adese
vā nikkhipati abhogena vā bhuñjati vissajjeti vā, āpatti
dukkaṭassa.
ayaṃ tattha sāmīcīti ayaṃ tattha anudhammatā. ||1||
abandhanena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abandhanena pattena ekabandhanaṃ
. . . dvibandhanaṃ . . . tibandhanaṃ . . . catubandhanaṃ
pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ekabandhanena
pattena abandhanaṃ . . . ekabandhanaṃ . . . dvibandha-
naṃ . . . tibandhanaṃ . . . catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetā-
peti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. dvibandhanena pattena . . .
tibandhanena pattena . . . catubandhanena pattena abandha-
naṃ pattaṃ --pa-- ekabandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- dvi-
bandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa-- tibandhanaṃ pattaṃ --pa--
catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
abandhanena pattena abandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. abandhanena pattena ekabandhan-
okāsaṃ . . . catubandhanena pattena catubandhanokāsaṃ
pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 saṃghanavako BC.

[page 248]
248 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXII. 2. 2-XXIII. 1. 1.
abandhanokāsena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . . . catubandhanokāsena pattena
catubandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
abandhanokāsena pattena abandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ . . .
catubandhanokāsena pattena catubandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetā-
peti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
anāpatti naṭṭhapattassa, bhinnapattassa, ñātakānaṃ, pavāri-
tānaṃ,1 aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa,
ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho Rājagahe pabbhāraṃ
sodhāpeti leṇaṃ kattukāmo. atha kho rājā Māgadho
Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhi-
vādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ
etad avoca: kiṃ bhante thero kārāpetīti. pabbhāraṃ mahā-
rāja sodhāpemi leṇaṃ kattukāmo 'ti. attho bhante ayyassa
ārāmikenā 'ti. na kho mahārāja bhagavatā ārāmiko anuññā-
to 'ti. tena hi bhante bhagavantaṃ paṭipucchitvā mama
āroceyyāthā 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti kho āyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paccassosi.
atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ
Bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsesi. atha
kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmatā Pilinda-
vacchena dhammiyā kathāya . . . sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyā-
sanā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ
katvā pakkāmi. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho bhagavato
santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: rājā bhante Māgadho Seniyo Bimbi-
sāro ārāmikaṃ dātukāmo. kathaṃ nu kho bhante paṭipajji-
tabban ti. atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ paka-
raṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi: anujānāmi
bhikkhave ārāmikan ti. dutiyam pi kho rājā Māgadho

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ñātakānaṃ vā pavāritānaṃ vā B.

[page 249]
XXIII. 1. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIII. 249
Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃka-
mi, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā
ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā Māgadho
Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmantaṃ Pilindavacchaṃ etad avoca:
anuññāto bhante bhagavatā ārāmiko 'ti. evaṃ mahārājā 'ti.
tena hi bhante ayyassa ārāmikaṃ dammīti. atha kho rājā
Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro āyasmato Pilindavacchassa ārā-
mikaṃ paṭisuṇitvā vissaritvā cirena satiṃ paṭilabhitvā
aññataraṃ sabbatthakaṃ mahāmattaṃ āmantesi: yo mayā
bhaṇe ayyassa ārāmiko paṭissuto dinno so ārāmiko 'ti. na
kho deva ayyassa ārāmiko dinno 'ti. kīvaciraṃ nu kho
bhaṇe ito hitaṃ hotīti. atha kho so mahāmatto rattiyo
vigaṇetvā rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ etad
avoca: pañca deva rattisatānīti. tena hi bhaṇe ayyassa
pañca ārāmikasatāni dethā 'ti. evaṃ devā 'ti kho so mahā-
matto rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa paṭisuṇitvā
āyasmato Pilindavacchassa pañca ārāmikasatāni pādāsi, pāṭi-
yekko gāmo nivisi. Ārāmikagāmako 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu
Pilindagāmako 'ti pi naṃ āhaṃsu. ||1|| tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Pilindavaccho tasmiṃ gāmake kulūpako
hoti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ
nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya Pilindagāmakaṃ piṇḍāya
pāvisi. tena kho pana samayena tasmiṃ gāmake ussavo
hoti, dārikā1 alaṃkitā2 mālākitā kīḷanti. atha kho āyasmā
Pilindavaccho Pilindagāmake sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caramāno
yena aññatarassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami,
upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. tena kho pana
samayena tassā ārāmikiniyā dhītā aññe dārike3 alaṃkite4
mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me detha alaṃkāraṃ me
dethā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho taṃ ārāmikiniṃ
etad avoca: kissāyaṃ dārikā rodatīti. ayaṃ bhante dārikā
aññe dārike5 alaṃkite6 mālākite passitvā rodati: mālaṃ me
detha alaṃkāraṃ me dethā 'ti. kuto amhākaṃ duggatānaṃ
mālā kuto alaṃkāro 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilindavaccho
aññataraṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā taṃ ārāmikiniṃ etad
avoca: hand'; imaṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ tassā dārikāya sīse paṭi-
muñcā 'ti. atha kho sā ārāmikinī taṃ tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ gahetvā
tassā dārikāya sīse paṭimuñci, sā ahosi suvaṇṇamālā abhirūpā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 dārikā AC, dārakā B.
2 alaṅgitā A, alaṃkitā BC.
3 dārike ABC.
4 alaṃkate A, alaṃkite BC.
5 dārike ABC.
6 alaṃkate A, alaṃkite BC. Comp. Mahāvagga, VI.15.5, and the note,
p.382. I think we ought to read, dārakā, dārake, alaṃkatā, alaṃkate.

[page 250]
250 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIII. 1. 2-3.
dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā rañño pi antepure suvaṇṇa-
mālā. manussā rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa
ārocesuṃ: amukassa deva ārāmikassa ghare suvaṇṇamālā
abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā devassa pi ante-
pure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa. nissaṃsayaṃ
corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbi-
sāro taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ bandhāpesi. dutiyam pi kho āyasmā
Pilindavaccho pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaraṃ ādā-
ya Pilindagāmakaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Pilindagāmake sapadā-
naṃ piṇḍāya caramāno yena tassa ārāmikassa nivesanaṃ ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paṭivissake pucchi: kahaṃ
imaṃ ārāmikakulaṃ gatan ti. etissā bhante suvaṇṇamālāya
kāraṇā raññā bandhāpitan ti. ||2|| atha kho āyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho yena rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa
nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte āsane
nisīdi. atha kho rājā Māgadho Seniyo Bimbisāro yenāyasmā
Pilindavaccho ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Pilindavacchaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. ekamantaṃ
nisinnaṃ kho rājānaṃ Māgadhaṃ Seniyaṃ Bimbisāraṃ
āyasmā Pilindavaccho etad avoca: kissa mahārāja ārāmika-
kulaṃ bandhāpitan ti. tassa bhante ārāmikassa ghare su-
vaṇṇamālā abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, n'; atthi tādisā
amhākam pi antepure suvaṇṇamālā. kuto tassa duggatassa.
nissaṃsayaṃ corikāya ābhatā 'ti. atha kho āyasmā Pilinda-
vaccho rañño Māgadhassa Seniyassa Bimbisārassa pāsādaṃ
suvaṇṇan ti adhimucci, so ahosi sabbasovaṇṇamayo. idaṃ
pana te mahārāja tāvabahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ kuto 'ti. aññātaṃ
bhante, ayyassa so iddhānubhāvo 'ti taṃ ārāmikakulaṃ
muñcāpesi. manussā ayyena kira Pilindavacchena sarāji-
kāya parisāya uttarimanussadhammaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ
dassitan ti attamanā abhippasannā āyasmato Pilinda-
vacchassa pañca bhesajjāni abhihariṃsu seyyath'; īdaṃ:
sappiṃ navanītaṃ telaṃ madhuṃ phāṇitaṃ. pakatiyāpi ca
āyasmā Pilindavaccho lābhī hoti, pañcannaṃ bhesajjānaṃ
laddhaṃ laddhaṃ parisāya vissajjeti. parisā c'; assa hoti
bāhullikā, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ kolambe pi ghaṭe pi pūretvā
paṭisāmeti,1 parissāvanāni pi thavikāyo pi pūretvā vātapā-
nesu laggeti, tāni olīnavilīnāni tiṭṭhanti, undurehi pi vihārā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 parisāpeti AC, paṭisāmeti B.

[page 251]
XXIII. 1. 3-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIII. 251
okiṇṇavikiṇṇā honti. manussā vihāracārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā
passitvā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti: antokoṭṭhāgārikā
ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā seyyathāpi rājā Māgadho Seniyo
Bimbisāro 'ti. assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . .
vipācentānaṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti:
kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessantīti.
atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū evarūpāya bāhullāya ce-
tentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā:
kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā evarūpāya
bāhullāya cetessanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā
pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhā-
padaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni
bhesajjāni seyyath'; īdaṃ: sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu
phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikā-
rakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni. taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||3||1||
yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyaniyāni
bhesajjānīti: sappi nāma gosappi vā ajikāsappi vā māhisaṃ
vā sappi, yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappati tesaṃ sappi. navanītaṃ
nāma tesaṃ yeva navanītaṃ. telaṃ nāma tilatelaṃ sāsa-
patelaṃ madhukatelaṃ eraṇḍatelaṃ vasātelaṃ. madhu nā-
ma makkhikāmadhu. phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbattaṃ.
tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ pari-
bhuñjitabbānīti, sattāhaparamatā paribhuñjitabbāni. taṃ
atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ hotīti, aṭṭhame aruṇuggamane
nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante bhesajjaṃ
sattāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjā-
mīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
sattāhātikkante atikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
sattāhātikkante vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. sattāhā-
tikkante anatikkantasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ana-
dhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avissajjite
vissajjitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī, nissaggi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 252]
252 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIII. 2-XXIV. 1.
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. avilutte viluttasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvā na kāyikena paribhogena pari-
bhuñjitabbaṃ, na ajjhoharitabbaṃ, padīpe vā kāḷavaṇṇe
vā upanetabbaṃ, aññena bhikkhunā kāyikena paribhogena
paribhuñjitabbaṃ, na ajjhoharitabbaṃ. sattāhānatikkante
atikkantasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sattāhānatikkante vema-
tiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sattāhānatikkante anatikkantasaññī,
anāpatti.
anāpatti anto sattāhaṃ adhiṭṭheti vissajjeti nassati vinassati
ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti,1 anupasam-
pannassa cattena vantena muttena, anapekkho datvā paṭila-
bhitvā paribhuñjati, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ vassikasāṭikā anuññātā
hoti. chabbaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavatā vassikasāṭikā
anuññātā 'ti paṭigacc'; eva vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesanti
paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivāsenti, jiṇṇāya vassikasāṭikāya naggā
kāyaṃ ovassāpenti. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū paṭigacc'; eva
vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesissanti paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivā-
sessanti jiṇṇāya vassikasāṭikāya naggā kāyaṃ ovassāpessantī-
ti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave paṭigacc'; eva vassikasāṭikacī-
varaṃ pariyesatha paṭigacc'; eva katvā nivāsetha jiṇṇāya
vassikasāṭikāya naggā kāyaṃ ovassāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bha-
gavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe
moghapurisā paṭigacc'; eva . . . pariyesissatha . . . nivā-
sessatha . . . ovassāpessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā appa-
sannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
māso seso gimhānan ti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīva-
raṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits vissāsaṃ gaṇhanti.

[page 253]
XXIV. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIV. 253
nivāsetabbaṃ. orena ce māso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭika-
cīvaraṃ pariyeseyya oren'; addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā
nivāseyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
māso seso gimhānan ti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ
pariyesitabban ti, ye manussā pubbe pi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ
denti te upasaṃkamitvā evam assu vacanīyā: kālo vassikasā-
ṭikāya samayo vassikasāṭikāya aññe pi manussā vassikasāṭi-
kacīvaraṃ dentīti. na vattabbo1 detha me vassikasāṭika-
cīvaraṃ āharatha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ parivattetha
me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ cetāpetha me vassikasāṭikacīva-
ran ti.
addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāsetabban ti, addha-
māse sese gimhāne katvā nivāsetabbaṃ.
orena ce māso seso gimhānan ti atirekamāse sese gimhāne
vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
oren'; addhamāso seso gimhānan ti atirekaddhamāse sese
gimhāne katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ
. . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajji-
tabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ atirekamāse
sese gimhāne pariyiṭṭhaṃ atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne
katvā paridahitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjā-
mīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
atirekamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī vassikasāṭikacīva-
raṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekamāse sese
gimhāne vematiko vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī
vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññī katvā nivāseti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne
vematiko katvā nivāseti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirek-
addhamāse sese gimhāne ūnakasaññī katvā nivāseti, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. satiyā vassikasāṭikāya naggo kāyaṃ
ovassāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne
atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne
vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakamāse sese gimhāne
ūnakasaññī, anāpatti. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne atire-
kasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 na vattabbo AB, na vattabbā C.

[page 254]
254 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIV. 2-XXV. 1.
vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne
ūnakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti māso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pari-
yesati, addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāseti, ūnaka-
māso seso gimhānan ti vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesati, ūnak-
addhamāso seso gimhānan ti katvā nivāseti. pariyiṭṭhāya
vassikasāṭikāya vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyyati, nivatthāya vassikasā-
ṭikāya vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhiyyati, dhovitvā nikkhipitabbaṃ, sam-
aye nivāsetabbaṃ. acchinnacīvarassa, naṭṭhacīvarassa, āpa-
dāsu, ummattakassa, {ādikammikassā} 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXV.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto bhātuno saddhi-
vihārikaṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: eh'; āvuso janapadacārikaṃ
pakkamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ bhante gamissāmi, dubbalacīvaro
'mhīti. eh'; āvuso, ahan te cīvaraṃ dassāmīti tassa cīvaraṃ
adāsi. assosi kho so bhikkhu: bhagavā kira janapadacārikaṃ
pakkamissatīti. atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etad ahosi: na
dān'; āhaṃ āyasmatā Upanandena Sakyaputtena saddhiṃ
janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmi, bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapa-
dacārikaṃ pakkamissāmīti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando
Sakyaputto taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad avoca: ehi dāni āvuso jana-
padacārikaṃ pakkamissāmā 'ti. nāhaṃ bhante tayā saddhiṃ
janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissāmi, bhagavatā saddhiṃ janapa-
dacārikaṃ pakkamissāmīti. yaṃ pi ty āhaṃ āvuso cīvaraṃ
adāsiṃ mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti, kupito
anattamano acchindi. atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ
etam atthaṃ ārocesi. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipā-
centi: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto bhi-
kkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano acchindissa-
tīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Upananda bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ
datvā kupito anattamano acchindīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā: kathaṃ hi nāma tvaṃ mogha-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 255]
XXV. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXV. 255
purisa bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā kupito anattamano
acchindissasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasā-
dāya --pa--; evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā
kupito anattamano acchindeyya vā acchindāpeyya
vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
bhikkhussā 'ti aññassa bhikkhussa.
sāman ti sayaṃ datvā.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ
vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
kupito anattamano 'ti anabhiraddho āhatacitto khilajāto.
acchindeyyā 'ti sayaṃ acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
acchindāpeyyā 'ti aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. sakiṃ
āṇatto bahukaṃ pi acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajji-
tabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave
nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ bhikkhussa sāmaṃ
datvā acchinnaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjā-
mīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
upasampanne upasampannasaññī cīvaraṃ datvā kupito
anattamano acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. upasampanne vematiko cīvaraṃ . . . acchindā-
peti vā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. upasampanne anupa-
sampannasaññī cīvaraṃ . . . acchindāpeti vā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā kupito anattamano
acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anupa-
sampannassa cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ datvā kupito
anattamano acchindati vā acchindāpeti vā, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anupasampanne upasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anu-
pasampanne vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anupasampanne
anupasampannasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
anāpatti so vā deti1 tassa vā vissāsanto gaṇhāti, ummatta-
kassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 so va deti B.

[page 256]
256 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVI. 1-2.
NISSAGGIYA, XXVI.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe. tena kho pana samayena
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū cīvarakārasamaye bahuṃ suttaṃ
viññāpesuṃ, kate pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti.
atha kho chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad ahosi: handa
mayaṃ āvuso aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi
cīvaraṃ vāyāpemā 'ti.1 atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū
aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyā-
pesuṃ, vīte pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti. dutiyam
pi kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū aññaṃ pi suttaṃ viññāpetvā
tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpesuṃ, vīte pi cīvare bahu suttaṃ
avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti. tatiyam pi kho . . . vāyāpesuṃ. manussā
. . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā sā-
maṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessantīti.
assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ . . . vipācentā-
naṃ. ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ
hi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā
tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe
bhikkhave sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ
vāyāpethā 'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bha-
gavā. kathaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā sāmaṃ suttaṃ
viññāpetvā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpessatha. n'; etaṃ
moghapurisā appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--; evañ ca
pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi
cīvaraṃ vāyāpeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti yo yādiso . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
sāman ti sayaṃ viññāpetvā.
suttaṃ nāma cha suttāni: khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ
kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅgaṃ.
tantavāyehīti pesakārehi vāyāpeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, pati-
lābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 vāyāpessāmā ti B.

[page 257]
XXVI. 2-XXVII. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVII. 257
evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante
cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi vāyāpitaṃ
nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti,
dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
vāyāpite vāyāpitasaññī, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vāyāpite
vematiko, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. vāyāpite avāyāpitasaññī,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. avāyāpite vāyāpitasaññī, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. avāyāpite vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. avāyā-
pite avāyāpitasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti cīvaraṃ sibbetuṃ āyoge,1 kāyabandhane, aṃsa-
bandhake,2 pattatthavikāya, parissāvane, ñātakānaṃ, pavāri-
tānaṃ,3 aññass'; atthāya, attano dhanena, ummattakassa,
ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXVII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro puriso pavāsaṃ gacchanto pajāpatiṃ
etad avoca: suttaṃ dhārayitvā amukassa tantavāyassa dehi,
cīvaraṃ vāyāpetvā nikkhipa, āgato4 ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ
cīvarena acchādessāmīti. assosi kho aññataro piṇḍacāriko
bhikkhu tassa purisassa imaṃ vācaṃ bhāsamānassa. atha
kho so bhikkhu yenāyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto ten'; upa-
saṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Upanandaṃ Sakya-
puttaṃ etad avoca: mahāpuñño 'si tvaṃ āvuso Upananda,
amukasmiṃ okāse aññataro puriso pavāsaṃ gacchanto pajā-
patiṃ etad avoca: suttaṃ . . . acchādessāmīti. atth'; āvuso
maṃ so upaṭṭhāko 'ti. so pi kho tantavāyo āyasmato
Upanandassa Sakyaputtassa upaṭṭhāko hoti. atha kho
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena so tantavāyo ten'
upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā tantavāyaṃ etad avoca: idaṃ
kho āvuso cīvaraṃ maṃ uddissa viyyati, āyatañ ca karohi
vitthatañ ca appitañ ca suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvi-
lekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca karohīti. ete kho me bhante
suttaṃ dhārayitvā adaṃsu iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti.
na bhante sakkā āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā kātuṃ,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ayoge D.
2 aṃsabandhaṇe A, aṃsavaṭṭake B, aṃsavattake corrected into
aṃsabaddhake C. aṃsabandhake? Comp. Mabāvagga,
VI.12.4, etc.
3 B omits pavāritānaṃ.
4 āgato A, āgate B, āgate corrected into āgato C.

[page 258]
258 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVII. 1.
sakkā ca kho bhante suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ
ca suvitacchitañ ca kātun ti. iṅgha tvaṃ āvuso āyatañ ca
karohi vitthatañ ca appitañ ca, na tena suttena1 paṭibaddhaṃ
bhavissatīti. atha kho so tantavāyo yathābhataṃ suttaṃ
tante upanetvā yena sā itthi ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃka-
mitvā taṃ itthiṃ etad avoca: suttena ayye attho 'ti. nanu
tvaṃ ayyo mayā vutto iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti.
saccāhaṃ ayye tayā vutto iminā suttena cīvaraṃ vināhīti,
api ca maṃ ayyo Upanando evaṃ āha: iṅgha tvaṃ . . .
paṭibaddhaṃ bhavissatīti. atha kho sā itthi yatta kaṃ yeva
suttaṃ paṭhamaṃ adāsi tattakaṃ pacchā adāsi. assosi kho
āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto: so kira puriso pavāsato āgato
'ti. atha kho āyasmā Upanando Sakyaputto yena tassa puri-
sassa nivesanaṃ ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā paññatte
āsane nisīdi. atha kho so puriso yenāyasmā Upanando
Sakyaputto ten'; upasaṃkami, upasaṃkamitvā āyasmantaṃ
Upanandaṃ Sakyaputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so puriso pajāpatiṃ etad avoca:
vītaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti. ām'; ayya vītaṃ taṃ cīvaran ti.
āhara ayyaṃ Upanandaṃ cīvarena acchādessāmīti. atha
kho sā itthi taṃ cīvaraṃ nīharitvā sāmikassa datvā etam
atthaṃ ārocesi. atha kho so puriso āyasmato Upanandassa
Sakyaputtassa cīvaraṃ datvā ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti:
mahicchā ime samaṇā Sakyaputtiyā asantuṭṭhā, na yime
sukarā cīvarena acchādetuṃ. kathaṃ hi nāma ayyo Upa-
nando mayā pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye
upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. assosuṃ kho
bhikkhū tassa purisassa . . . vipācentassa. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma āyasmā Upa-
nando Sakyaputto pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye
upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjissatīti. atha kho te
bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira
tvaṃ Upananda pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa tantavāye
upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjīti. saccaṃ bhagavā
'ti. ñātako te Upananda aññātako 'ti. aññātako bhagavā
'ti. aññātako moghapurisa aññātakassa na jānāti patirūpaṃ
vā appatirūpaṃ vā santaṃ vā asantaṃ vā. tattha nāma
tvaṃ moghapurisa pubbe appavārito aññātakassa gahapati-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 na te suttena AC, na tena suttena B.

[page 259]
XXVII. 1-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVII. 259
kassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajji-
ssasi. n'; etaṃ moghapurisa appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya
--pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissa aññātako gahapati vā gahapa-
tānī vā tantavāyehi cīvaraṃ vāyāpeyya. tatra ce so bhikkhu
pubbe appavārito tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vi-
kappaṃ āpajjeyya idaṃ kho āvuso cīvaraṃ maṃ uddissa
viyyati, āyatañ ca karotha vitthatañ ca appitañ ca suvītañ
ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca suvitacchitañ ca karotha,
app eva nāma mayaṃ pi āyasmantānaṃ kiñcimattaṃ anupa-
dajjeyyāmā 'ti, evañ ca so bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṃ
anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍapātamattaṃ pi, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyan ti. ||1||
bhikkhuṃ pan'; eva uddissā 'ti bhikkhussa atthāya bhi-
kkhuṃ ārammaṇaṃ karitvā bhikkhuṃ acchādetukāmo.
aññātako nāma mātito vā pitito vā yāva sattamā pitāmaha-
yugā asambaddho.
gahapati nāma yo koci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati. gahapatānī
nāma yā kāci agāraṃ ajjhāvasati.
tantavāyehīti pesakārehi.
cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ
vikappanupagapacchimaṃ.
vāyāpeyyā 'ti vināpeti.
tatra ce so bhikkhū 'ti, yaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa cīvaraṃ
viyyati so bhikkhu.
pubbe appavārito 'ti, pubbe avutto hoti: kīdisena te bhante
cīvarena attho, kīdisaṃ te cīvaraṃ vāyāpemīti.
tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā 'ti gharaṃ gantvā yattha
katthaci upasaṃkamitvā.
cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjeyyā 'ti, idaṃ kho āvuso cīvaraṃ
maṃ uddissa viyyati, āyatañ ca karotha vitthatañ ca
appitañ ca suvītañ ca suppavāyitañ ca suvilekhitañ ca
suvitacchitañ ca karotha, app eva nāma mayaṃ pi
āyasmantānaṃ kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyyāmā 'ti, evañ ca so
bhikkhu vatvā kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyya antamaso piṇḍa-
pātamattam pīti, piṇḍapāto nāma yāgu pi bhattaṃ pi khāda-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 260]
260 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVII. 2-XXVIII. 1.
niyaṃ pi cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi dantakaṭṭhaṃ pi dasikasuttaṃ pi
antamaso dhammaṃ pi bhaṇati.
tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā karoti,
payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ
. . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ:
idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ pubbe appavārito aññātakassa gaha-
patikassa tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikapp aṃ āpannaṃ
nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti,
dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
aññātake aññātakasaññī pubbe appavārito gahapatikassa
tantavāye upasaṃkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpajjati, nissa-
ggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake vematiko pubbe . . . āpajjati,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. aññātake ñātakasaññī pubbe . . .
āpajjati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ñātake aññātakasaññī,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. ñātake vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
ñātake ñātakasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti ñātakānaṃ, pavāritānaṃ, aññass'; atthāya, attano
dhanena, mahagghaṃ vāyāpetukāmassa appagghaṃ vāyāpeti,
ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXVIII.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena aññataro mahāmatto pavāsaṃ gacchanto bhikkhū-
naṃ santike dūtaṃ pāhesi: āgacchantu bhaddantā, vassāvā-
sikaṃ dassāmīti. bhikkhū vassaṃ vutthānaṃ bhagavatā
vassāvāsikaṃ anuññātan ti kukkuccāyantā nāgamaṃsu.
atha kho so mahāmatto . . . vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma
bhaddantā mayā dūte pahite nāgacchissanti. ahaṃ pi senāya1
gacchāmi, dujjānaṃ jīvitaṃ dujjānaṃ maraṇan ti. assosuṃ
kho bhikkhū tassa mahāmattassa . . . vipācentassa. atha
kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho
bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū
āmantesi: anujānāmi bhikkhave accekacīvaraṃ paṭigga-
hetvā nikkhipitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū
bhagavatā anuññātaṃ accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhi-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ahaṃ hi senāya C.

[page 261]
XXVIII. 1. 2-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXVIII. 261
pitun ti, te accekacīvarāni paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ
atikkāmenti. tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni
tiṭṭhanti. addasā kho āyasmā Ānando senāsanacārikaṃ
āhiṇḍanto tāni cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni
tiṭṭhante, disvā bhikkhū etad avoca: kass'; imāni āvuso
cīvarāni cīvaravaṃse bhaṇḍikābaddhāni tiṭṭhantīti. amhā-
kaṃ āvuso accekacīvarānīti. kīvaciraṃ panāvuso imāni
cīvarāni nikkhittānīti. atha kho te bhikkhū āyasmato
Ānandassa yathānikkhittaṃ ārocesuṃ. āyasmā Ānando . . .
vipāceti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū accekacīvaraṃ paṭigga-
hetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmessantīti. atha kho āyasmā
Ānando bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesi. saccaṃ kira bhi-
kkhave bhikkhū accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasam-
ayaṃ atikkāmentīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho
bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave moghapurisā
accekacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkā-
messanti. n'; etaṃ bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya
--pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ
uddiseyyātha:
dasāhānāgataṃ kattikatemāsipuṇṇamaṃ1 bhikkhuno pan'
eva accekacīvaraṃ uppajjeyya, accekaṃ maññamānena
bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakā-
lasamayaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyya,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||2||1||
dasāhānāgatan ti dasāhānāgatāya pavāraṇāya.
kattikatemāsipuṇṇaman ti, pavāraṇā kattikā vuccati.
accekacīvaraṃ nāma, senāya vā gantukāmo hoti pavāsaṃ vā
gantukāmo hoti gilāno vā hoti gabbhinī vā hoti assaddhassa
vā saddhā uppannā hoti appasannassa vā pasādo uppanno
hoti. so ce bhikkhūnaṃ santike dūtaṃ pahiṇeyya: āga-
cchantu bhaddantā, vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmīti, etaṃ acceka-
cīvaraṃ nāma.
accekaṃ maññamānena bhikkhunā paṭiggahetabbaṃ,
paṭiggahetvā yāva cīvarakālasamayaṃ nikkhipitabban ti,
saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbaṃ idaṃ accekacīvaran ti.
cīvarakālasamayo nāma anatthate kaṭhine vassānassa pacchi-
mo māso, atthate kaṭhine pañca māsā.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 kattikatemāsipuṇṇamaṃ B, kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamaṃ AC (the
same in ch. 2).

[page 262]
262 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXVIII. 2-XXIX. 1.
tato ce uttariṃ nikkhipeyyā 'ti, anatthate kaṭhine vassā-
nassa pacchimaṃ divasaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. atthate kaṭhine kaṭhinuddhāradivasaṃ atikkāmeti,
nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante accekacī-
varaṃ cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmitaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ
saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun ti, āyasmato
dammīti.
accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkā-
meti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. accekacīvare vematiko cīvara-
kālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. acceka-
cīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññī --pa--
avikappite vikappitasaññī --pa-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī
--pa-- anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --pa-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭha-
saññī --pa-- adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --pa-- avilutte vilutta-
saññī cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācitti-
yaṃ. nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti
dukkaṭassa. anaccekacīvare accekacīvarasaññī, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. anaccekacīvare vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. anacce-
kacīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti anto samayaṃ adhiṭṭheti vikappeti vissajjeti
nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ
gaṇhanti, ummattakassa, ādikammikassā 'ti. ||2||
NISSAGGIYA, XXIX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena bhikkhū vutthavassā āraññakesu senāsanesu viha-
ranti, kattikacorakā bhikkhū laddhalābhā 'ti paripātenti.
bhagavato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. atha kho bhagavā
etasmiṃ nidāne dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi:
anujānāmi bhikkhave āraññakesu senāsanesu viharantena
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhi-
pitun ti. ||1|| tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhagavatā
anuññātaṃ āraññakesu senāsanesu viharantena tiṇṇaṃ cīva-

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 263]
XXIX. 1. 2-2.] NISSAGGIYA, XXIX. 263
rānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitun ti, te
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhi-
pitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasanti. tāni cīvarāni nassanti
pi vinassanti pi ḍayhanti pi undurehi pi khajjanti. bhikkhū
duccolā honti lūkhacīvarā. bhikkhū evaṃ āhaṃsu: kissa
tumhe āvuso duccolā lūkhacīvarā 'ti. atha kho te bhi-
kkhū bhikkhūnaṃ etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ye te bhikkhū
appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma bhikkhū tiṇṇaṃ
cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhipitvā atire-
kachārattaṃ vippavasissantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhaga-
vato etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira bhikkhave bhikkhū
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhi-
pitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasantīti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti.
vigarahi buddho bhagavā. kathaṃ hi nāma te bhikkhave
moghapurisā tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antara-
ghare nikkhipitvā atirekachārattaṃ vippavasissanti. n'; etaṃ
bhikkhave appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana
bhikkhave imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
upavassaṃ kho pana kattikapuṇṇamaṃ yāni kho pana
tāni āraññakāni senāsanāni sāsaṅkasammatāni sappaṭibhayāni
tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto ākaṅkhamāno
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ antaraghare nikkhi-
peyya, siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocid eva paccayo tena cīva-
rena vippavāsāya, chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena
cīvarena vippavasitabbaṃ. tato ce uttariṃ vippa-
vaseyya aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pā-
cittiyan ti. ||2||1||
upavassaṃ kho panā 'ti vutthavassānaṃ.
kattikapuṇṇaman ti kattikacātumāsinī vuccati.
yāni kho pana tāni āraññakāni senāsanānīti, āraññakaṃ
nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ.
sāsaṅkaṃ nāma ārāme ārāmūpacāre corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāso
dissati ṭhitokāso1 dissati nisinnokāso dissati nipannokāso
dissati. sappaṭibhayaṃ nāma ārāme ārāmūpacāre corehi
manussā hatā dissanti viluttā dissanti ākoṭitā dissanti.
tathārūpesu bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto 'ti, evarūpesu
bhikkhu senāsanesu viharanto.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Before ṭhitokāso, C inserts bhuttokāso dissati.

[page 264]
264 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXIX. 2.
ākaṅkhamāno 'ti icchamāno.
tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaran ti, saṃghāṭiṃ vā
uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā antaravāsakaṃ vā.
antaraghare nikkhipeyyā 'ti sāmantā gocaragāme nikkhi-
peyya.
siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocid eva paccayo tena cīvarena
vippavāsāyā 'ti, siyā paccayo siyā karaṇīyaṃ.
chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasi-
tabban ti, chārattaparamatā vippavasitabbaṃ.
aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā 'ti ṭhapetvā bhikkhusammutiṃ.
tato ce uttariṃ vippavaseyyā 'ti, sattame aruṇuggamane
nissaggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ
ca pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante cīvaraṃ
atirekachārattaṃ vippavutthaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā
nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti,
dadeyyun ti, āyasmato dammīti.
atirekachāratte atirekasaññī vippavasati aññatra bhikkhu-
sammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. atirekachāratte vema-
tiko vippavasati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. atirekachāratte ūnakasaññī vippavasati aññatra
bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. apaccuddhaṭe
paccuddhaṭasaññī --pa-- avissajjite vissajjitasaññī --pa--
anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī --pa-- avinaṭṭhe vinaṭṭhasaññī --pa--
adaḍḍhe daḍḍhasaññī --pa-- avilutte viluttasaññī vippava-
sati aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ anissajjitvā paribhuñjati, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. ūnakachāratte atirekasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūna-
kachāratte vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ūnakachāratte ūna-
kasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti chārattaṃ vippavasati, ūnakachārattaṃ vippava-
sati, chārattaṃ vippavasitvā puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvā
vasitvā pakkamati, anto chārattaṃ paccuddharati vissajjeti
nassati vinassati ḍayhati acchinditvā gaṇhanti vissāsaṃ
gaṇhanti, bhikkhusammutiyā, ummattakassa, ādikammi-
kassā 'ti. ||2||

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

[page 265]
XXX. 1.] NISSAGGIYA, XXX. 265
NISSAGGIYA, XXX.
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana
samayena Sāvatthiyaṃ aññatarassa pūgassa saṃghassa cīva-
rabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ hoti bhojetvā cīvarena acchādessāmā
'ti. atha kho chabbaggiyā bhikkhū yena so pūgo ten'
upasaṃkamiṃsu, upasaṃkamitvā taṃ pūgaṃ etad avocuṃ:
dethāvuso amhākaṃ imāni cīvarānīti. na mayaṃ bhante
dassāma, amhākaṃ saṃghassa anuvassaṃ sacīvarabhikkhā1
paññattā 'ti. bahū āvuso saṃghassa dāyakā bahū saṃghassa
bhattā, mayaṃ tumhe nissāya tumhe sampassantā idha viha-
rāma, tumhe ce amhākaṃ na dassatha atha ko carahi amhā-
kaṃ dassati. dethāvuso amhākaṃ imāni cīvarānīti. atha
kho so pūgo chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi nippīḷiyamāno yathā-
paṭiyattaṃ cīvaraṃ chabbaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ datvā
saṃghaṃ bhattena parivisi. ye te bhikkhū jānanti saṃ-
ghassa cīvarabhattaṃ paṭiyattaṃ na ca jānanti chabbaggi-
yānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dinnan ti, te evam āhaṃsu: oṇojetha2
āvuso3 saṃghassa cīvaran ti. n'; atthi bhante, yathāpaṭi-
yattaṃ cīvaraṃ ayyā chabbaggiyā attano pariṇāmesun ti.
ye te bhikkhū appicchā te . . . vipācenti: kathaṃ hi nāma
chabbaggiyā bhikkhū jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ
attano pariṇāmessantīti. atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato
etam atthaṃ ārocesuṃ. saccaṃ kira tumhe bhikkhave
jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmethā
'ti. saccaṃ bhagavā 'ti. vigarahi buddho bhagavā. ka-
thaṃ hi nāma tumhe moghapurisā jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ
pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmessatha. n'; etaṃ moghapurisā
appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya --pa--, evañ ca pana bhikkhave
imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyātha:
yo pana bhikkhu jānaṃ saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ
attano pariṇāmeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyan ti. ||1||
yo panā 'ti . . . adhippeto bhikkhū 'ti.
jānāti nāma sāmaṃ vā jānāti aññe vā tassa ārocenti so vā
āroceti.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 sacīvarabhattā A.
2 bhattā AB, kattā C.
3 oṇojethāvuso A, onojetha āvuso B, oṇojetha āvuso C.

[page 266]
266 SUTTAVIBHAṄGA. [XXX. 2.
saṃghikaṃ nāma saṃghassa dinnaṃ hoti pariccattaṃ.
lābho nāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajja-
parikkhārā antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍo pi dantakaṭṭhaṃ pi dasika-
suttaṃ pi.
pariṇataṃ nāma, dassāma karissāmā 'ti vācā bhinnā hoti.
attano pariṇāmeti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissa-
ggiyaṃ hoti nissajjitabbaṃ . . . puggalassa vā. evañ ca
pana bhikkhave nissajjitabbaṃ: idaṃ me bhante jānaṃ
saṃghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmitaṃ nissaggi-
yaṃ, imāhaṃ saṃghassa nissajjāmīti, dadeyyā 'ti, dadeyyun
ti, āyasmato dammīti.
pariṇate pariṇatasaññī attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggiyaṃ
pācittiyaṃ. pariṇate vematiko attano pariṇāmeti, nissaggi-
yaṃ pācittiyaṃ. pariṇate apariṇatasaññī attano pariṇāmeti,
nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. saṃghassa pariṇataṃ aññasaṃ-
ghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. ceti-
yassa pariṇataṃ aññacetiyassa vā saṃghassa vā puggalassa
vā pariṇāmeti, āpatti dukkaṭassa. puggalassa pariṇataṃ
aññapuggalassa vā saṃghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmeti,
āpatti dukkaṭassa. apariṇate pariṇatasaññī, āpatti dukka-
ṭassa. apariṇate vematiko, āpatti dukkaṭassa. apariṇate
apariṇatasaññī, anāpatti.
anāpatti kattha demā 'ti pucchiyamāno yattha tumhākaṃ
deyyadhammo paribhogaṃ vā labheyya paṭisaṃkhāraṃ vā
labheyya ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ
cittaṃ pasīdati tattha dethā 'ti bhaṇati, ummattakassa, ādi-
kammikassā 'ti. ||2||
pattavaggo tatiyo. tass'; uddānaṃ:
dve ca pattāni, bhesajjaṃ, vassikā, dānapañcamaṃ,
sāmaṃ, vāyāpan', acceko, sāsaṅkaṃ, saṃghikena cā 'ti.
uddiṭṭhā kho āyasmanto tiṃsa nissaggiyā pācittiyā
dhammā. tatthāyasmante pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā.
dutiyam pi pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. tatiyam pi
pucchāmi: kacci 'ttha parisuddhā. parisuddh'; etthāyasmanto,
tasmā tuṇhī, evaṃ etaṃ dhārayāmīti.
Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.